CIHM 
Microfiche 
Series 
(IMonographs) 


ICIMH 

Collection  de 
microfiches 
(monographles) 


Canadian  inttituta  for  Historical  IVIicroraproduetlont  /  inatitut  Canadian  da  microraproduction.  hiatoriquaa 


Technical  and  Bibliographic  Notes  /  Notes  techniques  et  bibliographiques 


The  Institute  has  attempted  to  obtain  the  best  original 
copy  available  for  filming.  Features  of  this  copy  which 
may  be  bibliographically  unique,  which  may  alter  any 
of  the  images  in  the  reproduction,  or  which  may 
significantly  change  the  usual  method  of  filming,  are 
checked  below. 


L'Institut  a  microfilmi  le  meilleur  exemplaire  qu'il 
lui  a  it*  possible  de  se  procurer.   Les  details  de  cet 
excmplaire  qui  sont  peut-ltre  uniques  du  point  de  vue 
bibliographique,  qui  peuvent  modifier  une  image 
reproduite,  ou  qui  peuvent  exigrr  une  modification 
dans  la  mithode  normale  de  f  itmage  sont  indiques 
ci-dessous. 


0 


Coloured  covers/ 
Couverture  da  couleur 


Covers  damaged/ 
-^  '  Couverture  endommagte 


□  Covers  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Couverture  restaur^  et/ou  pellicula 


n 

D 
D 

n 

n 


n 


Cover  title  missing/ 

Le  titre  de  couverture  manque 

Coloured  maps/ 

Cattes  giographiques  en  couleur 

Coloured  ink  <i.«.  other  than  blue  or  black)/ 
Encre  de  couleur  (i.e.  autre  que  bleue  ou  noire) 

Coloured  plates  and/or  illustrations/ 
Planches  et/ou  illustrations  en  couleur 

Bound  with  other  material/ 
Relie  avec  d'autres  documents 

Tight  binding  may  cause  shadows  or  distortion 
along  interior  margin/ 

La  reliure  serree  peut  causer  de  I'ombre  ou  de  la 
distorsion  le  long  de  la  marge  interieure 

Blank  leaves  added  during  restoration  may  appear 
within  the  text.  Whenever  possible,  these  have 
been  omitted  from  filming/ 
II  se  peut  que  certalnes  pages  blanches  ajouties 
tors  d'une  restauration  apparaissent  dans  le  texte, 
mais,  lorsque  cela  etait  possible,  ces  pages  n'ont 
pas  ete  filmees. 


□  Coloured  pages/ 
Pages  de  couleur 

□  Pages  damaged/ 
Pages  endommagees 

□  Pages  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Pages  restaurees  et/ou  pcllicultes 

□  Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxed/ 
Pages  decolorees,  tachetees  ou  piquees 

□  Pages  detached/ 
Pages  detachees 


HSh 
Tr 


□ 


Showthrough/ 
ansparence 


Quality  of  print  varies/ 
Qualite  inegale  de  {'impression 

Continuous  pagination/ 
Pagination  continue 


eludes  index(es)/ 
Comprend  un  (des)  index 

Title  on  header  taken  from:/ 
Le  titre  de  I'en-tCte  provient: 


Itle  page  of  issue/ 
Page  de  titre  de  la  livraison 


□  Caption  of  issue/ 
Titre  de  depart  de  la 


livraison 


n 


Masthead/ 

Generique  (periodiquesi  de  la  livraison 


Q 


Additional  comments:/ 
Commentaires  supplementaires: 


Pagination  is  as  follows:  [i]-viii,  1-194,  19,  24-25  p. 


This  Item  is  filmed  at  the  reduction  ratio  checked  below/ 

Ce  document  est  filme  au  taux  de  reduction  indique  ci-dessous. 


lOX 

14X 

18X 

22X 

26  X 

30X 

/ 

\ 

1 

1 

12X 


16X 


20X 


24X 


28X 


3:x 


The  copy  filmed  here  has  been  reproduced  thanks 
to  the  generosity  of: 

Thomas  Fisher  Rare  Book  Library, 
University  of  Toronto  Library 


L'exemplaire  film*  fut  reproduit  grtce  i  la 
g^n^rosit*  de: 

Thomas  Fishar  Rare  Book  Library, 
University  of  Toronto  Library 


The  images  appearing  here  are  the  best  quality 
possible  considering  the  condition  and  legibility 
of  the  original  copy  and  in  keeping  with  the 
filming  contract  specifications. 


Les  images  sii<vantes  ont  Mi  reprodultas  avac  le 
plus  grand  soin,  compte  tenu  de  la  condition  et 
de  la  nettetA  de  l'exemplaire  film*,  et  an 
conformity  avec  les  conditions  du  contrat  de 
filmage. 


Original  copies  in  printed  paper  covers  are  filmed 
beginning  with  the  front  cover  and  ending  on 
the  last  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, or  the  back  cover  when  appropriate.  All 
other  original  copies  are  filmed  beginning  on  the 
first  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, and  ending  on  the  last  page  with  a  printed 
or  illustrated  impression. 


Les  exemplaires  originaux  dont  la  couverture  en 
papier  est  ImprimAe  sont  fllmte  en  commenpant 
par  le  premier  plat  et  en  terminant  soit  par  la 
dernidre  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration,  soit  par  le  second 
plat,  selon  le  cas.  Tous  les  autres  exemplaires 
originaux  sont  film6s  en  commenpant  par  la 
premiere  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration  et  en  terminant  par 
la  dernidre  page  qui  comporte  une  telle 
empreinte. 


The  last  recorded  frame  on  each  microfiche 
shall  contain  the  symbol  — ♦■  (meaning  "CON- 
TINUED "),  or  the  symbol  V  (meaning  "END '), 
whichever  applies. 

Maps,  plates,  charts,  etc.,  may  be  filmed  at 
different  reduction  ratios.  Those  too  large  to  be 
entirely  included  in  one  exposure  are  filmed 
beginning  in  the  upper  left  hand  corner,  left  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  as  many  frames  as 
required.  The  following  diagrams  illustrate  the 
method: 


Un  des  symboles  suivants  apparaTtra  sur  la 
dernidre  image  de  cheque  microfiche,  selon  le 
cas:  le  symbole  — »-  signifie  "A  SUIVRE",  le 
symbole  V  signifie  "FIN". 

Les  cartes,  planches,  tableaux,  etc.,  peuvent  Atre 
film^s  d  des  taux  de  reduction  diff^rents. 
Lorsque  le  document  est  trop  grand  pour  Atre 
reproduit  en  un  seul  clich6,  il  est  film*  i  partir 
de  I'angle  sup6rieur  gauche,  de  gauche  A  droite, 
et  de  haut  en  bas,  en  prenant  le  nombre 
d'images  ndcessaire.  Les  diagrammes  suivants 
illustrent  la  mithode. 


1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

MICROCOPY   RESOLUTION   TEST  CHART 

(ANSI  and  ISO  TEST  CHART  No.  2) 


1.0 


I.I 


1.25 


150 
ISA 


LL 


2.8 
lAO 


m 

12.2 
2.0 

1.8 


^'  >^PPLIED  IM/IGE    Ir 

^SI  '653  Eost  Moin   Street 

il^S  Rochester,  Ne*  York        14609       USA 

'■■ag  (716)   482 -0300 -Phone 

^=  (716)  288  -  5989  -  Fax 


Ijcnnctt's  l^atin  Series 


Preparatory  Latin  Writer 


BY 


CHARL 


PROFKSSOK  OK  I.. 


BENNETT 

•<;kneli,  univkrsiiy 


ALLYN    AND    HACON 

BOSTON  AND  CIIICAC;0 


THE  COPP,  CLARK  COMPANY,  LIMITED 
TORONTO,   ON  ". 


COPYKIGHT,  11)05,  BY 
CHARLES    E.    nESNETT 


PREFACE. 

Like  my  Latin  Compo.iition  for  Secondary  Schools,  the 
present  book  has  been  preparod  in  tlie  conviction  that  the 
primary  function  of  Latin  Composition  in  secondary  schools 
is  to  extend  and  strengthen  the  pupil's  knowledge  )f  Latin 
grammar,  and  that  this  function  is  btst  fulfilled  by  means 
of  a  systematic  presentation  of  the  syntactical  principles 
of  the  language.  The  foUowii  ^  esfons,  accordingly,  are 
devoted  u.  ily  to  exercises  in  api  /ing  the  principles  of  the 
various  case  and  mood  construction.-,  recognized  in  our  Latin 
grammars.  But  in  order  that  the  writing  of  continuous  dis- 
course may  not  be  neglected,  passages  of  simple  P^nglish 
narrative  are  frequently  introduced. 

The  illustrative  examples  given  at  tlie  beg'  ining  of  each 
lesson  have  been  drawn  with  great  care  f  n  Latin  litera- 
ture. The  English  exerci.ses  aet  for  trun  •  mi  into  Latin 
are  based  on  the  vocabulary  of  CaesAr. 

CHARLES  E.   BENNETT. 
Ithaca,  January,  1905. 


In  reprinting  this  volume,  I  have  charged  the  marking 
of  most  vowels  before  gn.  Recent  investigation  haa  shown 
that,  except  in  re</num,  regno,  and  a  few  other  words,  the 
vowel  is  regularly  short  before  gn.  I  also  now  regard  the 
a  of  maximus,  maxime  as  short,  and  have  so  marked  it. 

C.  E.  B. 

March,  1907. 


iii 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


I.    Subject -Nominative.    Predicate  Nouns.    Apposi* 

tives.    Tiie  Vocative 1 

II.    Agreement  of  Ailjectives  and  Verbs       ...       4 

III.  Relative  Pronouns.     Possessive  Pronouns      .        .        7 

IV.  Questions  and  Answers 10 

V.    The  Accusative.     Accusative  of  Direct  Object       .      13 

VI.    The    Accusative    (continued).     Two    Accusatives 

With  the  San»e  Verb 16 

VII.    The  Accusative  (contt'ntted).     Accusative  of  Time 

and  Space  ;  Limit  of  Motion,  r^r.        .        ,        .      "0 
VIII.    Tlie  Dative     Dative  of  Indirect  Object . 
IX.    The  Dative  (^continued).     Dative  of  Reference  ;  of 

Agency 26 

X.    The  Dative  (continued).    Dative  of  Possession  ;  of 

Purpose  ;  with  Adjectives 29 

XI.    The  Genitive.    Genitive  of  Possession ;  Subjective ; 

Objective 32 

XII.    The  Genitive  (continued).     Genitive  of  the  Whole 

('  Partitive  Genitive ')  ;  of  Quality  ;  Appositional      35 

XIII.  The  Genitive  (continued).     Genitive  with  Adjec- 

tives ;  w  ith  memini,  remiri  ^cor,  obliviscor        .      39 

XIV.  The  Genitive  (c^iH^tMMcrf).    Genitive  with  admoneS, 

commoned,  commonefacio ;  with  Verbs  of  Judi- 
cial  Action  ;  with  Inipersonals ;  with  misereor, 
miseresco  ;  with  interest  and  refert ;  with  other 

Verbs 42 

XV.    The  ^ '  lative.    Ablative  of  Separation  ;  of  Source ; 

of  Agent 45 

XVI.  The  Ablative  (continued).  Ablative  of  Com- 
parison ;  of  Means ;  with  the  Deponents  utor, 
firuor,  etc.  ;  with  opus  est ;  with  nitor,  innixas, 
£retas 48 


I1 1 


Lksson 
XVII. 


XVIII. 

XIX. 

XX. 

XXI. 
XXII. 


XXIII. 

XXIV. 

XXV. 

XXVI. 
XXVII. 

XXVIII. 

XXIX. 

XXX. 

XXXI. 


Table  of  Contents. 

PA01 

The  Ablative  (continued).  Ablative  with  mis- 
cere,  jangere,  etc. ;  in  Special  Phrases ;  with 
Verbs  of  Filling;  of  Way  by  Which;  of 
Cause ;  of  Manner 61 

The  Ablative  (^continued).  Ablative  of  Attend- 
ant Circumstance  ;  of  Accompaniment ;  of 
Degree  of  Difference  ;  of  Quality  ...      65 

The  Ablative  (continued).  Ablative  of  Price ; 
of  Specification ;  Ablative  Absolute       .        .      68 

The  Ablative  (continued).  Ablative  of  Place 
Where ;  the  Locative  ;  of  Place  from  Which      61 

The  Ablative  (continued).     Ablative  of  Time  .      64 

Syntax  of  Adjectives.  Adjectives  used  Sub- 
stantively ;  with  the  Force  of  Adverbs ;  the 
Comparative  and  Superlative ;  Adjectives 
Denoting  a  Part ;  primus  =  first  who  ;  ulti- 
mus  =  last  who      ......      67 

Pronouns.  Personal ;  Reflexive  ;  Reciprocal ; 
Demonstrative 71 

Pronouns (cowtinued).  Demonstrative;  Indefi- 
nite         74 

Pronouns  (continued ).  Indefinite ;  Pronominal 
Adjectives 78 

Tenses  of  the  Indicative    .....      81 

Hortatory,  Jussive,  Prohibitive,  Deliberative, 
and  Concessive  Subjunctive   ....      84 

The  Optative  and  Potential  Subjunctive ;  the 
Imperative 87 

Purpose  Clauses.  Clauses  with  ut,  ne,  quo ; 
Relative  Purpose ;  Relative  Clauses  with 
dignus,  indignuB,  idoneus;  Sequence  of 
Tenses 90 

Clauses  of  Characteristic.  Clauses  of  Re- 
sult         93 

Causal  Clauses.  Temporal  Clauses  Intro- 
duced by  postquam,  ut,  ubi,  cum  primum, 
simul  ac 97 


Table  of  Contents, 


vu 


Lesson 
XXXII. 


Paoi 


Temporal  Clauses  Introduced  \y  cum ;  by 
antequam  and  priusquam  ;  by  dum,  ddnec, 
and  quoad 100 

Substantive  Clauses.  Substantive  Clauses 
Developed  from  the  Jussive ;  from  the 
Deliberative  ;  after  Verbs  of  Hindering  and 
Preventing 103 

Substantive  Clauses  (continued).  Substantive 
Clauses  Developed  from  the  Optative ;  of 
Result ;  Introduced  by  quod      .        .        .    107 

Indirect  Questions Ill 

Conditional  Sentences 114 

Use  of  nisi,  si  non,  sin ;  Conditional  Clauses 
of  Comparison 117 

Subordinate  Adversative  Clauses  Introduced 
by  quamvis,  quamquam,  etc.;  Provisos     .     120 

Indirect  Discourse.  Use  of  Moods  and  Tenses 
in  Declaratory,  Interrogative,  and  Impera- 
tive Sentences 123 

Indirect  Discourse  (continued).  Conditional 
Sentences  in  Indirect  Discourse .        .        .     127 

The  Infinitive.  Infinitive  without  Subject 
Accusative  used  as  Subject ;  as  Object       .     130 

The  Infinitive  (contimted).  Infinitive  with 
Subject  Accusative,  used  as  Subject ;  as 
Object ;  Passive  "Verbs  Construed  with  the 
Infinitive     .        .        .        .•       .       .        .    133 

Participles.    Tenses  of  the  Participle ;  Use  of 

Participles 137 

XLIV.   The  Gerund ;  the  Gerundive  Construction ; 

the  Supine 140 

Supplementary  Exercises  in  Continued  Discourse  .  .  144 
Samples  of  College  Entrance  Papers  in  Latin  Composition  165 
General  Vocabulary 169 


XXXIII. 


XXXIV. 


XXXV. 

XXXVI. 

XXXVII. 

XXXVIII. 

XXXIX. 


XL. 


XLI. 


XLIL 


XLra. 


LIST  OF  ABBREVIATIONS. 

Orammatlcal  references  not  preceded  by  any  Initial  are  to  the  author's  ZaUn 

Grammar. 


A.  &G. 

Allen  &  Greenough's  New  Latin  Grammar. 

abl. 

ablative. 

ace. 

accusative. 

adv. 

adverb. 

0.    . 

common  (gender). 

cf.  . 

compare. 

conj. 

conjunction. 

dat. 

dative. 

dep. 

deponent. 

e.g. 

for  example. 

f.    . 

feminine. 

gen. 

genitive. 

H.  . 

Harkness's  Complete  Latin  Grammar. 

i.e.  . 

that  is. 

indecl. 

indeclinable. 

intrans.  c 

)rint 

r. 

intransitive. 

lit.  . 

literally. 

m.  . 

masculine. 

n.    . 

iieuter. 

obj. 

object. 

pi.  . 

plural. 

pred. 

predicate. 

prep.       . 

preposition. 

Bemi-dep. 

semi-deponent. 

subj. 

subject. 

trans,  or 

tr.    . 

transitive. 

viU 


,      LESSON  I. 

SUBJECT  NOMINATIVE.     PREDICATE  NOUNS.     ▲PPOSITITES. 
THE  VOCATIVE. 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

X.  Subject  Nominative.    166,  166.  2;  A.  &  G.  389;  H. 

387  and  1. 

a.  Predicate  Nouns.    167,  168.  1,  2;  A.  &  G.  283,  284; 
H.  393.  1,  8. 

3.  Appositives.    169.  1,  2,  8,  5;  A.  &  G.  282  and  c;  H. 
893  and  1, 4. 

4.  The  Vocative.    171 ;  A.  &  G.  840;  H.  402. 


EXAMPLES. 

1.  praeteritnm   tempua   numqaam  revertitur,*  past  time 
never  returns. 

2.  h5rae  et  dies  et  menses  et  anni  cedunt,  hours  and  days 
and  months  and  years  pass  away. 

3.  agri  cultara  a  Cicerone  copiose  laudatur,  farming  ia 
generously  praised  by  Cicero. 

4.  vidi  etiam  senem  Livium,  I  saw  also  Livtus  when  he 
was  an  old  man. 

5.  ego  2  vero  periculis  delector,  7  tn  fact  take  pleasure  in 
dangers. 

6.  haec  quidem  gunt  studia  doctrinae,  these  now  are  the 
pursuits  of  culture. 

7.  philodophia  est  vitae  magiBtra,^  philosophy  is  the  guid» 
of  life. 


2  Latin  Composition. 

8.  Romulus  habitus  est  1  deus  Bomulus  was  regarded  as  a 
god. 

9.  Croesus  n5n  semper  mansit '  rex,  yjvoesus  did  not  ahcays 
remain  king. 

10.  naturam,  optimam  ducem,  sequimur,  we  follow  nature., 
the  best  guide. 

11.  Metellus  et  Lucullus,  homines  c5nsulares,  Metellus  and 
Lucullua,  men  of  consular  rank. 

12.  assentatio  adjutrix  vitiorum,  flattery,  promoter  of  evils. 

13.  duo  regis,  ille^  bello,  hie*  pace,  civitatem  auxerunt, 
two  kings,  one  by  war,  the  other  by  peace,  advanced  the  state. 

14.  desilite,  commilitones,^  juiuj^,  comrades  I 


Notes  on  the  Examples. 

1)  The  verb  in  the  Latin  sentence  regularly  stands  last  (348; 
A.  &  G.  596  and  a;  H.  (i64),  but  it  often  precedes  a  predicate  noun 
or  adjective. 

2)  The  subject  is  here  emphatic ;  hence  the  pronoun  is  expressed. 

3)  The  predicate  noun  liere  agrees  in  gender  as  well  as  in  case 
with  its  subject. 

4)  Ille  and  hie  are  in  partitive  apposition  with  the  subject, 
r6g§s. 

6)  The  Vocative  regularly  follows  one  or  more  words  of  the 
sentence. 

VOCABULARY. 


brother,  frftter,  tris,  m. 
capture,    capiS,    ere,    cSpI, 

captuB.* 
conspiracy,conjfir&tio,  Snis,  f. 


daughter,  filia,  ae,  f. 
enemy  (in  a  military  or  politi- 
cal sense),  hostis,  is,  c. 
fa  lier,  pater,  tris,  m. 


*  In  giving  the  principal  parts  of  verbs,  the  perfect  passive  par- 
ticiple is  given  instead  of  the  supine ;  if  the  verb  is  transitive,  the 
participle  is  given  in  the  masculine  form,  otherwise  in  the  neuter. 
Where  the  perfect  passive  participle  is  not  in  use,  the  future  active 
participle  is  given,  if  it  occurs. 


Subject  Nominative. 


fleet,  clairis,  is,  f. 
footsoldier,  pedes,  itis,  m. 
friend,  amicus,  i,  m. 
get  ready,  comparo,  1.* 
horseman,  eques,  Itis,  m. 
king,  rSx,  rSgis,  ni. 
leader,  dux,  duels,  c. 
peace,  pftx,  pScis,  f. 


remain,  maneS,  Sre,  mftnsi, 

manstlrus. 
rout,  fugfi,  1. 

see,  videS,  ire,  vidl,  ^sus. 
son,  filius,  I,  m. 
sue  for,  pets,  ere,  IvI  or  il, 

itus. 
tribe,  g6ns,  gentis,  f. 


EXERCISE. 

1.   You    were    the    leaders  >    of   tliis    conspiracy. 

2.  The  Helvetii  were  routed  and  sued  for    peace. 

3.  The  son  of  Ariovistus,  king  of  the  Germau^?.  was 
captured.  4.  Octodurus,  the  winter  quarters  of 
Galba,  was  a  village  of  the  Veragri.  6.  This  man 
was  regarded  (as)  ^  an  enemy  by  the  Gauls."  6.  Lis- 
cus  had  become  a  magistrate  of  the  Haeduans. 
7.  The  camp  of  the  Romans  was  there.  8.  The 
Venett,  a  most  warlilce  tribe,  got  ready  a  large  ileet. 
9.  We  saw  Divitiacus,  the  brother  of  Dumnorix,  the 
Haeduan.  10.  Footsoldiers  and  horsemen  quickly 
assembled.  11.  Catamantaloedes,  the  father  of  Cas- 
ticus,  had  always  remained  a  friend  of  the  Roman 
people.    12.  The  son  and  daughter  of  Orgetorix  fled. 

SugrerestioDB  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  Words  not  given  in  the  special  vocabularies  may  be  found  in 
the  general  vocabulary  at  the  end  of  the  boot.  n.  169  f. 

2.  Words  in  parenthesis  are  not  to  be  translated. 

3.  hy  the  Gauls  :  use  ft  with  the  ablative. 


*  Regular  verbs  of  the  first  conjugation  are  indicated  by  the 
numeral  1. 


LESSON  II. 

AGREEMENT  OF  ADJECTIVES  AND  VERBS. 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

I.  Attributive  and  Predicate  Adjectives.  233.  2;  A.  &  G. 
285.  1  and  2. 

a.  Agreement  of  Adjectives.*  234  and  235  entire;  A.  &  G. 
286  and  a,  b,  287. 1-4  ;  H.  394,  395.  1,  2  and  X. 

3,  Agreement  of  Verbs.  254  and  255  entiro ;  A.  &  G.  316 
and  b;  317.  a-d;  H.  388,  389. 1,  2;  390,  391,  392. 1-4. 


ll 


li  1 


H 


EXAMPLES. 

1.  pater  bonus  ^  el  mater,  an  excellent  father  and  mother. 

2.  eadem^  alacritis  et  studium,  the  satne  eagerness  and 

zeal. 

3.  pax  et  Concordia  sunt  pulchrae,  peace  and  concord  are 

glorious. 

4.  res  operae  mnltae  i  ac  laboris,  a  matter  of  much  effort 

and  labor. 

5.  pater  et  filins  capti  sunt,  the  father  and  son  were 
captured. 

6.  itultitia  et  timiditas  fugienda  sunt,  folly  and  cowardice 
should  be  shunned. 

7.  pater  et  mater  mortui'  sunt,  the  father  and  mother  died. 


•  Note  that  the  principles  for  the  agreement  of  adjectives  cover 
also  the  use  of  participles  in  the  compound  tenses  of  the  passive,  as 
well  as  in  the  periphrastic  conjugations. 


Ayreempnt  of  Adjectives  and   Verba.  5 

8.  honSres  et  victoriae  fortalta  sunt,  honors  ana  victories 
are  accidental. 

9.  domas,  uxor,  liberi  invent!  sunt,  home,  wife,  and  chiU 
dren  hare  been  gained. 

10.  populi  prdvinciaeque  liberatae  sunt,  nations  and  prov- 
inces »r.  re  freed. 

11.  pars  bestils  object!  sunt,  part  tcere  thrown  to  beasts. 

12.  paupertas  mihi  onus  visum  est,  poverty  seemed  to  me  a 
burden. 

13.  Samnitium  tria  milia  occis!  sunt,  three  thousand  Sam- 
nites  were  slain. 

14.  neque  pater  neque  fHius  mortuus  est,  neither  father 
nor  son  died. 

15.  caedes  ac  tumultus  erat,  there  ims  bloodshed  and  tumult. 

16.  tu  et  ille  venistis,  you  and  he  came. 

Notes  on  tho  Examples. 

1)  For  the  position  of  the  attributive  adjective  with  reference 
to  its  noun,  see  .350.  4  and  o ;  A.  &  G.  598.  a,  6 ;  H.  671. 

2)  For  the  position  of  demonstrative  pronouns,  see  350.  5.  a; 
A.  &G.  598.  &;  H.  G75. 


VOCABULARY. 


auxiliaries,  auzilia,  drum,  n. 
cavalry,  equitatus,  fia,  m. 
cut   to  pieces,    occldo,   ere, 

cidi,  C1SU8. 
either  ...  or,  aut  .  .  .  aut. 
legion,  leglo,  onia.  f. 
mother,  mSter,  matris,  f. 
multitude,  multitiido,  inls,  f. 
praise,  laudo,  1. 
return,  redeo,  ire,  ii,  itum. 
safe,  salvus,  a,  um. 


save,  servS,  1. 
senate,  aenStus,  fiB,  m. 
soon,  moz,  adv. 
steadfastness,  conBtantia,ae,  I 
tear  down,  diruo,  ere,  ni,  utua 
toil,  labor.  Sris,  m. 
town,  oppidum,  I,  n. 
unharmed,  incolumis,  e. 
unlike,  diaaimilis,  e. 
wife,  uxor,  Sria,  f. 


6 


Latin  Composition. 


EXERCISE. 

1.  The  bravery  and  steadfastness  of  the  soldiers 
deserve  to  be  praised.'  2.  Tlie  senate  and  c^iief- 
tains  of  this  tribe  formed  a  conspiracy.  3.  Auxilia- 
ries and  cavalry  had  been  got  ready.  4.  Either 
you  or  your  brother  will  return.  6.  The  Roman  sen- 
ate and  people  •  praised  this  general.  C.  The  mother 
and  wife  of  Orgetorix  w^ve  captured.  7.  The  gate 
and  wall  of  this  town  were  torn  down.  8.  Part  of 
the  Germans  were  saved,  but  ten  thousand  were  cut 
to  pieces.  9.  The  son  and  daughter  of  Liscus  will 
remain  unharmed.  10.  The  cavalry  quickly  returned 
into  the  town.  11.  Many  men  and  women  will  soon 
be  present.  12.  A  great  multitude  of  footsoldiers 
assembled.  13.  The  general,  the  legions,  and  the 
camp  '  are  safe.      14.  Toil  and  pleasure  are  unlike. 


SuerGrestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  deserve   to   be  praised:   use  the  passive  periphrastic  con- 
jugation. 

2.  Senatua  populuaque  RSmanus:   this  phrase  regularly 
takes  a  singular  verb. 

3.  For  the  use  of  conjunctions  in  enumerations,  see  341. 4.  a-e; 
A.  &  G.  323.  c.  1, 3;  H.  637.  6  and  N. 


LESSON   III. 

BELATIVE  PRONOUNS.    POSSESSIVE  PRONOUNS. 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

1.  Relative  Pronouns.  2.'0.  1-4,  2.")!.  1,  5,  0;  A.  &  G.  30.5 
and  a,  300  and  b,  307.  c,  308.  a,/aud  N.;  II.  300  and  2,  307, 
398  and  1,  309.  4. 

a.  Possessive  Pronouns.  '}i3.  1-3,  233.  3;  A.  &  G.  302 
and  a,  c,  e;  II.  <50l,  393.  G. 


EXAMPLES. 

1.  agri  qui  empti  sunt,  the  lands  ifJiich  icere  hougJit. 

2.  artes  quae  ad  humanitatem  pei'tinent,  the  studies  which 
make  for  culture. 

3.  calamitates  quaa  tulerunt,  the  disasters  they  bore. 

4.  Virtus  et  Fides  quarum  Romae  templa  sunt,  Virtue  and 
Faith  to  whom  (lit.  of  whom)  there  are  tempi  fs  at  Rome. 

5.  incdnstantia  et  temeritas  quae  digna  u5n  sunt  deo, 
fickleness  a.  '  haste,  which  are  not  wortlnj  of  a  <jod. 

6.  puer  Bt  puella  qui  aderant,  the  hoy  and  girl  icho  were 
present. 

7.  Thebae  quod  Boedtiae  caput  est,  Thebes,  which  is  the 
capital  of  Boeotia. 

8.  sex  milia,  qui  ex  acie  perfugerant,  six  thousand  who 
had  fled  from  the  battle. 

9.  qui  naturam  secuti  sunt,  multa  laudabilia  fecerunt, 
those  who  have  followed  nature  have  done  many  praiseworthy 
things. 


8 


Latin  Compoittion. 


10.  qu6  factum  eit,  and  by  this  it  happened. 

11.  haec  tecum  patria  loquitur,  your  country  thus  pleada 
with  you,  literally,  » tya  this 

12.  HoratiuB  sua  manu  aorSrem  interfecit,  Iloratiua  tleio 
his  sister  icith  his  own  hand. 

13.  compreasi  c5nitus  tuSa,  /  checked  your  attempts. 


VOCABULARY. 


admire,  admlror,  1. 
armed,  armAtua,  a,  um. 
call,  name,  appellS,  1. 
destroy,  d61e5,  8re,  «vl,  Stua. 
famous,  clftrus,  a,  um. 
friendly,  am.cus,  a,  um. 
lose     perdS,    ere,    perdidi, 

t  ardituB. 
nothing,  nihil,  indeclinable. 


restore,  replace,  reatituS,  ere, 

ul,  {Itua. 
seize,  occupS,  1. 
Si.  t  on  lire,  incendS,  ere,  endl, 

Snaus. 
shield,  scfltum,  I,  n. 
state,  clvitfta^  atis,  f. 
suffer,  patior,  I.  passus. 
sword,  gladiua,  I,  m. 


EXERCISE. 

1.  Caesa:^'s  soldiers  seized  Vesontio,  which  was  the 
most  famous  town  of  the  Seqitani.  2.  They  tore 
down  their  own  walls.  3.  These  legions  which  the 
general  praises  are  the  best.  4.  The  men  and  women 
whose  town  was  destroyed  are  now  dead.  5.  Four 
thousand    who    were    armed    were    cut    to    pieces. 

6.  These  men  had    lost    their   swords    and   shields. 

7.  I    have   always    praised   your    bravery,  soldiers. 

8.  They  captured  a  large  town,  which  is  called  Tou- 
louse. 9.  The  Helvetii  will  restore  the  towns  and 
villages  which  they  have  set  on  fire.      10.  I  admire 


Relative  and  PonscHsive  Pronoun9. 


9 


the  bravery  and  steadfastness  which  our  soldiers  ex- 
hibit. 11.  We  came  to  the  borders  of  the  Senones, 
who  are  a  great  state  among  the  Gauls.  32.  The 
tribes  that  had  remained  friendly  suffered  nothing. 
13.  The  mother  and  daughter  who  were  captured  have 
returned. 


LESSON  IV. 

QUESTIONS  AND  A.^SWEBB. 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

1.  Word  Questions.    162.  1 ;  A.  &  G.  33? ;  IT.  378. 

a.  Sentence  Questions.    102. 2.  a-d ;  A.  &  (J.  B32  and  a-c ; 

H  378  1   2. 

3.  Double  Questions.    162.  4  and  a ;  A.  &  G.  334  and  335 ; 

H.  380  and  1. 

4.  Answers.   102.  5 ;  A.  &  G.  330  and  a.  1, 2 ;  II.  379  and  1. 


EXAMPLES. 

1.  quia  umquam  illud  templum  aspexit,  who  ever  looked  at 

that  temple  f 

2.  quid  postulas,  irhnf  do  yon  dpinnnd  f 

3.  ubx  608  convenit,  xrherp  did  he  meet  them  f 

4.  quo  tandem  accasator   fugit,  whither,  pray,  did  the 

accuser  flee  ? 

5.  eundemne  tu  judicem  sumebaa,  did  you  take  the  same 

man  as  judge? 

6.  num  noctu  venerunt,  they  didn't  come  at  night,  did  they? 

7.  nonne  ad  urbem  profectus  es,    \d  yon  not  set  out  for 

the  city? 

8.  tu  in  judicum  conspectum  venire  audes,  do  you  dare  to 

come  intn  the  presence  of  the  judgi'H  f 

9.  id  utidm  libentes  an  inviti  dabant,  did  they  give  that 
mllinijhj  »r  nnioillingly  ? 

10.   stultitiamne  dicam  an  impudentiam  singularem,  shall 
J  call  it  folly  or  stupendous  impudence  f 

10 


Queitiom  and  Amwert. 


11 


11.  cam  homine  agimas  an  cam  immftni  belui,  are  ire  dfnl- 
iug  toitli  a  man  or  n  wild  beaxt  f 

12.  tabalfta  habet  anndn.  ha»  he  the  Inhlitn,  nr  not  ? 

13.  'h5sne  vides?'  'video.'  '  Do  you  me  these  men  ?^  ^Yix.' 

14.  ' eitiane  vd«  legati '."    'ita.'    '■AreifDHeiinnjs.'^    '  IV^.' 
lo.    'eitne  frater  mtua?'.  'Non  est.'     '/»  ymr  brother 

within  t*    •*'  • 

VOCABULARY. 


accomplish,  effloifi,  ere,  fCcI, 

feotus. 
ambassador,  ligAtua,  I,  in. 
arrogant,  InsolSna,  entia. 
book,  liber,  llbrl,  m. 
cruel,  oriidClia,  e. 
forget,  obllvlacor,  I,  oblltua. 
how  many,  quot,  indeclinabiu. 
land,  ager,  agri,  m. 


money,  peoflnla,  ae,  f. 
mad,  legS,  ere,  ISgl,  Igctua. 
recent,  recSna,  entia. 
reward,  remdneror,  1. 
seem,  videor,  6rl,  vlaua. 
treacherous,  perfidua,  a,  um. 
wage,  gerd,  ere,  geaal,  geatua. 
war,  bellum,  I,  n. 
wrong,  injflria,  ae,  f. 


EXERCISE. 

1.  How  man)'  *  wars  did  the  Roman  people  wa^e  ? 
2.  Were  all  the  Gallic  towns  destroyed?  2.  Had 
you  seen  our  friend?  4.  Did  you  forget  this ?  ]>y 
no  means.'  5.  Will  you  reward  these  so'diers  with 
lands  or  with  money  ?  G.  Will  the  general  who 
seized  this  hill  remain  here  ?  7.  Have  vou  read 
all  the  books  of  Julius  Caesar  on  the  Gallic  War? 
8.  Did  you  see  the  lists  which  the  Helvetii  had  left 
in  their  camp?  No.  9.  What  did  Caesar  accom- 
plish in  Gaul?  10.  AVhen  will  the  ambassadors 
whom  we  sent  rijtnrn  ?  11.  Wil^.  they  set  this  town 
on  fire  or  defend  it'?      12.  Did  you  not  forget  these 


12 


Latin  Composition. 


recent  wrongs?  13.  Who  was  ever  so  arrogant,  so 
cruel,  so  treacherous?  14.  You  didn't*  see  that 
village,  did  you?  15.  Will  you  not  do  what*  has 
seemed  best  to  your  commander? 

Sugrerestlons  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  Interrogative  words  regularly  staud  first. 

2.  by  no  means :  minimS. 

3.  it :  do  not  translate. 

4.  See  Example  (3. 

6.  tohat :  ea  quae,  those  things  which. 


i  I 


LESSON  V. 

THE  ACCUSATIVE. 

GRAMMATICAL   REFERENCES. 

(ArcusATivE  OF  Direct  Objkct.) 

1.  Simple  Uses.      175.  1,  17G.  1 ;  A.  &  G.  3S7 ;  H.  404. 

2.  With  Compound  Verbs.      175.  2.  a ;  A.  cSc  (J.  388.  b ;  H. 
40G. 

3-  With  Verbs  expressing  Emotions.      175.  2.b;  A.  &  G. 
388.  a  ;  II.  405.  1. 

4.  Neuter  Pronouns  and  Adjectives  used  as  Accusative  of 
♦Result  Produced.'    170.  2;  A.  &  G.  390.  c;  II.  409.  1. 

5.  Cognate  Accusative.      176.  4 ;  A.  &  G.  390 ;  II.  409. 


EXAMPLES. 

1.  gloria  virtutem  sequitur,  (/lory  foUoics  virtue. 

2.  omnia  quae  curant  meminerunt,  they  remember  all  things 
for  which  they  care. 

3.  foedus  ferire,  to  strike  a  treaty. 

4.  omnes  terrdres  sublbo,  /  shall  endure  all  terrors. 

5.  hortos  Epicuii  mode  praeteribamus,  tee  were  just  now 
going  past  the  gardens  of  Epicurus. 

6.  Xenophon  eadem  1  fere  peccat,  Xenophon  commits  almost 
the  same  errors. 

7.  vellem  idem  -  possem  gloriari,  tcoidd  that  I  could  make 
the  same  boast. 

8.  finum^  studetia.  you  have  n  single  interest. 

13 


I 


!l 


14 


Latin  Composition. 


9.  Caesar  multum*  equitatu  valebat,  Caesar  was  strong  tn 

cavalry. 

10.   mirum  somnium  sommavi,   I  dreamed  a  remarkable 

dream. 

Notes  on  the  Examples. 

1)  eadem  peccat:  literally,  errs  the  sxme  things,  i.e.  makes 
the  same  errors. 

2)  idem  grlSriari :  literally,  boast  the  same  thing. 

3)  anum  studetis:  literally,  you  are  zealous  a  single  thing. 

4)  multum  valebat:  literally,  availed  much. 

VOCABULARY. 


approach,  adeo,  Ire,  ii,  itua. 

bank,  ripa,  ae,  f. 

comrade,  fellow-soldier,  com- 

militd,  5niB,  m. 
cro.s.s,  tr^nseS,  ire,  ii,  itiiruB. 
cruelty,  crudSlitSB,  atlB,  f. 
fortify,  munl6.  Ire,  il,  Itus. 
grieve,  grieve  at,  doleo,  5re, 

ul,  ituruB. 
hardship,  labor,  6riB,  m. 
harm,  noceo,  6re,  ul,  ituruB. 
meet  (trans.),  convenio,  ire, 

vSnl,  ventuB. 


place,  locus,  I,  m. ;  plu.,  loca, 

drum,  n. 
reply,  reapondeS,  8re,  spondl, 

spSnsus. 
river,  fliimen,  inis,  n. 
shudder,  shudder  at,  horreS, 

Sre,  ul. 
suitable,  idoneus,  a,  um. 
surpass,  praecSdS,  ere,  cessl, 

cesBurus. 
surround,  circumveniS,  Ire, 

vSnl,  ventus. 


EXERCISE. 

1.  Yon  will  shudder  at  the  cruelty  which  your 
comrades  have  suffered.  2.  The  soldiers  who  had 
crossed  tiie  Rhine  followed  their  commander  into 
Germany.  3.  We  have  done  no  harm.^  4.  The 
first  legion  chose  a  suitable  place  and  at  once  forti- 


The  Accusative. 


16 


fied  a  camp.  5.  The  envoys  of  the  Veneti  made  this 
reply.'      G.  Orgetorix   made    many  other    mistakes.' 

7.  We   approached    the   banks   of  the  River  Arar. 

8.  These  men  were  gr"3ving  over  their  many  hard- 
ships and  complaining  of  their  fate.  9.  The  cavalry 
of  the  enemy  had  already  surrounded  two  cohorts. 

10.  Ko    tribe    surpasses    the    Helvetii    in    bravery .•• 

11.  Part  of  these  horsemen  had  already  gone  around 
the  fortifications  of  the  camp.  12.  Has  he  not  made 
the  same  answer  ?  13.  Caesar  met  the  envoys  of  the 
Helvetii  in  that  place. 


Suererestlons  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  have  done  no  harm  :  translate:  have  harmed  nothing, 

3.  made  this  reply:  translate:  replied  these  things. 

3.  made  many  other  mistakes:  see  the  sixth  Example. 

4.  in  bravery:  express  by  the  simple  ablative. 


LESSON  VI. 

THE  ACCUSATIVE  {continued). 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

I.  Two  Accus  .  I ves,  —  Direct  Object  and  Predicate  Accus»> 
tive.    177.  1 ;  A.  &  G.  393 ;  H.  410  and  1. 

a.  Adjective  as  Predicate  Accusative.  177.  2;  A.  &  G. 
393.  N. ;  H.  410.  3. 

3.  Passive  Construction  of  the  Foregoing  Verbs.  177.  8 ; 
A.  &  G.  393.  a  ;  H.  410.  1. 

4.  Two  Accusatives,  —  Person  Affected  and  Result  Pro- 
duced.   178.  1.  a-e ;  A.  i  G.  394,  396  and  a ;  H.  411. 

5.  Passive  Construction  of  these  Verbs.  178.  2 ;  A.  &  G. 
396.5;  H.  411.  1. 

6.  Two  Accusatives  with  Compound  Verbs.  179. 1-3 ;  A. 
&  G.  395  and  N.  2 ;  H.  413. 


EXAMPLES. 

1.  Ancum   Marcium  regem   populua   creavit,  the  j^ople 
elected  Ancus  Marchts  king. 

2.  Bojos  socios  sibi  aaciscunt,  they  took  the  Boji  as  their 

allie^. 

3.  haec  fama  itinera  infesta  reddiderat,  this  rumor  had 
rendered  the  roads  danocrous. 

4.  liber  de  anucitia  qui  inscribitur  Laelius,  the   book   on 
friendship,  which  is  entitltd  Laelius. 

16 


The  Accusative, 


17 


6.   ipse   honestiasimus   numerabatur.  he  himself  teas  ac- 
counted most  distingnishod. 

6.  numqaam  divitiaa  deoa  rogavi,  I  have  never  asked  wealth 
from  the  gods. 

7.  our  id  me  rogas,  why  do  you  ask  me  that  f 

8.  illud  me  admimea,  you  give  me  that  admonition. 

9.  faci  ira  illud  quod  rogatus  sum,  /  will  do  that  which  I 
have  been  asked. 

10.  mnlta  admonemur,  we  are  given  many  admonitions. 

11.  milites  navibua  flumen  transportat,  he  sets  his  troops 
across  the  river  by  boats. 

12.  Belgae  sunt  Bhenum  traducti,  the  Belgians  were  led 
across  the  Rhine. 

Bemarks. 

1.  PoscS,  postuie,  flagitS,  while  admitting  the  construction 
of  two  accusatives,  more  commonly  take  the  accusative  of  the 
thing  asked  and  the  ablative  with  ab  of  the  person.  Pet5  regu- 
larly takes  the  latter  construction,  as  triban9,tum  &  Caesare 
petivl,  I  asked  a  tribuneship  from  Caesar. 

2.  Bogd,  inquire,  besides  neuter  pronouns  and  adjectives,  ad 
mits  only  sententlam  as  accusative  of  the  thing. 

3.  Doceo  may  take  an  infinitive  in  nlace  of  the  accusative  of 
the  thinj,-,  as  te  doce5  sentire,  /  trach  you  to  perceive.  The  com- 
pound edoceo  is  the  only  yerb  oi  teaching  that  is  freely  used  in 
the  passive. 

VOCABULARY. 


adjudge,  judge,  jiidicd,  1. 
ask,  rogo,  1. 
bridge,  pons,  pontis,  m. 
concerning,  d5,  prep,  with  abl. 
demand,  postulo,  1;  flSgito,  1. 
energy,  virtus,  utis,  f. 
honorable,  honestus,  a,  um. 
march,  iter,  itineris,  n. 


pav,  Btipendium,  T,  n. 
.rful,  potSns,  entis. 
..e,  salfitG,  1 
teach,    »:!oceo,    6re,     docuT, 

doctus ;  taught,  Sdoctus. 
tribune,  tri^unus,  i,  m. 
troops,  copiae,  Srum,  f. 
watchfulness,  vigilantia,  ae,  f 


18 


Latin  Composition. 


i! 


EXERCISE. 

1.  Labienus  led  \m  troops  across  the  bridge  which 
he  had  made  over  ^  this  river.  2.  Having  been  asked 
this  *  by  Caesar,  the  envoys  answered  briefly.'  3.  The 
legions  will  salute  their  leader  (as)  Imporator.  4.  The 
tribunes  of  the  tenth  legion  will  demand  their  pay  of 
the  general.  5.  The  general's  watchfulness  and 
energy  had  made  the  march  safe.  6.  Why  did  you 
give  my  friend  this  admonition  ?  7.  These  chieftains 
have  made  themselves  powerful  among  the  Haedui. 

8.  These    .  orsemen    were    regarded    (as)    the    best. 

9.  Caesar's  soldiers  were  twice  led  across  the  Khine. 

10.  He  had  been  taught  all  things  *  which  this  tribe 
regards  (as)  honorable,  11.  These  scouts  were  asked 
their  opinion  concerning  the  ascent  of  the  mountain. 
12.  This  man  had  already  been  adjudged  an  enemy  of 
the  Ganls.  l.'>.  The  Haedui  have  a  magistrate  whom 
they  call  '  vergobretus.' 


Suergrestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  9ver  this  river :  the  Latin  idiom  is,  in  this  river. 

2.  this :  use  the  neuter  plural. 

3.  briefly :  use  the  neuter  plural  of  pauci ;  literally,  a7iswered 
a  few  things. 

4.  all  things :  use  the  neuter  plural  of  omnis. 


LESSON  VII. 

THE  ACCUSATIVE   (continued). 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

1.  Accusative  of  Time  and  Space.     181.  1 ;  A.  &  G.  423, 
425;  11.417. 

2.  Accusative  of  Limit  of  Motion.     182.  1-4 ;  A.  &  G.  426. 
2,  427.  2,  428.  a,  h,j;  H.  418  and  1,  419  and  1,  2. 

3.  Accusative  in  Exclamations.     183;  A.  &  G.  397.  d;  11. 
421. 

4.  Accusative  as  Subject  of  Infinitive.    184 ;  A.  &  G.  397.  e ; 
H.  415. 

5.  Other  Accusative  Uses.  185 ;  A.  &  G.  397.  a ;  H.  416.  2, 3. 


EXAMPLES. 

1.  decern  annos  regnavit,  he  rpuinev  ten  years. 

2.  hie  locus  ab  hoste  sescentoa  paasus  aberat,  this  place 
was  six  hundred  paces  distant  from  the  enemy. 

3.  rails  ducentos  longa  pedes,  a  raft  two  hundred  feet  long. 

4.  Delphos  missi  sunt,  they  were  sent  to  Delphi. 

5.  domoa  redeunt,  they  return  to  their  homes. 

6.  in  Galliam  ulteriorem  contendit  et  ad  Genavam  per- 
venit,  he  haxtened  to  Gaul  and  arrived  in  the  vicinity  of  Geneva. 

7.  Thalam  pervenit,  in  oppidum  magnum,  he  came  to  Thala, 
a  large  town. 

8.  nuntium  ad  exercitum  Acen  misit,  he  sent  a  messenger 
to  his  army  at  Ace. 

9.  heu  me  infelicem,  Ah,  wretched  me  ! 

19 


20 


Latin  Composition. 


,  I 


•'      1, 


10.  pueros  in  Tiberim  mitti  juasit,  hf  orderfxl  the  boys  to  be 

throicn  itito  the  TUxr. 

1 1.  aliquid  id  genus,  something  of^that  sort. 

12.  vir  cetera  egregiua,  a  man  excellent  in  other  respects. 

13.  maximam  partem  lacte  vivunt,  they  live  fur  the  most 
part  on  milk. 

Remarks. 

1  Id  temporis,  Id  aetatls,  at  that  time,  and  id  genus,  of  that 
kind,  were  never  frequently  employed  by  Latin  writers  in  good 
prose.  To  say  at  that  time,  us.-  eO  tempore  (230;  A.  &  G.  42.$.  1 ; 
II.  mi) ;  of  that  kind,  ejus  modi  (201? ;  A.  &  G.  :ur..  a ;  H.  440.  6). 

"  Observe  that  the  accusative  of  the  part  affected  (variously 
designated  as  Greek  Accusative,  Synec<lochical  Accusative,  and 
Accusative  of  Specification)  is  regularly  confined  to  poetry;  such 
expressions  as  Virgirs  Ss  umerSsque  de6  similis  should  not  be 
taken  as  models  for  prose  writing.  The  Ablative  of  Specification 
(226;  A.  &  G.  418;  H.  480)  is  the  proper  case  to  denote  this  relation. 

3.  A  favorite  way  of  saying  so  many  years  old,  was  by  means 
of  the  phrase  annOs  natus,  as,  sexagrinta  annos  natus,  sixty 
years  old,  literally,  born  sixty  years. 

4.  To  denote  duration  for  a  small  number  of  days  or  years  it  is 
customary  to  use  biduum,  triduum,  quadriduum,  tvo  days, 
three  days,  four  days;  and  biennium,  triennlum,  quadrien- 
nium,  two  years,  three  years,  four  years. 


VOCABULARY. 


battle,  proelium,  I,  n. 
broad,  latus,  a,  um. 
camp,  castra,  6rum,  n. 
children,  llberi,  orum,  c. 
climb  ovpr,  transcendo,  ere, 

end!,  Snsus. 
Farther  Gaul,  Gallia  ulterior. 
fight,  pugn5,  1. 


flourishing,  florins,  entis. 

foot,  pSs,  pedis,  ni. 

luckless,  infSlIac,  icis. 

mile,  mille  pasiaus,  literally, 
I  thousand  paces;  plu.  milia 
I      passuum. 

!  province,  provincia.  ae,  f. 
1  rower,  rSmex,  Igis,  m- 


The  Accusative. 


21 


set  out,  proficlscor,  I,  fectui 

sum. 
tliick,  crauuB,  a,  um. 


thwart,  transtrum,  I,  n. 
whole,  tdtUB,  a,  um. 


EXERCISE. 

1,  A  great  battle  -was  fought  near  Bibracte. 
2.  We  eanie  to  Vesontio,  vMch  was  one  hundred 
miles  distant  from  Geneva.'  '^.  The  camp  of  the 
enemy  was  six  miles  away.  4.  Th'^  whole  army  set 
out  for  the  vicinity  of  Toulo  ise.  o.  At  the  age  of 
forty-three  years,  Caesar  came  into  the  province  of 
Farther  Gaul.  6.  '"'ho  thwai-^s  of  the  rowers  were 
one  foot  broad  and  three  inches  thick.  7.  Those  who 
came  to  this  camp  immediately  returned  to  their 
homes.  8.  We  climbed  over  a  wall  ten  feet  high. 
9.  The  envoys  who  had  been  sent  to  Rome  returned  to 
Geneva  in  Gaul.^  10.  0  luckless  women  and  chil- 
dren. 11.  V\Q  came  to  Xarbo,  a  most  flourishing 
city.^  12.  These  tribes  live  in  large  part  in  small 
towns  and  villages.  13.  For  the  most  part  these 
lands  are  not  fertile.  14.  This  nuiu  lived  here  forty 
years.       15.  They  fought  (for)  two  days. 


Su^erestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  from  Geneva  :  iiso  a  with  the  ablative. 

2.  See  Exampk'  S. 

3.  See  Example  7. 


LESSON   VIII. 


THE  DATIVE. 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

(I)ATivB  or  Inpibect  Owect.) 

1.  Indirect  Object  in  Connection  with  a  Direct  Object  aftet 
Transitive  Verbs.     187.  I  and  a  ;  A.  &  G.  W2  ;  II.  424. 

2.  Indirect  Object  with  Intransitive  Verbs.     187.  ll;  A.  & 
G.  300,  307  ;  II.  424,  420.  1.  2. 

3.  Passive  Construction  of  the  Last  Class  of  Verbs.    187. 
II.  6;  A.  &G.  372;  II.  420.  3. 

4.  Indirect  Object  with  Compound  Verbs.    187.  III.  1,  2; 
A.  &  G.  370 ;  H.  429  and  1. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  praestat  tibi  benevolentiara,  he  sJioi^s  you  kindness. 

2.  praedam  militibus  donat,  he  yives  the  plunder  to  the 

soldiers. 

3.  Haeduorum   civitati    Caesar    indulserat,    Caesar   had 

favored  the  state  of  the  llmdui. 

4.  Theasaliae  civitates  Pelopidam  coronia  donaverunt,  the 
states  of  Thessaly  presented  Pelnpidas  with  aohlen  mncns. 

5.  aciemsuamcarriscircumdederunt,  </!<'?/ p/acefZ  their  line 

of  battle  around  the  tcagons. 

6.  Treviri  ejus  imperio  non  parebant,  the  Treviri  did  not 

obey  his  order. 

7.  nocere  alteri,  to  injure  one's  neiyhhor. 

8.  aedificiia  omnibus  pepercit,  he  spared  all  buildings. 
0.   probui  invidet  nemini,  the  upright  man  envies  no  o^ie. 

22 


The  Dative. 


28 


10.  ali5niiii  laudi  atone  gloriae  maxime  invidStar,  the 
praise  and  ylory  of  otherH  is  vxperinlbj  envied ;  lit.  it  ';;  envied 
to  the  praise  and  ylory,  etc. 

11.  mihi  n5n  persuaaum  est,  I  have  not  been  persuaded  ;  lit- 
erally, it  h(.s  not  heen  persiiadid  to  me. 

12.  Pelopidas  omnibus  periculla  adfuit,  Pelopidas  teas  pres- 
ent at  all  dangers. 

13.  Asia  ubertate  agrdrum  omnibus  terris  antecellit,  Asia 
surpasses  all  countries  in  the  fertilitij  of  its  lands. 

14.  ainio'tiam  omnibus  rebus  humanis  antepdnimus,  we  set 
friendship  before  all  human  thitnts. 

15.  mihi    invidetur,   /   am   nobis  invidetur,   tee    are   en- 

envied  ;  vied ; 

tibi  invidetur,  you  are   vobis  invidetur,  you  are  en- 
envied;  vied; 

ei  invidetur,  he  is  en-   eis  invidetur,  they  are  envied, 
vied; 


.Remarks. 

1.  Persu&de5  and  noceJ,  besides  the  dative  of  the  person,  may 
take  the  Accusative  ol  Kesiilt  Produced.  This  construction,  how- 
ever, is  confined  to  narrow  limits;  the  chief  accusatives  so  used  are 
y  ■}c,  illud,  id,  quod,  quid  (interrogative  and  indefinite),  aliquid, 
nihil.    Exaniplcs  an; : 

hOc  AnaximandrS  n6n  persuftsit,  he  did  not  pcrsuude  Anaxi- 
maiider  to  this  rflh-t. 

quid  mihi  Istius  inimicitiae  nocSbunt,  ivhaf  harm  will  thai 
fellow's  hostility  do  me  ? 

2.  In  the  passive  construction  of  these  verbs  the  accusative  of 
the  thing  is  retained,  e.;/.  : 

hOc  ipsis  Siculis  persuasum  est,  the  Sicilians  themselves 
were  persuaded  to  thi.s  effect. 

3.  With  mitts  and  scrib5  one  nuty  use  cither  the  accusative 
with  ad  or  the  dative,  according  as  tii;>  idea  of  motion  is  or  is  not 
predominant.  Thus  either  mihi  or  ad  me  scrlpsisti,  you  wrote 
to  me. 


24 


Latin  Compoiition, 


VOCABULARY. 


centurion,  oenturlS,  finis,  in.' 

charge,  be  in  cliarKP,  praesum,  - 
eue,  ful ;  put  in  cliargp,  j 
praefloiA,  ere,  fSoI,  feotus ;  | 
witli  accusiitive  of  ilirt'ct  ob- 
ject and  dative  of  the  indi- 
rect. 

coliort,  cohort,  rtis.  f. 

enjoin,  praecipiS,  ere,  cSpI, 
ceptus,  will)  dativo. 

envy,  invideS,  Sre,  vidl,  vi- 
sas, witii  (iative. 

f  urnisli,  praebeS,  8re,  u* 


grain,  frflmentum,  I,  n. 
injure,  nooeA,  ire,  ol,  Itflrus. 
letter,  eplstula,  ae,  f. ;  or  lit- 

terae,  Arum,  f. 
liberal,  largus,  a,  urn. 
obey,  pArefi,  Sre,  ul,  itflrus. 
persuade,     persuftdefi,     fire, 

suBsI,  suftsum. 
promise,  polliceor,  6rl,  itus. 
reward,  mflnus,  eris,  n. 
spare,  parc5.  ere,  pepercl. 
write,    scrlbS,    ere,  scrlpsi, 

scrlptus. 


1.  Write  me  the  letter  which  you  promised. 
2.  Caesar  put  those  centurions  whom  he  considered 
best  in  charge  of  these  cohorts.  3.  I  will  do  you  no 
injury.'  4.  These  orders  were  obeyed.  5.  Labi- 
enus,  Caesar's  lieutenant,  was  in  charge  of  three 
legions.  0.  I  enjoin  this  upon  you  all.  7.  We  were 
all  envied.  8.  The  Gauls  furnished  horsemen,  money, 
and  grain  to  Caesar.  0.  This  prisoner  will  not  be 
spared.  10.  Most  liberal  rewards  were  given  to  the 
ambassadors  of  the  Allobroges.  11.  My  friends  will 
not  envy  this  glory  of  mine.*  12.  We  surrounded 
the  infantry  with  a  great  multitude  of  cavalry. 
13.  All  good  soldiers  will  obey  the  commands  of  their 
general.      14.  He  will  present  prizes  to  those  who 


The  Dative. 


25 


defended  this  bridge  so  bravely.  IH.  Did  you  not 
resist  the  h'adj-rs  of  tliiit  e()nsi)ira('y  ?  1»».  I  shall 
not  be  persiuuh'd.  17.  lie  was  sparnl.  18.  We  are 
ol)eyed.  19.  They  are  injured.  L'O.  All  the  old 
men  of  the  Veneti  were  present  at  this  assembly. 
21.  Caesar  spared  no  fields  of  the  fSuebi.  2'2.  Who 
was  in  charge  of  the  smaller  camp  ? 


Caesar  sets  out  for  Oaul. 

Caesar  had  completed  the  duties''  of  his  lonsulship 
and  had  not  yet  dei)arted  for*  his  province,  when 
reports  were  brought  to  him  concerning  the  plans  of 
the  Helvetii.  Tvo  hundred  and  sixty-two  thousand 
of  these  were  already  nea  •  (ieneva,  and  were  threaten- 
ing the  Roman  province.  Accordingly  Caesar  set  out 
immediatelv  for*  Farther   Gaul,  and   arrived  in  the 

vicinity  of  Geneva  within  seven  days.* 

\ 

Suererestions  on  the  Exercise. 

■  1.  will  do  you  no  injury  :  translate:  will  injure  you  nothing. 
2.  glory  of  mine:  translate:  ;*(;/  f/lnry. 
'.i.  duties:  for  duty,  use  mQnus,  eris,  n. 
4.  for :  use  In  with  the  accusative. 
fi.  within  seven  days :  express  hy  the  ablatiTe« 


m 


■i.!; 

m 


'i: 


iS 

ir 

\-'l 

'  it 

:    1). 

LESSON  IX. 

TllE  DATIVE  (continued). 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

1.  Dative  of  Reference.    188.  1;  A.  &  C  ;J7G;  H.  425.  4. 
and  N. 

2.  Dative  of  Local  Standpoint.     188.  2.  a;  A.  &  G.  378.  2 ; 
H.  4-2.-).  4. 

3.  Ethical  Dative.     1S8.  2. />;  A.  &G.  :580;  11.432. 

4.  Dative  of  Person  Judging.     188.  2.  c;  A.  &  G.  378.  1. 

5.  Dative  of  Separation.    188.  2.  d;    A.  &  G.  381;   H. 
420.  2. 

6.  Dative  of  Agency.    189.  1,2;  A.  &  G.  374 ;  H.  431. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  puero  dormienti  caput  ardebat.  the  hrnd  of  the  boy 
burned  as  he  sh'pt ;  lit.  the  head  Jmnitd  to  the  hoy  nheping. 

2.  sese  omnes  Caesari  ad  pedes  projecerunt,  thiy  all  threw 
themselves  at  Caesar'' s  feet ;  lit.  to  Caesar  at  the  feet. 

3.  oppidum  primum  Thessaliae  venientibus  ab  Epiro,  the 
Jirst  town  of  Thessahj  as  you  come  from  Eph-ns. 

4.  quid  sibi  vult,  irhat  does  he  mean  }  lit.  if^ish  for  himself. 
'}.   ego  tibi  oratorem  sic  instituam,  lUl  train  you  an  orator 

in  the  folio  in  in  y  iray. 

6.  animo  cupienti  nihil  satis  festinatur,  to  an  eager  mind 
nothing  goes  fast  enough. 

7.  fortunatus  sibi  Damocles  videbatur,  to  himself  Damocles 
seemed  fortunate. 

26 


The  Dative. 


27 


8.  reddite  ei  vitam  cui  ademiatia,  restore  life  to  him  from 
whom  you  hare  taken  it. 

9.  multum  tuis  operibua  diuturnitaa  detrahet,  time  will 
take  away  much  from  your  achieccmentx. 

10.  dfligentia  praecipue  colenda  est  ndbis,  carefulness  mitst 
be  especially  ctiltivnteil  by  tis. 

11.  omnibus  hominibus  moriendum  est,  all  men  unist  die. 

12.  qui  tibi  ad  caedem  cdnstituti  sunt,  icho  have  been  marked 
by  you  for  murder. 

Remarks. 

1.  Except  in  the  plirase  sibi  velle,  to  mean,  the  Ethical  Dative 
is  rare,  being  confined  mainly  ti;  collotiuial  lansuajje  and  to  poetry. 

2.  Note  that  for  tlie  purpose  of  avoiding  ambiguity  tlie  al)lative 
with  a  (ab)  is  used  even  witli  tlie  gerundive,  as,  — hostibus  a. 
nObis  parcendum  est,  we  must  spare  our  enemies. 


VOCABULARY. 


allies,  socii,  onun,  m. 

almost,  paene,  adv. 

avenue,   avenue   of  approach, 

aditUB,  us,  ni. 
bloodshed,  caedSs,  is,  f. 
body,  corpus,  oris,  n. 
brave,  fortis,  e. 
cut  off,  intercludo,  ere,  cliisi, 

clvisus. 
hillock,  tamuluB,  I,  m. 


justice,  justitia,  ae,  f. 
project,  consilium,  i,  n. 
snatch,   snatcli    from,    Sripio, 

ere,  ripui,  reptus. 
take,  take  from,  adimo,  ere, 

SmT,  Smptus. 
virtue,  virtiis,  utis,  f. 
way,  route,  iter,  itineris,  n. 
weapons,  arma,  orum,  n. 


EXERCISE. 


1.  Much*  money  and  many  weapons  were  taken 
from  the  towDspeople.  2.  You  must  resist  vice.* 
3.  He  snatched  the  sword  from  the  centurion.    4.  What 


28 


Latin  Composition. 


sense  ^  have  war  and  bloodshed  ?  5.  You  have  taken 
away  from  our  allies  almost  all  (their)  rights.  6.  This 
journey  must  be  undertaken  by  us.  7.  We  shall  cut 
these    men*  off    from    every    avenue    of    approach. 

8.  These    projects    seemed    good    to    most    citizens. 

9.  Good    friends    must    not    be    injured    by    you.* 

10.  These  brave  men  blocked  the  way  of  the  enemy® 
with  their  own  bodies.  11.  This  aillock  is  situated 
on  the   left   hand  as   you  draw   var^  to  the   city. 

12.  Virtue  and  justice  ought  to  uc    ;herishfd  by  all. 

13.  These  wicked  men  must  not  be  spared  by  good 
citizens."  14.  By  whom  must  resistance  be  made  ?  * 
15.  To  me  these  projects  seemed  honorable. 


Susrerestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  For  •  much  money '  the  Latin  regularly  says,  '  great  money.' 

2.  you  must  resist  vicp :  translate:  it  must  be  resisted  {to)  vice 
by  you.    For  '  vice,'  use  improbitas,  atis,  f. 

3.  Use  vols  with  the  Ethical  Dative. 

4.  In  Latin,  '  cut  off  all  avenues  to  these  men.' 

5.  See  Remark  2  under  Examples. 

6.  In  Latin,  'blocked  the  way  to  the  enemy.' 

7.  as  you  draw  near:  see  Example  3. 

8.  See  the  Suggestion  on  sentence  2. 


LESSON  X. 


THE  DATIVE  (^continued). 


GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

1.  Dative  of  Possession.    190  and  1 ;  A.  &  G.  373  and  a ; 
II.  430. 

2.  Dative  of  Purpose.     191. 1,2;  'h  382  and  1,  2 ;  H. 
433  and  3. 

3.  Dative  with  Adjectives.     192. 1,  j;  A.  &  G.  383,  384; 
H.  434  and  2. 

EXAMPLES, 

1.  nobis  sunt  conjuges  et  liberT,  rco  have  wives  and  children. 

2.  fons  cui  n5men  Arethusa  est,  a  fountain  which  has  the 
name  Arethusa. 

3.  Faustulo  ei  fuit  nomen,  Fnnstulus  was  his  name. 

4.  dies  coUoquio  dictus  est,  a  day  icas  set  for  a  conference. 

5.  Oermani  auxilid  a  Belgia  arcessiti  sunt,  the  Germans 
were  summoned  by  the  Belgian'*  for  aid. 

6.  una  res  nostris  magno  usui  erat,  one  thing  was  of  great 
advantage  to  our  men,  lit.  to  our  men  for  great  advantage. 

7.  quinque  cohort es  castris  praesidid  reliquit,  he  left  Jive 
cohorts  as  a  guard  for  the  camp. 

8.  res  tuae  mihi  maximae  curae  sunt,  your  interests  are 
of  the  greatest  concern  to  me. 

9.  cui  bono  est,  to  ichom  is  it  of  advantage  ?  lit.  for  an  ad- 
vantage. 

10.  hoc  mihi  detrimento  est,  this  is  a  disadvantage  to  me. 

1 1 .  genus  litterarum  meis  studils  aptum,  a  kind  of  litera- 
ture suited  to  my  studies. 

29 


i; 


Si 


1^ 


30 


Latin  Composition, 


12.  leges  Sv.cundi3sima9  plebe?,  adversaa  nobilitati  tulit,  he 
proposed  laics  most  favuraf/le  to  the  people,  but  hostile  to  the 
nobility. 

Remarks. 

1.  For  the  difference  between  the  Dative  of  Posse.ssion  and  the 
Possessive  Genitive,  see  Lessen  XI,  Remark  3. 

2.  The  Dutive  of  r>.ssession  is  mainly  used  with  reference  to 
material  possessions;  the  possession  of  mental  qualities  is  more 
frequently  indicated  '    other  ways. 

3.  ^Vith  nSmeu  est  the  name  is  very  rarely  attracted  into  the 
Dative  in  Cicero's  writings,  though  quite  commonly  so  attracted  in 
later  authors.    Either  construction,  therefore,  is  quite  idiomatic. 

4.  The  c^hief  ver'>s  that  take  a  Dative  of  Purpose  besides  sum 
are:  reli-qu6,  dSligrS,  dic6,  mittS,  veni5,  h&oeS,  dftcO. 

5.  Among  the  commonest  Datives  of  t^urpose  used  with  esse 
are:  atixiliS,  curae,  detriments,  fraudi,  lucrS,  salQti,  im- 
pediments, odic  praesidid. 

• 

VOCABULARY. 


abode,  domicilium,  I,  n. 

aid,  subsidium,  i,  n. 

choose,  dSligo,  ere,  ISgi,  ISc- 

tas. 
common,  communis,  e. 
death,  mors,  mortis,  f. 
dwell,  incolo,  ere,  colul,  cul- 

tUB. 

hatred,  odium,  I,  n. 
hindrance.impedimentum,!,  a, 


lack,  inopia,  ae,  f. 
loyal,  fidSlis,  e. 
matter,  thing,  rgs,  rel,  f. 
nation,  n&tio,  onis,  f. 
neighboring,  finitimus,  a,  um. 
period  of  life,  aetSs,  eltis,  f. 
state,  civitSs,  £tis,  f. 
wealth,  divitiae,  arum,  f. 
well-to-do,  be&tUB,  a,  um. 


EXERCISE. 

1.  The  neif^hboring  tribes  are  friendly  to  the  Ro- 
mans.      2.  This  chieftain  has  many  lands  and  much 


li,      i^ 


The  Dative. 


31 


money.  3.  The  name  of  the  man  whom  Caesar  placed 
in  charge  of  these  winter  quarters  was  Galba.  4.  We 
chose  a  place  suitable  for  a  camp.  5.  We  sent  es 
aid*  to  you  the  two  legions  which  we  considered 
most  loyal.  6,  They  chose  this  place  as  an  abode. 
7.  Death  is  common  to  every  period  of  life.  8.  In 
every  state  those  who  have  no  wealth  envy  the  well- 
to-do.  9.  We  have  many  shields  which  we  took  from 
the  Helvetii.  10.  This  i)lace  was  not  suitable  for  a 
battle.  11.  The  lack  of  grain  was  a  hindrance^  to 
the  Romans.  12.  This  matter  will  be  (for)  a  care  m 
me.  13.  Men  who  injure  the  state  are  an  object  of 
hatred'  to  us.  14.  What  nations  dwelt  next  to  the 
Germans  ? 

Suererestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  as  aid :  translate :  for  aid. 

2.  a  hindrance :  translate :  for  a  hindrance. 

3.  an  object  of  hatred :  translate :  for  hatred. 


I  ! 


LESSON  XI. 

THE  GENITIVE. 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

X.  Genitive  of  Origin.    196. 

2.  Genitive  of  Material.     197 ;  A.  &  G.  344. 

3.  Genitive  of  Possession.     198. 1,  3;  A.  &  G.  343  and  b] 
H.  440.  1. 

4.  Subjective  Genitive.    199;  A.  &  G.  343.  N.  1;  H.  440. 1. 

5.  Objective  Genitive.    200;  A.  &  G.  347,  348;  II.  440.  2. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Marci  f  ilins,  MarcniCs  son. 

2.  talentum  auri,  a  talent  of  gold. 

3.  signa  decimae  legionis,  the  standards  of  the  tenth  legion, 

4.  HbeTtaiiin  csLVLsa,  for  freedom'' s  sake. 

5.  amicitiae  gratia,  for  friendship's  sake. 

6.  manus  captivorum,  the  hands  of  the  prisoners. 

7.  stolti  est  haec  sperare,  it  is  (the  part)  of  a  fool  to  hope 
this.  •         , 

8.  angnsti  animi  3st  amare  divitias,  it  is  (characteristic) 
of  a  narrow  mind  to  love  riches. 

9.  metus  parentum,  the  fears  of  parents. 

10.  questus  mulierum,  the  lament!^  of  the  icomen. 

11.  stadium  virtutis,  the  pursuit  of  virtue. 

12.  memoria  bene  factorum.  the  recollection  of  good  deeds^ 
lit.  of  things  well  done. 

88 


The   Genitive. 


83 


Remarks. 

1.  CausR  is  much  commoner  than  erra.tia  in  the  sense  on 
account  of ,  for  the  sake  of. 

2.  The  Objective  Genitive  occurs  most  frequently  in  combination 
with  nouns  derived  from  verbs  tliat  govern  the  accusative ;  yet  l)y 
an  extension  of  usage  we  sometimes  find  the  genitive  used  with 
nouns  derived  from  verbs  that  govern  otlier  cases,  e.q.  cdnsuSttldO 
homlnum,  intercourse  with  men  {of.  c5nsuescere  cum  homini- 
bus,  to  associate  with  men) ;  excessus  vitae,  deijurture  from  life 
(cf.  excSdere  §  vita,  to  depart  from  life). 

3.  The  Genitive  of  Possession,  as  compared  with  the  Dative  of 
Possessor,  gives  emphasis  to  the  possessor;  the  Dative  emphasizes 
rather  the  fact  of  possession,  e.f/.  tortus  mei  patris  est,  the 
garden  is  7ny  father's;  mlhi  hortus  est,  I  possess  a  garden. 


VOCABULARY. 


attack,  impetus,  fls,  in. 
bring  under,  redigS,  ere,  SgT, 

actus ;  construed  witli  sub 

an.d  ace. 
character,  natura,  ae,  f. 
excuse,  ezcusatio,  onis,  f. 
fall  upon,  incido,  ere,  incidi; 

with  dat.  of  indirect  object, 
hear,  audio,  ire,  ivi,  itus. 
hope,  sp§s,  el,  f. 
leave,    relinqu5,    ere,    liqul, 

llctus. 


longing,  dSsiderium,  I,  n. 
memory,  memoria,  ae,  f. 
power,  potentia,  ae,  f. 
safety,  saltis,  utis,  f. 
shower,  imber,  imbris,  m. 
stone,  lapis,  idis,  m. 
touch,     move,     moved,     Sre, 

m5vi,  motus. 
withstand,  sustined,  Sre,  ui, 

tentus. 


EXERCISE. 

1.  The  cries  of  the  women  and  children  were  clearly 
heard.  2.  We  shall  leave  these  centurions  (as) 
guardians  of  this  bridge.      3.  The  excuses  of  these 


84 


! 


Latin  Compoaitton. 


men  seemed  empty  to  me.  4.  The  character  of  all 
states  has  ever  been  the  same.  5.  Whose  soldiers 
remained  loyal  ?  6.  Your  memory  of  us  will  touch 
our  father.  7.  A  shower  of  stones  fell  upon  the 
soldiers.  8.  Longing  for  you  never  leaves  me. 
9.  The  inhabitants  of  that  village  were  brought  under 
the  power  of  the  Gauls.  10.  The  Romans  bravely 
withstood  the  attack  of  the  Nervii.  11.  These  Gauls 
exhibited  great  contempt  for  us.  12.  We  saw  no  hope 
of  safety.  13.  For  whose  sake  did  you  assemble? 
14.  These  conspirators  were  impelled  by  a  desire  of 
regal  power.  15.  The  safety  of  all  Aquitania  rested 
on  the  valor  of  these  (men). 


I 


LESSON   XII. 

THE  GENITIVE  Icontlnued). 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

1.  Genitive  of  the  Whole  ('Partitive  Genitive')*  201 
entire ;  A.  &  G.  UQ.  a.  !-;{,  c,  e ;  II.  440.  5  and  N.,  441,  41-2, 
443. 

2.  Genitive  of  Quality.  203.  1-5;  A.  &  G.  'Si'),  a.  h; 
II.  440.  3. 

3.  Appositional  Genitive.    202 ;  A.  &  C    343.  rf;  II.  440.  4. 


EXAMPLES. 

1.  quinque  milia  paasuum,  Jive  miles,  lit.  Jive  thousands  of 
paces. 

2.  quia  nostrum,  tcho  of  us  ? 

3.  quid  eat  cauaae,  what  reason  is  there?    i 

4.  unus  ex  amicia  noatria,  one  of  our  friends. 

5.  quot  vos  eatia,  how  many  of  yon  are  there  f 

6.  pertuli  poenarum  aatia,  I  have  endured  enough  penalties. 

7.  plus  mall,  more  misrhitf. 

8.  aliquid  ilxuatre,  something  famous. 

9.  ubi  ttrrarum  eraa,  tchere  in  the  icorld  were  you  f 

10.  vir  magni  animi,  a  man  of  high  pxirpose. 

11.  hujus  modi  conailia,  plans  of  this  sort. 

12.  porticus  trecentorum  pedum,  a  portico  three  hundred 
feet  long,  lit.  of  three  hundred  feet. 

13.  quanti  eat  aestimanda  virtus,  hoi?  highly  virttie  ought 
to  be  prized  I  lit.  of  how  much  (value). 

36 


86 


Latin  Composition, 


l    Mi 


|-i! 


I     If 


14.  qaantl  aeclej  Smiati.  nt  how  high  a  price  did  you  buy  the 
kouHe f 

15.  illae  omnes  diasensidnea  erant  ejaa  modi,  all  those  diS' 
aetmona  v-irc  of  this  kind. 

10.   ndmen  pacia  dalce  eat,  the  name  (^of)  *peace^  ia  sweet. 

Remarks. 

1.  Observe  that  the  Genitive  of  Qim.  when  applied  to  persons 
is  propiTJy  used  only  of  itcmamn^  i-L.  .cteristics ;  inciilentiil  or 
tranHilorij  qualities  eannot  be  indicated  except  by  tlie  ablative. 
See  Lesson  XVIII,  RiMiiurk  1. 

2.  Note  that  the  adjectivea  most  frequently  employed  in  con- 
nection with  a  {lenitive  to  denote  quality  are  adjectives  of  amount 
(p.ri.  magrnus,  mcximus,  summus,  tantus,  and  numerals) ;  ejus, 
hajus,  etc.,  in  combination  with  modi,  also  occur  frequently. 

VOCABULARY. 


advance,  prSgredior,  I,  gres- 
■us. 

courage,  animus,  I,  m. 

dead,  mortuus,  a,  um. 

dig  (ft  trench),  dQco,  ere,  dilsd, 
ductus  ;  literally,  lend.  run. 

eldesl,  maximus  nJtil ;  liter- 
ally, greatest  in  birth. 

embankment,  agger,  eris,  m. 

excellent, Cgregius,  a,  um. 

fifteen,  quindecim. 


greatest,  highest  (of  qualities), 

summus,  a,  um. 
hateful,  odiosus,  a,  um. 
more      (substantive),      plQi^t 

pldris. 
plan,  c5nsilium,  I.  n. 
regard,  consider,  exTstimS,  1. 
sell,  vSndS.  ere.  vSndidi,  itus. 
slay,  occldo,  ere,  cldi,  cisus. 
trench,  foss§,  ae,  f. 


EXERCISE. 

1.  We  climbed  a  wall  (of)  fifteen  feet  in  height.' 
2.  Whoof  you  was  moved  by  longing  for  us?  3.  Have 
you  more  money  now  ?    No.    But  I  have  land  enough. 


The  Genitive. 


87 


4.  How  many  of  these  men  remained?  5.  The  scouts 
were  of  good  courage  and  advanced  four  miles  i>  ro 
the  territory  of  the  enemy.  G.  One  of  you  was  absent 
(for)  three  days.-  7.  Four  tliousand  cavalry  and  ten 
thousand  infantry  were  led'  across  this  river  yester- 
day.  8.  The  name  of  king  was  always  hateful  to  the 
Koman  people.  9.  We  sold  this  booty  at  a  higher 
price.  10.  The  excuses  of  the  suldiers  are  of  this  kind. 
11.  Of  what  kind  were  these  jilans  ?  12.  How  much 
money  did  the  eldest  of  these  brothers  lose  ?  1.3.  Cato 
was  regarded  (as)  a  man  of  the  greatest  justice. 
14.  Two  of  the  soldiers  wore  left  dead.  15.  The 
soldiers  dug  a  trench  twelve  feet  deep*  and  raised  an 
embankment  sixteen  feet  high.* 


The  Helvetii  Select  a  Route  Into  Gaul. 

The  mountain  was  steep,  the  road  was"  narrow,  the 
ri/er  was"  deep.  On  account  of  the  i-reat  difficul- 
ties, therefore,  the  Helvetii  were  not  aule  to  -o  by 
this  route,  but  chose  another  and  easier  (one),  which 
led  through  the  territory  of  the  Sequani.  The^e  were 
at  first  unwilling"  to  permit  the  Helvetians  to  pass 
through,  but  were  finally  won  over  by  gifts  and 
promises,  and  granted  the  envoys  of  the  Helvetii 
the  privilege^  which  they  had  so  earnestly*  sought. 

Suggreations  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  in  height:  translate:  into  height. 

2.  three  days :  see  Lesson  VII,  Remark  4. 

3.  See  Lesson  II,  Example  13. 


88  Latin  Compotition. 

4.  twelve  feet  deep,  sixteen  feet  deep:  translate:  of  twelve  feei 
ctf  sixteen  feet. 

6.  Traiwlnte  wan  but  once.    Place  It  at  the  end  of  the  itentence. 

6.  were  unwiUinr/ :  use  nO10. 

7.  privilege :  u»e  potestfts,  &tl8,  f. 

8.  «o  earnestly :  tantopere. 


'^L. 


LESSON  XI  IT. 

THE  QKNITIVK  {continued). 

GRAMMATICAL   REFERENCES. 

I.  Genitive  with  Adjectives.  L>Ol.l-:j;  A.  &  G.  349  and  a, 
b,  .*38o.  c  and  2 ;  II.  ir>{),  4:>1.  1, 2  and  N.  1,  8. 

a.  Genitive  with  memini,  reminiscor,  oblhiscor.  206. 1,2; 
A.  &  G.  350.  a,  b,  c,  rf;  H.  454  and  1,  455. 


EXAMPLES. 

1.  semper  appetentes  gloriae  atque  avidi  landis  faiatis, 

yuu  were  almtys  ilfxiroua  ofglonj  and  eager  fur  praise. 

2.  vir  bell5ram  peritiaaimus,  a  man  must  experienced  in 
tears. 

3.  habetis  ducem  memorem  veatri,   yuu  have  a   leader 
mind/ul  of  yuu. 

4.  cmnia  plena  luctus  et  maeroris  fuerunt,  all  thinys  were 
full  uf  mourning  and  surruw. 

5.  fuit  hoc  quondam  proprinm  populi  Roman!,  this  was 
formerly  characteristic  of  the  Human  people. 

0.   ipaa  calamitaa  communia  eat  utriuaque  nostrum,  the 
calamity  itself  is  common  to  each  of  us. 

7.  tui  similia,  like  you. 

8.  hoc  non  veri  aimile  eat,  this  is  not  likely. 

9.  tui  memini,  /  reiaember  you. 

10.  Cinnam  memini, /recrt// Ciwna. 

11.  Epicuri  non  licet  oblivisci,  ire  cannot  forget  Epicurus. 

12.  memiuistia  ilium  diem,  you  remember  that  day. 

80 


v-r-- 


40 


Latin   Composition. 


13.  numquam  oblivlscar  noctis  Ulius,  I  shall  never  forget 
thnt  night. 

14.  obliviscor  tuas  injurias,  I  forget  your  injuries. 

15.  reminlacens  veteria  famae,  remembering  the  old  report. 

16.  haec  reminiscitur,  he  remembers  this. 

17.  multa  memini,  /  remember  many  things. 

Remarks. 

1.  With  memlnl  and  obliviscor,  personal  pronouns  regularly 
stand  in  the  genitive. 

2.  While  memini  and  obliviscor  take  either  the  accusative  or 
the  genitive  of  the  tiling  reniemberfd  or  forgotten,  yet 

3.  Note  that  neuter  pronouns  (as  haec.  i.la,  ea.  lata,  quae, 
etc.),  and  adjectives  used  sulistantively  (as  multa,  pauca,  omnia) 
regularly  stand  in  the  accusative. 

4.  Recorder  always  takes  the  accusative. 

5.  Reminisci  is  rarely  used,  especially  with  an  object  denoting 
a  person ;  but  remlniscSns  and  reminiscendi  regularly  supply 
the  missing  participle  and  gerund  of  memini. 


VOCABULARY. 


ancestors,  majorSs,  um,  m. 
cause,  causa,  ae,  f. 
characteristic  of,  proprius,  a, 

um. 
experienced    in,    perltus,    a, 

um. 
few,  pauci,  ae,  a. 
humanity,  humanitas,  atls,  f. 


ignorant,  ignarus,  a,  um. 
illustrious,  llliiBtriB,  e. 
law-court,  basilica,  ae,  f. 
hiilitary  matters,  rSs  militariB, 

rel  mflitarls,  f. 
sorrow,  maeror,  Sris,  m. 
statue,  statua,  ae,  f. 
temple,  templum,  I,  n. 


EXERCISE. 

1.  Have  you   forgotten  all   the  things^  which  we 
heard?      2.  Justice  and  humanity  have  ever  been 


The  Genitive. 


41 


characteristic  of  the  Roman  people.      3.  You  are  not 
ignorant,  are  you,  of  these  customs  ?      4.  Those  who 
remember  these  wars  will  never  forget  the  bloodshed 
and  sorrow  of  which  they  were  the  cause.       o.  The 
Roman  Forum  was  full  of  tomples,  statues,  and  law- 
courts.      6.   Labienus  was   regarded   as   experienced 
in  2  military  matters.       7.  Tliose  things  which  they 
remember  are  of  small  (account).^      8.  We  remember 
few  things  concerning  this  siege.       9.  These  conspira- 
tors were  eager  for  power  and  wealth.       10.  Do  you 
remember  your  illustrious  ancestors  ?      11.  He  remem- 
bered us,  but  forgot  everything  else.*       12.  Why  are 
you  unmindful  of  your  country  ?      13.  When  will  you 
forget  these  controversies  and  dissensions  ? 


Suggestions  on  the  Exercise, 

1.  all  the  things:  omnia  ea. 

2.  in  military  matters :  use  the  genitive. 

3.  0/ small  {account) :  use  the  genitive  of  value. 

4.  everything  else:  translate:   all  other  things,  using  neuter 
form. 


Si;  .I: 


LESSON   XIV. 

THE  GENITIVE  {conHnuedX 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCLS. 

I.  Genitive  with  admoneb,  commoneo,  commonefacio.  207 
and  a,  b;  A.  &  G.  3.")1 ;  II.  ioH. 

a.  Genitive  with  Verbs  of  Judicial  Action.  208.  1,  2,  a,  ft; 
A.  &  G.  3r}2  and  a,  35;$.  1 ;  II.  4o(}  and  -i,  t. 

3.  Genitive  with  Impersonal  Verbs.  200.  1;  A.  &  G.  351. 
b,c;  H.  457. 

4.  Genitive  with  misereor,  miseresco.  200.  2;  A.  &  G.  351. 
a;  H.  457. 

5.  Genitive  with  7/»feresf  and  riferf.  210;  211.  1-4;  A.  & 
G.  355  and  a ;  II.  449.  1-4. 

6.  Genitive  with  Other  Verbs.  212. 1,  2;  A.  &  G.  356,  357: 
a ;   H.  458.  2,  3. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  ipse  te  veteris  amicitiae  commonefacit,  he  himself-  re- 
minds you  of  your  former  friendship. 

2.  de  atudiis  nds  admonea,  yo%i,  romind  vs  of  our  studies. 

3.  haec  te  admoneo,  I  give  you  this  admonition. 

4.  Miltiades  proditidnis  est  accasatus,  Miltiadea  was  ac- 
CHsed  of  treason. 

5.  te  avaritiae  coarguo,  I  convict  you  off/reed. 

6.  majestatis  absoluti  sunt  permulti,  very  many  have  been 
acquitted  of  treason. 

7.  capitis  damnatns,  condemned  on  a  capital  charge. 

42 


1' 


1 


iUj.. 


The  Genitive. 


48 


8.  pecuniae  publicae  eat  condemnatua,  he  was  condemned 
on  a  charge  of  embezzlement,  lit.  of  public  money,  i.e.  of  taking  it. 

9.  tertia  parte  agri  damnati  aunt,  they  were  condemned  {to 
pay)  a  third  of  their  land. 

10.  capite  damnatua  eat,  he  %ms  condemned  to  death. 

11.  me'tui  et  tudrum  liberum  miaeret,  I  pity  you  and  your 
children. 

12.  me  stultitiae  meae  pudet,  lam  ashamed  of  my  folly. 

13.  me  paenitet  hoc  f  ecisae,  /  repent  having  done  this. 

14.  miaeremini  ejua,  pity  him. 

15.  hoc  rei  publicae  interfuit,  this  concerned  the  comm^.t- 
wealth. 

16.  noatra  intereat,  it  concerns  vs. 

17.  omnium  noatrum  intereat,  it  concerns  m»  aW. 

18.  tua  parvi  refert,  it  concerns  you  little. 

19.  indiged  tui  c6;  -'lii,  /  need  your  counsel. 

Remarks. 

1.  MoneS  in  the    est  period  is  not  construed  with  the  genitive. 

2.  In  Cicero  egeQ  (with  perliaps  a  single  exception)  is  followed  by 
the  ablative  of  the  tiling  needed ;  indiereS  at  all  periods  regularly 
takes  the  genitive. 

3.  In  Cicero  at  least,  —  and  probably  also  generally,  —  interest 
is  much  more  commonly  used  than  refert. 


VOCABULARY. 


ashamed,   it    shames,   pudet, 

pudSre,  puduit. 
at  hand,  be  at  hand,  adsum, 

esse,  ful,  futdrus. 
concern,  it  concerns,  interest, 

esse,  ^ait ;  refert.-rSferre, 

retu'.it. 
couvici,  condemns,  1. 


cowardice,  ignSvia,  ae,  f. 

crime,  scelus,  eris,  n. 

disaster,  ciadfis,  is,  f. 

enter  upon,  ineo,  Ire,  li,  itus. 

error,  error,  6rls,  m. 

escape,  trans.,  effugid,  ere, 
liigl,  fugituruB ;  intrans., 
6vado,  ere,  vftsi,  vftsum. 


44 


Latin  Composition. 


greatly,  magnopere. 
help,  assistance,  auzilium,  I,  n, 
remind,   admoneS,    ere,   ui, 
itus. 


regret,    repent,    be    sorry,    it 
repents,  paenitet,  ere.ituit. 
traitor,  prdditor,  5ris,  m. 
treason,  pr5diti5,  Snis,  f. 


';;ii' 


EXERCISE. 

1.  The  Gauls  often  repent  of  the  plans  which  they 
have  entered  upon.  2.  Vercingetorix  was  accused  of 
treason.  3.  It  is  of  great  importance  ^  to  us  to  escape 
these  dangers.  4.  These  soldiers  were  ashamed  of 
their  cowardice.  o.  We  pitied  those  Gauk  who  fled 
and  were  brought  back  to  Caesar.  C.  It  concerns  you 
and  me  to  remember  ouv  duty.  7.  All  good  men  will 
regret  this  decision.  8.  The  help  which  you  need  is 
at  hand.  9.  I  gave  you  this  warning.  10.  Do  you 
not  pity  these  men  who  have  been  convicted  of  treason  ? 
11    Are  you  not  ashamed  to  have  spared  this  traitor  ? 

12.  No  one  who  had  been  condemned  to  death  escaped. 

13.  Will  this  man  repent  of  his  error  and  crime  ? 

14.  All   whom   it  greatly  concerned    were    present. 

15.  Caesar  has  often  been  accused  of  the  greatest 
cruelty.  16.  Who  will  remind  him  of  his  duty? 
17.  No  one  will  convict  him  of  theft.  18.  Why  did 
Divico  remind  Caesar  of  this  disaster  ? 


Suergrestlona  on  the  Exercise. 
1.  it  of  great  importance  :  translate:  it  concerns  greatly. 


Jk. 


LESSON  XV. 


THE  ABLATIVE. 


GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

1.  Ablative  of  Separation.    214  entire;  A.  &  G.  400,  401. 
402.  a ;  H.  402,  465. 

2.  Ablative  of  Source.    215  entire;  A.  &  G.  403.0;  H. 
467,  469.  1,2. 

3.  Ablative  of  Agent.    216  entire;  A.  &  G.  405;  H.  468 
and  1. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  liberamur  mortis  metu,  vie  are  freed  from  fear  of  death. 

2.  Democritus  ocuUs  se  privavit,  Demc  critits  blinded  him- 
self, lit.  deprived  hiinxelf  of  his  eyes. 

3.  qui  omnia  in  pecunia  ponet,  honore  carebit,  he  who  cen- 
tres everythiufj  ia  muiw)/  loiU  lack  honor. 

4.  urbs  nuda  praesidio,  n  rity  hare  of  defence. 

5.  urbem  a  i  tyranno  liberarunt,  they  delivered  the  city  from 
the  tyrant. 

0,    Caesar    proelio   abstinebat,    Caesar    refrained   from 
Jesting. 

7.  a  terris  caelum  secrevit  deus,  the  god  separated  the 
hraven  from  the  earth. 

8.  Apollo  Jove  natus  est  et  Latona,  Apollo  teas  born  of 
Jupiter  and  Latona. 

9.  equestri  genere  ortus  est,  he  was  born  of  an  equestrian 
family. 

lU.   uxorem  ducit,   ex^  qua   natus   est  Themistocles,   he 
married  a  tcife,  ofxchom  icas  born  Tliemistocles. 

45 


h' 


( 


46 


Latin  Composition. 


11.  Belgae  erant  orti  ab  Germanis,  the  Belgians  were  sprung 
from  the  Germans. 

12.  homines  a  spe  deaerti,  men  abandoned  by  hope. 

13.  de  his  rebus  per^  nuntida  certior  factas  est  Caesar, 
Caesar  was  informed  of  these  things  by  messengers. 

Notes  on  the  Examples. 

1)  Observe  that  UberO  is  construed  with  the  ablative  with  ft  (ab) 
when  the  reference  is  to  a  person. 

2)  The  Ablative  of  Source  is  accompanied  by  the  preposition  ex 
when  the  source  is  indicated  by  a  pronoun. 

3)  When  a  person  is  viewed  not  as  an  independent  agent,  but 
rather  as  one  through  whose  instrumentality  something  is  done, 
this  relation  is  expressed  by  per  with  the  accusative. 

VOCABULARY. 


await,  exspectS,  1. 

born,    be    born,    nascor,    I, 

nfttus. 
defender,  dSfSnaor,  oris,  m. 
deliver,  llbero,  1. 
desist,  dfisisto,  ere,  dSstitl. 
disagree,  dissentio,  ire,  sSnsi, 

sSnsum. 
exempt,  liber,  era,  erum. 


keep  away,  arceo,  6re,  uL 
lack,  careo,  Sre,  ul,  iturus. 
meanwliile,  intereS. 
obstinacy,  pertinScia,  ae,  f. 
refrain,  abstineo,  Sre,  uL 
shelter,  tectiim,  I,  n.;  liter- 
ally, roof 
strip,  nAdo,  1. 


EXERCISE. 

1.  We  shall  await  our  cavalry  and  shall  meanwhile 
refrain  from  battle.  2.  The  walls  of  this  town  had 
already  been  stripped  of  defenders.  3.  Why  does 
Ariovistiis  not  desist  from  his  obstinacy  ?  4.  These 
children  were  not  horn  of  nie.  5.  No  fleet  was  seen 
by  those  who  had  assembled  at  the  shore.       6.  This 


1 

ilk 


The  Ablative. 


47 


senturion  had  been  without  food  for  very  many  days. 

7.  The  Ubii  were  delivered  from  oppression  by  Caesar. 

8.  Caesar  had  been  cut  off  from  grain  and  supplies  by 
Ariovistus.  9.  Have  you  not  always  disagreed  with 
those  who  defend  these  acts?  10.  This  camp  was 
fortified  by  soldiers  of  the  tenth  legion.  11.  They 
stripped  one  of  the  soldiers  of  his  weapons  12.  This 
man  was  kept  for  three  days  from  sheK.r  and  food. 

13.  Romulus  was   born  of   Mars  and   Rhea  Silvia. 

14.  Were  these  young  men  born  of  you?  15.  He 
who  is  exempt  from   toil   lacks  the   fruits   of  toil. 

16.  We  kept  the  enemy  away  from  these  redoubts. 

17.  He  was  informed  through  scouts  of  the  departure 
of  the  Gauls.  18.  Piso  was  born  of  a  very  noble 
family. 

The  Helvetll  Defy  Caesar. 

Our  ancestors  were  brave  (men),  and  we  are  all  like 
them.  They  once  defeated  an  army  of  yours  ^  and 
slew  its  commander.  We  have  decided  not  to  return 
to  (our)  homes,  but  to  press  on  ^  into  Gaul  and  secure 
new  abodes  and  fertile  lands,  which  we  greatly  need. 
We  shall  yield  neither  to  threats  nor  force,'  but  shall 
fight  bravely  and  shall  win*  victory.  Remember 
these  words  of  ours.* 


Suergestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  of  yours:  translate:  your. 

2.  press  on  :  use  contend^,  ere,  endi,  entum. 

3.  force :  use  violentia,  ae. 

4.  win  :  use  pari5,  ere,  peperi,  partus. 

5.  of  ours:  trauslate:  uur. 


LESSON  XVI. 


THE  ABLATIVE  (eonUnued). 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

X.  Ablative  of  Comparison.  217. 1-4;  A.  &  G.  406  and  a, 
407  and  e;  11.4:1  and  1,4. 

a.  Ablative  of  Means.    218 ;  A.  &  G.  409 ;  H.  476. 

3.  Ablative  with  the  Deponents,  utor,  fruor,  etc.  218.  1 ; 
A.  &G.  410;  H.  477. 1. 

4-  Ablative  with  opua  eat.  218. 2 ;  A.  &  G.  411  and  a ;  H. 
477.  III. 

5.  Ablative  with  n'ltor,  innlxua,  fretua.  218.  3;  A.  &  G. 
431  and  a;  H.  476. 1,  3. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  quid  est  in  homine  ratione  divlnius,  what  is  there  in 
man  diviner  than  reason  ? 

2.  nihil  rariua  perfecto  5rat5re  invenltur,  nothing  is  more 
rarely  found  than  a  finished  orator. 

3.  Lepidua  quo  multi  faerunt  duces  meliores,  Lepidus  than 
whom  there  were  many  better  leaders. 

4.  ego  tibi  magis  deditus  sum  quam  tuo  fratri,  I  am  more 
devoted  to  you  than  to  your  brother. 

5.  plus  septingenti  captx  sunt,  more  than  seven  hundred 
were  captured. 

6.  tecum  plus  annum  vixit,  he  lived  with  you  more  than  a 
year. 

7.  latius  opinione  malum  diaseminatum  est,  the  evil  is 
more  widely  diffused  than  is  thought. 

48 


I  4i£L 


The  Ablative. 


49 


8.  amici  neqoe  armia  neque  aaro  parantur,  friends  are 
not  icon  hy  arms  or  by  gold. 

9.  ea  lenitate  senatua  tat  asua,  the  senate  exercised  this 
indulgence. 

10.  hac  eximia  fortuna  fruitar,  he  enjoys  this  noteieorthy 
fortune. 

11.  celeritate  opua  est,  there  is  need  of  speed. 

12.  hom5  ndn  gratia  nititur,  the  man  does  not  depend  on 
influence. 

13.  fretua  humanitate  vestra,  relying  upon  your  kindness. 

Remarks. 

1.  Cicero  in  his  Orations  (and  probably  also  in  his  other  works) 
confines  the  use  of  the  Ablative  of  Comparison  maiuly  to  negative 
sentences  and  interrogative  sentences  implying  a  negative.  No 
other  writer,  liowever,  observes  so  strict  a  canon,  and  even  in 
Cicero  there  is  quite  a  percentage  of  exceptions.  The  ablative 
must  be  used  in  case  of  relative  pronouns,  i.e.  always  quO,  qui- 
bvis,  —  not  quam  qui.  On  the  other  hand,  when  the  comparative 
is  an  attributive  modifier  of  a  noun  in  an  oblique  case,  quam  is 
used,  and  tlie  proper  form  of  the  verb  esse  is  expressed,  as  verba 
VarrOnls  hominis  doctidris  quam  fuit  Claudius,  the  words 
of  Varro,  a  more  learned  man  than  Claudius. 

2.  Note  that  tltor  may  take  a  second  ablative  (either  noun  or 
adjective)  in  the  predicate  relation,  as  qu6  duce  iitSmur,  whom 
shall  we  employ  as  leader?  e6  placidS  Uteris,  you  will  find  (lit. 
use)  him  tranquil.  The  second  ablative  here  bears  the  same  rela- 
tion to  the  first  as  a  predicate  accusative  to  the  direct  object. 


VOCABULARY. 


baggage,  impedimenta,  Smm, 


n. 


baneful,  capitSlis,  e. 
dear,  c&rus,  a,  um. 
exercise,  use,  fitor,  I,  fisus. 


get  possession  of,  potior,  Xrl, 

ItUB. 

impel,  impellS,  ere,  pull,  pul' 

SUB. 

influence,  auctSritSs,  Stis,  f. 


50 


Latin  Composition. 


I 


■f 


ike,  aimilis,  e. 
messeuyt-r,  nflntius,  I,  m. 
inontli,  mfinsia,  la,  in. 
aeed,  there  is  iietal,  opus  est. 


perform,  fnngor,  I,  fflnotns. 
selduin,  rflrC. 
soon,  olto;  oonip.  oitias. 
use,  treat,  And,  ator,  I,  flsos. 


EXERCISE. 

1.  Nothing  was  dearer  to  Caesar  than  the  safety  of 
his  soldiers.  2.  How  did  the  enemy  get  possession 
of  our  baggage  and  camp  ?  3.  Caesar  exercised  his 
wonted  liiercy  towards  these  tribes.  4.  Tliese  two 
armies  fought  uninterruptedly  more  than  six  hours. 
5.  The  other  tribes  were  impelled  by  the  influence  of 
the  Veneti  and  detained  the  messengers.  6.  These 
'  soldurii '  enjoy  all  privileges  in  common  with '  those 
to  whose  friendship  they  have  devoted  themselves. 

7.  Caesar  often  used  the  assistance  of  the  Gauls. 

8.  Nothing   is   dearer   to   these    men    than   liberty. 

9.  You  will  need  that  sword.  0.  You  have  per- 
formed the  duty  of  a  brave  soldier.  11.  These  tribes 
seldom  enjoyed  peace.  12.  A  large  part  of  these 
troops  arrived  sooner  than  expected.  13.  He  found 
you  braver  than  your  brother.  14.  They  are  im- 
pelled by  love  of  pleasure,  than  which  nothing  is 
more  baneful.  15.  Will  you  treat  the  Haedui  as 
friends,  the  Belgians  as  enemies?  16.  He  remained 
in  this  province  more  than  fifteen  months.  1"^.  You 
are  more  like  your  brother  than  (like)  your  father. 
18.  This  I  ask  relying  on  your  friendship. 

Suererestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  in  coininmi  wit'i  ■  €ln&  cum. 


«L. 


LESSON  XVII. 

THK  ABLATIVK  (continued). 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

1.  Ablative  with  miscere,  j'ungere,  mutare,  cic.   2*i'J.  .1 ;  A. 
.    (}.  4l:{.  fl.  N.;  11.471.2. 

2.  Ablative  in  Special  Phrases.    'J18.  7;  II.  17(i.  1. 

3.  Ablative  with  Verbi  of  Filling  and  Adjectives  of  Plenty. 
21H.  8  ;  A.  &  (i.  409.  n ;  II.  477.  II. 

4.  Ablative  of  Way  by  Which.    218.  9;  A.  &  C.  429.  a; 
II.  476. 

5.  Ablative  of  Cause.     219  entire;  A.  &  G.  404;  H.  475. 

6.  Ablative  of  Manner.     220  entire  ;  A.  &  G.  412  and  a ; 
II.  473.  3  and  N. 

EXAMPLES. 


n 


1.  inest  in  ejus  5rati5ne  mixta  mod(;alia  gra vitas,  in  hi 
diction  there  is  di<j»ity  mingled  icith  modest;/. 

2.  bellum  junctum  miserrima  fuga,  inar  joined  tcith  most 
wretched  Jliyht. 

3.  pace  bellum  mutavit,  he  changed  irm'for  peace. 

4.  hostes  proelid  lacesalvit,  he  offerxl  hattle  to  the  enemy, 
lit.  provoked  the  enemy  irith  hottle, 

5.  Tullia  carpento  in  forum  invecta  est,  Tnllia  drove  to  the. 
Forum  in  tier  chariot. 

6.  castris  se  tenuit,  he  kept  in  camp. 

7.  Sdcrates  fidibus  canebat,  Socrates  used  to  play  on  the 
lyre,  lit.  with  the  itirc. 

61 


62 


Latin   Co mposit '•  -it. 


8.  dena  bonis  omnibas  explSvit  muDium,  r  !iatifillefl  the 
unirprite  rrith  'til  hlenxiuds. 

W  forum  armatis  railitibua  refertnm  viderat,  A  hml  sn'tt 
the  Forum  dllnl  trith  unnnl  suldiiTn. 

10.  Aareiia  Via  profectus  est,  he  net  out  htj  thf  Aunlian 
Waij. 

11.  framentam  flumine  Araii  navibus  subvexerat,  ho  hail 
brought  up  the  grain  in  boats  by  way  of  the  river  Arnr. 

1"J.   civitas   Romana  avaritia  et    luxuria    laborabat,   the 
Unman  stale  mifTirt'd  hecanse  of  nimrice  ami  Kclf-iniliilgencc. 

13.  ardet  deaiderid,  he  Imrnn  tcith  longing. 

14.  me5  jussu  conjurati  per  forum  ducti  sunt,  at  my  bid- 
ding the  conspirators  were  led  through  the  Forum. 

15.  cum  virtute,  virtuously. 

16.  injuria,  unjusfly. 

17.  magna  gravitate  loquitur,  he  upeaks  xcith  great  dignity. 

18.  vetere  proverbio,  according  to  the  old  saying. 


I', 


' 


Remarks. 

1.  With  JunfifO,  conjunarO,  and  miscefl,  the  construction  of 
the  simple  ablative  occurs  chietiy  in  conU)inatioii  with  passive  par- 
ticiples, Jdnctus,  conjQnctus.  mlxtus,  etc. 

2.  The  Ablative  of  Manner  is  best  restricteil  to  abstract  words, 
such  as  celeritas,  dignltas,  virtas.  prQdentia,  etc. 

3.  The  Ablative  of  Accordance  (sei  Exainulf  is)  appears  also  in 
such  expressions  as  me&  sententift,  euis  m^  -  'dus,  su&  sponte, 
etc. 

VOCABULARY. 

change  (of  affairs),  rSs  novae,  I  justly,  jOre. 

rSrum  novSrum,  f.  keep  in,  conMne,  teneS.  5re,  uL 

contented,  contentus,  a,  um.    Jiumbers,  mult/tudo.  iiiia,  f. 
efforts,  opera,  ae,  f.  j  offer  battle,  proelio  laceBsS, 

hitherto,  antea.  I      ere,     lacessivi,     lacesBl* 


.i. 


The  Ahlatiue. 


58 


tui;    literally,   provoke   6y  I  Hally,  make  a  sally,  prompd 


bntth. 
opinion,  aententla,  ae,  f. 
pay,    pendO,    ere,    pependl, 

pCnsus. 


ere  rflpl,  ruptue. 
trilxiti    stlpendium,  i.  ii. 
trust.  confldS.  ere,  fisiu 
upright  te.ss,  probitKe,  atii,  f. 


EXERCISE. 

1.  The  onemy  trusted  to*  (their)  nmnbers;  our  sol- 
diers t(»*  (their)  vah^r.  1.  We  shuil  be  coutented 
witli  the  forces  wliicii  e  now  have  .S.  CV.esar,  vho 
liad  kept  his  soldiers  in  camp  th^  last  tiv»'  days,  now 
olfertd  battk?  to  the  Gauls.  4.  liy  Caesat's  effor*^'^' 
Iho  Seununi  wi-re  relievt-d  of  tlie  tribute  w  ich  th^y 
had  liithert<j  \ya.\  to  Ariovistus.  .">.  These  boats  were 
quickly  filled  wirls  soidiors.  0.  The  <Jernians  trained 
tlieinselves  in  this  kind  of  battle.  7.  Thest;  soldiers 
returned  with  the  goatest  spc'd.  8.  '\\  e  justly  de- 
manded this  oi.  you.  9.  Most  ol  the  Belgians  ap- 
proved liiese  projects  on  ac«'oui  t  of  their  desire  of 
change.  10.  W  ill  you  not  trust  the  wisdom  of  these 
friends?  11.  Tlie  cavalry  o:  the  enemy  found  the 
ditches  ('*'  the  I'uinans  already  uiied  with  b  iishwood. 
12.  At  e  order  of  the  geneial  the  nifantry  made  a 
sally  by  he  /  ites.  13.  In  nr  opinion  le  vjio  lives 
nprightiy  ^vi     be  contented  with  his  lot. 


Caesar's  Answer  to  the  Helvetian  Envoys. 

I  have  not  forgotten  the  disaster  vvh  \\  you  mention, 
«  tlie  wrongs  that  your  auf-estors  flicted  on  the 
ivi  !uan  people  many  years  ago.'    Nor  do  I  forget  your 


64 


Latin  Compoiition. 


recent  acts.  Without  my  consent,*  you  have  attempted 
to  make  a  passage  through  the  province.  Besides 
this'  you  have  injured  the  Haedui  and  other  allies  of 
the  Roman  people.  I  cannot  grunt"  these  things 
which  you  ask  (of)  me.^  Therefore  lay  aside  your 
folly,  give  me  hostages,  and  withdraw  to  (your)  homes. 


* 


Suggestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  Use  the  ablative. 

2.  efforts :  use  the  singular. 

3.  many  years  ago :  translate  :  ago  by  many  yean. 

4.  without  my  consent :  translate:  I  being  unwilling ;  Ablative 
Absolute. 

5.  Besides  this :  praetereft. 

f).  .9r((n<;  use  concSdd,  ere,  cessi,  cessus. 

7.  which  you  ask  of  me :  see  Lesson  VI,  Example  6. 


LESSON  XVIII. 


THE  ABLATIVE  (condv  cd). 


GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

I.  Ablative  of  Attendant  Circumstance.    221. 
a.  Ablative  of  Accompaniment.     222;  A.  &  G.  413  and  a; 
II.47:M;  471.  N.l. 

3.  Ablative  of  Degree  of  Difference.  223;  A.  &  G.  414;  II. 
479;  cf.  H.  3r>7.  1 ;  A.  &  G.  424./;  H.  488. 

#.  Ablative  of  Quality.  224;  A.  &  G.  415;  H.  473.  2  and 
N.l. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  tu6  periculo  jubeo  libroa  dari  Varroni,  I  bid  the  books  be 
given  Varro  at  your  rink. 

2.  res  pr5spere  gestae  sunt  auspiciS  Ap.  Claudi,  affairs 
loere  successfully  managed  under  the  auspices  of  Appius 
Claudius. 

■3.   pace  tua  dizerim,  with  your  permission  I  would  say. 

4.  cum  exercitji  in  Qalliam  contendit,  he  hurries  to  Gaul 
with  his  army. 

5.  cum  duabus  legionibus  aeqwhiijiT,  he  followed  with  two 
legions. 

6.  magno  exercitu  profectus  est,  he  set  out  with  a  large 
army. 

7.  uno  die  longidrem  mensem  faciunt,  they  make  the  month 
one  day  longer,  lit.  longer  by  one  day. 

8.  -patlcis  post  diebus,  «  few  days  afteneard».  • 

9.  post  quadridunm,  four  days  afterwards. 

65 


v: 


ii 


t 


56 


Latin  Composition. 


10.  paucos  ante  annSs,  a  few  years  before. 

11.  quo  pliirea  erant,  eo  major  caedea  fuit,  the  more  there 
were,  the  greater  trnn  the  slaughter. 

12.  erat  flumen  difficili  transitu,  there  was  a  river  difficult  to 
cross,  lit.  of  difficult  passage. 

13.  Catilina  fuit  ingenid  mal5,  Catiline  was  (a  maw)  of  a 
depraved  disposition. 

14.  Agesilaus  fuit  corpore  exiguo,  Ageailaua  was  of  small 
figure. 

15.  militea  erant  bono  animd,  the  soldiers  were  of  good 
courage, 

BemalrkL 

1.  The  Ablative  of  Quality  primarily  designates  qualities  which 
are  more  or  less  transitory.  The  observation  sometimes  made  that 
the  genitive  denotes  internal  qualities,  and  the  ablative  external 
ones,  is  not  sutHciently  exact.  In  the  phrase  hortfttur  ut  bonO 
animO  sint,  he  unjes  them  to  he  of  good  courage,  the  quality  is  in- 
ternal :  yet  the  genitive  could  not  here  be  used ;  for  while  the  quality 
is  internal  it  is  transitory.  The  theoretical  distinction  between  the 
Genitive  of  Quality  and  the  Ablative  of  Quality  is  that  the  genitive 
denotes  permanent,  the  ablative  transitory  qualities.  Yet  where 
ambiguity  would  not  resu*.  the  ablative  may  be  used  to  denote  a 
permanent  quality.  Thus  one  may  say  vir  summae  vlrttJtis  or 
8umm&  virtflte,  a  man  of  the  highest  character. 

In  all  numerical  designations  of  weight,  dimension,  etc.,  the 
genitive  is  used. 

VOCABULARY. 


better  (adv.),  melius. 

break  (of  camp),  moved,  8re, 
mSvI,  mfitus. 

complexion,  color,  Sri«,  m. 

confusion,  tumultus,  He,  m. 

frame,  corpus,  oris,  n. ;  liter- 
ally, body. 


huge,  ingfins  entis. 
interval,  intervUlom,  T,  n. 
lead  back,  rediicS,  ere,  dtbd, 

ductus. 
light  (fair),  albu»,  a,  um. 
loss,  damnum.  I,  n. 
nearer  (adv.),  propius. 


The  Ablative. 


57 


noise,  strepitus,  Qs,  m. 
perceive,   sentiS,   ire,  sSnal, 
■6nsus. 


previously,  anteft. 
strength,  virCs,  virium,  f. 


EXERCISE. 

1.  Caesar  led  his  troops  back  to  camp  with  the  loss 
of  three  cohorts.  2.  They  broke  carap  with  the 
greatest  noise  and  confusion.  3.  Ten  days  previously 
he  had  crossed  this  river  with  all  his  troops.  4.  These 
men  were  of  the  greatest  bravery  and  steadfastness. 
5.  Caesar  followed  the  Helvetii  with  four  legions  at  a 
great  interval.  6.  The  nearer  you  are '  to  the  enemy, 
the  better  you  perceive  their  strength.  7.  The  Ger- 
mans were  of  huge  frames.'*  They  had  light  com- 
plexions" and  blue  eyes.  8.  You  will  set  out  with  all 
your  followers.  9.  Soldiers  who  are  of  good  courage 
will  resist  the  enemy  bravely.  10.  He  is  a  man  of  the 
greatest  uprightness.  11.  Two  days  afterwards  he 
returned  with  his  troops  to  Aquileia  in  Hither  Gaul.* 
12.  These  thwarts  were  two  inches  thicker.      13.  A 


council  of  all  the  Gallic  tribes  was  appointed  for' 
fixed  day  with  Caesar's  permission. 


a 


Susrerestlons  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  In  the  Latin  this  idea  is  expressed  by  means  of  absum, 
followed  by  ab  with  the  ablative;  literally,  the  nearer  you  are 
distant  from  the  enemy. 

2.  huge  frames:  use  the  singular. 

3.  had  Uffht  cnmplexiom :  translate,  it^fre  of  Hfjht  complerion. 

4.  to  Aquileia  in  Hither  Gaul:  see  lesson  VII,  Example  8. 

5.  for:  in. 


on 


',ti 
III' 


ll 


I 

i 


LESSON  XIX. 

THE  ABLATIVE  {eontinneO). 

GRAMMATICAL   REFERENCES. 

I.  Ablative  of  Price.  225 entire;  A.  &  G.  IIG,  117  and  c; 
H.  478. 

a.  Ablative  of  Specification.  220  entire;  A.  &  G.  418; 
H.  480. 

3.  Ablative  Absolute.  227.  1,  2 ;  A.  &  G.  419  and  «,  420; 
H.  489  and  1. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  haec  omnia  signa  seatertium  sex  milibus  vendita  sunt, 
all  these  xtatues  icere  xnhlfnr  six  (housniid  sesterces. 

2.  quanti  has  aedea  emisti  ?  minimo,  '  at  what  price  did 
yon  htiij  this  house  ?  '     '  Venj  cheap.'' 

3.  hi  agri  magno  veneunt,  these  lands  .sell  for  a  high  price. 

4.  illi  agri  pliiria  venierunt,  thitse  lands  sold  for  more. 

6.  Helvetii  reliquos  Galloa  virtute  praecedunt,  the  JMvetii 
surpass  the  other  Ganls  in  valor. 

fi.   tu  temporibus  errasti.  yon  made  a  mistake  as  to  the.  time. 

7.  Enniua,  ingenio  maximus,  arte  rudis,  Ennins,  greatest 
in  genius,  hut  ehtms;/  in  art. 

8.  omnes  exsilio  aut  mortedignds  jiidicavit,  he  judged  all 
worthy  of  death  or  exile. 

0.   nam  hominem  maj5rem  natu  contemnia,  do  you  scorn  an 
older  man  ? 

10.   M.  Mesaalla  M.  Piaone  cdnaulibaa,  in  the  consulship  of 
Marcus  JHessalla  and  Marcus  Piso. 

68 


The  Ablative. 


59 


11.  me  judice,  in  my  judgment,  lit.  I  heinrj  jtidgp. 

12.  libidine  dominante  niillua  locus  eat  temperantiae,  if 
hint  is  mastt'i;  there  in  no  place  fur  self-cuntroh 

13.  perditis  omnibus  rebus  virtus  se  sustentare  potest, 
though  everything  is  lost,  yet  Virtue  can  maintuin  herself. 


Bemarks. 

1.  Observe  that  in  Latin  the  Ablative  Absolute  largely  occurs 
where  in  English  we  employ  subordinate  clauses.  Of  the  various 
kinds  of  clauses  thus  occurring,  temporal  clauses  are  by  far  the 
most  frequent. 

VOCABULARY. 


across,  tr&ns,  prep,  with  ace. 
alive,  vivus,  a,  um. 
blame,  culpa,  ae,  f. 
buy,  em5,  ere.  Smi,  Smptus. 
character,  mSrSs,  um,  in. 
district,  regiS,  dnia,  f. 
horse,  equus,  I,  m. 
lay  waste,  vSiBto,  1. 
learn,   comperio,    Ire,    peri, 
pertUB. 


put  to  confusion,  perturbd,  1. 

quaestor,  quaestor,  Sris,   in. 

sesterce,  sSstertius,  I,  ni.,  a 
Ronnncoin  worth  about  five 
cents;  gen.  plu.  sSstertium. 

talent,  talentum,  i,  n. 

unworthy,  indignuB,  a,  um. 

worthy,  dignuB,  a,  um. 


EXERCISE. 

].  Having  laid  waste  these  districts'  he  led  his 
army  back  across  the  Rhine.  2.  We  bought  these 
weapons  at  a  very  high  price.'  o.  When  he  had 
learned  these  tilings/''  he  informed  all  the  tribunes 
concerning  his  plans.  4.  The  quaestor  sold  the  booty 
for  ten  talents.  5.  Who  will  consider  Dumnorix 
worthy   of  blame  ?       G.  We   bought  this   horse   for 


1 

i 

ll 
s 

1 

:l 

'  * 

' 

B 

III, 

lj 

1% 

l. 


60 


Za^tn  Composition. 


three  thousand  sesterces.  7.  Having  made  an  at- 
tack, the  enemy  quickly  put  our  soldiers  to  confusion. 

8.  You  shall  not  lack  assistance,  while  I  am  alive. 

9.  Are  those  worthy  of  honor  who  have  shown  them- 
selves unworthy  of  confidence?  10.  When  the 
camp  had  been  fortified  he  drew  up  his  line  of  battle. 
11.  In  the  consulship  of  Gnaeus  Pompey  and  Marcus 
Crassus,  a  great  multitude  of  Germans  crossed  the 
Khine.  12.  This  centurion  surpassed  the  rest  in 
bravery.  13.  These  two  men  are  very  similar  in 
appearance  and  character.  14.  For  how  much*  did 
you  sell  these  lands?  15.  Having  occupied  this 
town,  he  stationed  a  garrison  there. 


Sufirerestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  Use  the  Ablative  Absolute  in  translating  this  and  similar 
phrases. 

2.  at  a  very  high  price:  express  by  a  single  word.    Compare 
Examples  2,  3. 

a.  Translate  this  and  other  subordinate  clauses  iu  this  exercise 
by  the  Ablative  Absolute. 

4.  for  how  much :  see  Example  2. 


'M. 
M 


* 


lii 


LESSON  XX. 

THE  ABLATIVE  {continued). 

GRAMMATICAL   REFERENCES. 

X.  Ablative  of  Place  Where.  228  entire ;  A.  &  G.  426.  3, 
427.  3,  429.  1,  2;  II.  483;  485.  2. 

a.  The  Locative  Case.  232.  1,  2;  169.  4;  A.  &  G.  427.  3 
and  a;  282.  d;  H.  483;  484.  1,  2;  483.  2. 

3.  Ablative  of  Place  from  Which.  229  entire ;  A.  &  G.  426. 
1,  427. 1,  428,  a,bi  H.  461,  462  and  3,  4. 


EXAMPLES. 

1.  in  urbe,  in  the  city. 

2.  in  Oraecia,  in  Greece. 

3.  CarthaginI,  at  Carthage. 

4.  Athenis,  at  Athens. 

5.  CuribuB,  at  Cures. 

6.  Tarquiniia,  at  Tarquinii. 

7.  his  locis,  in  these  places. 

8.  tota  prdvincia,  in  the  whole  province, 

9.  rnri.  in  the  country. 

10.  terra  marique,  on  land  and  sea. 

11.  R5mae,  at  Home. 

12.  Corinthi,  ut  Corinth. 

13.  Rhodi.  at  Modes. 

14.  domi.  at  home. 

15.  hmni.  on  the  ground. 

16.  Antiochiae.  celebri  qaondam  urbe,  at  Antioch,  once  a 
famous  city. 

dl 


62 


St 

r 

it 


Latin  Composition. 


17.  Albae,  in  urbe  opportana,  at  Alba,  a  convenient  city. 

18.  ex  provincia  rediit,  he  returned  frum  the  province. 

19.  ex  Syria  decessit,  he  tcifhdreto  from  Sifria. 

20.  Athenia  profectus  est,  fie  set  out  from  Athena, 

21.  domo  fugientes,  feeimj  fmrn  home. 

22.  Teanum  abest  a  Larin5  xviii  milia  pasBaum,  Teanum 
is  eighteen  miles  distant  from  Larinum. 

23.  a  Oergovia  decessit,  he  xcithdrew  from  the  neighborhood 
of  Gergovia. 

24.  Tascul5,  ex  clarissimd  oppid5,  from  Tusculiim,  a  mo8t 
famous  town. 

VOCABULARY. 


nritain,  Britannia,  ae,  f. 
country,  rfls,  rQris,  n. 
distant,    be    distant,    absum, 

ease,  aful,  Sfutilrus. 
drive  away,  drive  out,  expellS, 

ere,  pull,  pulsus, 
happen,  fi5,  fieri,  factus  sum. 
home,  domusr  fis,  f. 
hurry,  contends,  ere,  tend!, 

tentum. 


lead  away,  dedtlcS,  ere,  dfijd, 
ductus. 

on  all   sides,    from  all  sides, 

undique. 
pitch   (a  camp),    pfinS,    ere, 

poBuI,  positus. 
sixty,  sezaginta. 
transport,  transports,  1. 
ve8.sel,  navis,  is,  f. 
withdraw-  dScSdo,  ere,  cessl, 

cessfisuB. 


EXERCISE. 

1.  Crassus  had  pitched  his  camp  in  Aquitania. 
2.  Many  brave  men  were  summoned  from  Toulouse 
and  Narbo.  3.  Vercingetorix  was  driven  out  of 
Gergovia,  a  town  of  tlie  Arverni.  4,  We  came  first 
to  Vesontio;  from  Vusoutio  we  sec  out  for  Alesia. 
T).  We  shall  hurry  from  Alesia  into  Aciuitania. 
6.  The    Belgians   assembled    on  all    sides   from   the 


■iMii 


The  Ablative. 


68 


country  to  Bibracte.  7.  Caesai*  hurried  from  Aqui« 
leia,  a  town  of  the  Veneti,  into  Gaul.  8.  These 
things  happened  at  Octodurus,  a  village  of  the  Vera- 
gri.  9.  This  father  drove  his  son  away  from  home. 
10.  We  remained  three  days  at  liibracte.  11.  Apollo 
and  Diana  were  born  at  Delos.  12.  Caesar  trans- 
ported his  troops  by  vessels  from  Gaul  to  Britain. 

13.  This  town  is  sixty  miles  distant  from  Toulouse. 

14.  The  Germans  live  in  villages.  15.  We  withdrew 
to  the  neighborhood  of  Geneva.  IG.  When  will  you 
be  at  home  ? 

Lisctis  InformB  Caesar  of  Dumnoriz's  Influence. 

Dumnorix,  O  Caesar,  is  not  only  hostile  to  all  the 
Eomans,  but  he  hates  you  especially.  For  by  your 
arrival  he  has  lost  a  large  share  of  the  power  which 
he  used  to  possess.^  But  he  still  has  very  great  influ- 
eno  ^  and  is  the  leader  of  a  powerful  party,  which 
holds  him  in  the  highest  honor.  His  friends  would 
eagerly  avenge'  his  punishment.  Therefore,  in  mv 
judgment,  you  must  spare  him.* 


Suererestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  used  to  possess :  express  by  the  imperfect  tense  of  tlie  word 
for  possess. 

2.  has  very  great  influence:  translate:   avails  very  much  in 
influence. 

3.  would  avenr/e :  use  the  present  subjunctive. 

4.  you  must  spare  him:  see  Lesson  IX,  Remark  2. 


If' 
I 


LESSON  XXI. 

ABLATIVE  (continued), 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

X.  AblativA  of  Time  «t  Which.    230. 1-3 ;  A.  &  6. 423  and 
1;  H.486. 

a.  AbUtive  of  Time  within  Which.    231 ;  A.  &  6.  423, 
424.  a;  II.  487  and  1. 

3-  Roman  Dates.    371,  372 ;  A.  &  G.  631 ;  H.  754 ;  755. 


"a 


i'\ 


5  1- , 


EXAMPLES. 

1.  Caatoris  aedes  eodem  ann5  Idibas  Qaintilibag  dedicata 
est,  the  temple  of  Castor  was  dedicated  in  the  same  year,  on  the 
Idea  of  July. 

2.  v6ta  erat  LatinS  bello,  it  had  been  vowed  in  the  Latin 
War. 

3.  has  dritiones  Ladis  scripsi,  I  wrote  these  speeches  at  the 
time  of  the  Games. 

4.  eoram  adventti  equos  Germanis  distribuit,  at  their  arH- 
val  he  distributed  horses  ainong  the  Germans. 

5.  in  belld,  in  tinif  of  irir. 

6.  primo  bello  Punico,  in  the  First  Punic  War. 

7.  tribus  horis  Rdmam  venietis,  tcithin  three  hours  you  will 
come  to  Bome. 

8.  paucis  diebus  revertar,  /  shall  return  within  a  few  days. 

9.  in  sex  mensibua  promissa  sunt  ducenta  talenta,  in  six 
months  two  hundred  talents  xcere  promised. 

10.   bis  in  die,  twice  a  day. 

64 


.ik  ■■-■Mm 


The  Ablative. 


65 


11.  qaadridad  mora  Rdaci  Chrysogronfi  niinii&tar,  vstlhin 
four  daym  liowiu»''a  ilt-ath  »"<»«  ri'imrtnl  to  C'hryHotjonuit, 

12.  ante  diem  octavum  Idus  NovembrM,  oh  the,  Gth  of 
November,  lit.  o«  thf  eiijkfh  day  before  ti-".  Idea  (Htrictly  the 
seventh  day  befora  the  Ides,  which  were  tLa  IStb). 

Renaarks. 

1.  Obsenre.that  words  not  primarily  denoting  a  period  of  time, 
as  P&x,  peace,  bellum,  war,  commonly  rt-tjuire  tlie  preposition  in 
to  denote  time  at  which,  unless  they  are  lu-eompniiied  liy  a  ninditier 
(adjective,  demonstnitive,  or  jjenitlve).  Thus  in  bellO,  in  war,  but 
prImO  bellfi  PanicO,  in  thi-  First  Punic  War. 

2.  In  bellO,  in  war,  is  to  be  distinguished  iu  meaning  and  use 
from  belli.  The  former  pliruse  is  essentially  temporal  in  mean- 
injt,  —  iu  time  of  war,  while  belli  is  rather  local,  and  menus  in  the 
field;  it  occurs  almost  exclusively  in  combination  with  domi,  at 
home,  as  doml  belllque,  at  home  and  in  the  field. 

3.  To  denote  time  within  tchich,  in  the  voursp  of  which,  the  prepo- 
sition in  ia  almost  invariably  employcil  when  the  clause  contains  a 
distributive  numer.il  (bis,  bini ;  ter,  temi)  or  saepe. 

4.  Bidud, trldu0. quadriduO,  and  biennlO,  triennlO,  quadri- 
enni5,  are  regularly  used  instead  of  duObus  diSbus,  duObua 
annis,  etc.    Compare  Lesson  Vll,  Remark  4. 

VOCABULARY. 


arrive,    perveniS,   Ire,   v6nl, 
ventum. 

choose,  eject,  cre5,  1. 
consecrate,  cfinsecrfi,  1. 
consul,  cSnaul,  is,  m. 
dedicate,  dedico,  1. 
election,  comitia.  5rum,  n. 
Ides,  idfls,  uum,  f. 
Kalends,  Ktdendae,  &rum,  f. 


March,  of  March,  MflrtiUB,  a, 

um. 
Nones,  Ndnae,  arum,  f. 
recollection,  memoria,  ae,  f. 
spot,  locus,  I,  m. 
time,  tempus,  oris,  n. 
twice,  bis. 
watch,  vigilia,  ae,  t 


66 


Latin  CompoaUion. 


EXERCISE. 

1.  The  Druids  assemble  in  a  consecrated  spot  at  a 
Bxed  time  of  the  year.  2.  This  happened  within  the 
recollection  of  your  fathers.  3.  He  returned  home 
March  11th,  in  the  consulship  of  Gnaeus  Tonipey 
and  Marcus  Crassus.  4.  This  temple  wus  dedicated 
April  20th.  5.  At  this  election  Julius.  Caesar  nnd 
Marcus  Hibulus  were  chosen  consuls.  6.  Within  a 
few  months  Caesar  set  out  for*  Gaul  and  arrived  in 
the  neighborhood  of  Geneva  in  seven  days.  7.  At 
that    time'  the    Helvetii    were    threatening    Gaul. 

8.  April    5th    they    sent    ambassadors    to    Caesnr. 

9.  Caesar  ordered  these  envoys  to  return  April  13th. 

10.  This  centurion  died  last  month  in  Britain.  11.  He 
will   set  out   from    this  camp   in   the   third   watch. 

12.  Twice  a  month  he  used*  to  send  letters  to  Rome. 

13.  I  received  youv  letter  March  1st.  14.  Within  a 
few  hours  we  shall  return  home.  15.  These  two  men 
died  the  same  year. 


Sugsrestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  for:  use  in  with  the  accusative. 

2.  used  to  send :  express  by  employing  the  imperfect  tense. 


vKkmk. 


LESSON   XXII. 

SYNTAX  (»F  ADJECTIVES. 

QRAMMATIC-'    REFERENCES. 

I.  Adjectives  used  Substantively.  2;{0-2:{8  ;  A.  &  (..  ''S8 
and  a,  6;  ->8S>,  «/,  h;  H.  4!M,  t  '.">. 

a.  Adjectives  with  the  Force  of  Adverbs.  '2-'>9]  A.  &  (i. 
290;  11.407  :iii<l  1. 

3.  Special  Uses  of  the  Comparative  and  Superlative.  210. 
1-4 ;  A.  &  G.  291.  a,  h  ;  202  ;  II.  408 ;  400. 

4.  Adjectives  denoting  a  Special  Part  of  an  Object.  241. 
1;  A.  &G.  203;  II.  407.4. 

5.  Piimva  =:  first  who :  ^Mimus  =  last  who :  etc.  241.  2; 
A.  &G.  290;  II.  407.  3. 


EXAMPLES. 

1.  secedant  improbi,  secernant  se  a  bonis,  Irt  the  bad  tcith- 
draw,  let  them  sppttratf  thcmmlven from  the yood. 

2.  omnes  stulti.  all  the  fi,olish. 

3.  omnia,  all  thitujs.^ 

4.  Caesar  suds  casfcris  tenuit,  Caesar  kept  his  men  tn  canii>. 
C.  homd  doctus,  a  scholar. 

G.  honestum,  rirliie. 

7.  aliquid  novi,  sintit'thing  ne?",^  some  news. 

8.  laeti  decedunt,  tiirij  ,jJndltj  xcilhdrav-. 

9.  Bublimis  raptus  est,  he  wan  snatrhcd  up  on  high, 

10.  Vespasianna  pecuniae  avidior  fuit,  Vexpanan  was  too 
eager  for  money. 

07 


I 


!■  S' 


68 


Latin  Composition. 


11.  ejus  anctoritas  vel  maxima  erat,  his  authority  was  the 
very  greatest. 

12.  c5nti5  fuit  verier  quam  gratior,  the  speech  teas  more  true 
than  it  teas  acceptable. 

13.  extrema  hieme,  in  the  latter  part  of  winter . 

14.  summus  mdns,  the  top  of  the  mountain. 

15.  Cicero  primus  philoaophiam  e  Oraecia  in  Latiam  tra- 
daxit,  Cicero  was  the  first  to  transplant  philosophy  from  Greece 
to  Latium. 

16.  banc  urbem  primam  adii,  this  was  the  first  city  that  1 
visited. 

Notes  on  the  Examples. 

1)  In  other  cases  than  the  nominative  and  acou.sative  this  idea 
is  best  expres.sed  by  means  of  rgs.  e.g.  omnium  rSrum,  of  all 
things;  omnibus  rSbus,  by  all  things.  Omnium,  omnibus, 
parvOrum,  parvis,  and  similar  forms  would  be  ambiguous  in 
gender. 

2)  Lit.  something  of  new,  —  Genitive  of  the  Whole. 

VOCABULARY, 
assault,  oppugnStiS,  5nis,  f.    i  only,  tantum. 
carry     (in),     Inferd,     ferre,    pour,  pauper,  erl«. 

intull,  iliatus.  I  spcecli,  6ratlS.  Snis,  f. 

desirous,  avidus,  a,  urn.  |  surrender,   trildo,  ere,  didi, 

fortification,  manltiS,  5nis.  f.  {      ditus. 
march      out,      6gredior,      I,    unwilling,  invltus,  a,  lun. 


gressua. 

numbers  (in  great  numbers), 
frequfins,  entie. 


within,  intra,  prep,  with  ace 
wounded,  aauciua,  a,  um. 


EXERCISE. 
1.  This  speech  was  regarded  by  all  as  rather  arro- 
gant.      2.  The.se  poor  men  are  desirous  of  many  tilings. 
3.  The  wounded  were  carried  within  the  fortifications 
by  their  comrades.      4.  We  ^lave  heard  only  a  few 


Si/nfax  of  Adjectives. 


69 


things  concerning  this  assault.  5.  Roman  soldiers 
often  went  eagerly  into  the  very  greatest  dangers. 
6,  What  news  have  these  messengers  brought  from 
Britain  ?  7.  Our  men  marched  out  from  camp  and 
carried  with  them  '  all  their  belongings.**  8.  The 
Gauls  unwillingly  surrendered  themselves  to  the 
Roman  commander.  9.  The  women  and  children 
assembled  in  great  numbers  on  the  walLof  this  town. 
10.  You  were  the  last  (persons)  I  saw.  11.  At  the 
end  of  winter  Caesar  led  his  men  out  of  winter  quarters. 
12.  He  had  already  filled  the  middle  of  the  hill  with 
light-armed  troops.  13.  At  the  foot  of  the  mountain 
he  stationed  the  infantry  and  cavalry.  14.  After 
this  battle  the  Helvetii  were  in  need  of  all  thinga 
15.  The  rich  often  forget  the  poor. 

Organization  and  Size  of  a  Roman  Leerlon. 
At  this  time  there  were  in  a  Roman  legion  ten 
cohorts.  In  each  cohort  were  three  maniples,  and  in 
each  maniple  two  centuries.  In  an  entire  legion, 
therefore,  there  were^  thirty  maniples  and  sixty 
centuries.  Thus'  in  a  full  legion  there  were  six 
thousand  soldiers.  Rut  a  legion  was  seldom  so 
large.  Usually  it  was  much  smaller.*  The  legions 
of  Caesar's  array,  as  it  seems,  did  not  often  contain  * 
more  than  three  thousand  six  hundred*  (men). 

Suergestione  on  the  Exercise . 

1.  with  them:  use  the  reflexive. 

2.  their  beluuyinya :  iu  Latin:  their  (things),  neuter  planl  ol 
•uus. 


\     i 


■■4  ' 


70 


Latin  Componition. 


3.  thus:  itaque. 

4.  much  smaller :  translate :  smaller  by  much. 

6.  did  not  contain :  use  expleO,  Sre,  Svi,  Stus,  literally,  Jill 
out, 

6.  more  than  three  thousand  six  hundred:  see  Lesson  XVI, 
Example  6. 


LESSON   XXIII. 

PRONOUNS. 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

1.  Personal  Pronouns.    242. 1,  2,  4;  A.  &  G.  205.  a,  b;   H. 
r)(M)  and  4. 

2.  Reflexive  Pronouns     2  \i  entire ;  A.  &  G.  209  and  a,  :J()0. 
1,  2,  301.  o,  h;  II.  ooa  ai.d  :J,  4  ;  nol. 

3-  Reciprocal  Pronouns.    245;  A.  &  G.  301./;  II.  502.  1. 
4.  Hie, me,  Iste.    240.  1-5  ;   A.  &  G.  207.  a-c ;  200.  a;  H. 
505  and  1 ;  500.  1 ;  507  and  3,  4. 


EXAMPLES. 

!.   quia  vestrum,  who  of  you  f 

2.    dux  memor  veatri.  n  hnhr  mindful  of  you. 

8.  fortiina  omnium  nostrum,  tkefortnnrs  of  na  all. 

4.  se  diligit,  he  loves  himxelf. 

5.  Alexander  Clitum  familiarem  suum  interemit.  Alernnthr 
killed  Clittis,  liii*  own  romrnde. 

U.  Metellus  lecratis  persuadet  ui  Jugurtham  sibi  >  trade- 
rent,  M»-lellu8  persuaded  the  envoys  to  hand  over  Jnyurtha  to 
him. 

7.  me  misit  ut  haec  nuntiem  suae  >  uxori.  he  has  sent  me  to 
announce  these  things  to  his  ivij'c. 

8.  suum  cuique  tribuendum  est,  /'/  each  must  be  assigned 
hi8  own. 

0.  n5a  noatraque  defendimus,  we  defend  ourselves  and  uur 
posaesaions, 

n 


72 


Latin  Compoiition. 


I 

i 

f 
'If 


'  fi 


10.  inter  nos  colloquimar,  xce  converse  with  etch  other. 

11.  paeri  amant  inter  se,  the  hoys  love  each  other. 

12.  contrSversias  inter  se  milites  habuerunt,  the  soldiers 
had  disputes  xeith  each  other. 

18.  hoc  in  tua,  illud  in  deoram  manu  est,  the  latter  is  in 
your  power,  the  former  in  that  of  the  gods. 

14.  Themistocles  his  verbis  epistnlam  misit,  Themistocles 
sent  a  letter  {couched)  in  the  followinrf  loords, 

15.  haec^  mea  culpa  est,  this  is  my  fault. 

Notes  on  the  Examples. 

1)  Sibi  and  suae  illustrate  the  use  of  the  indirect  reflexive. 

2)  Haec  is  here  attracted  from  hSc  to  the  gender  of  tlie  predi- 
cate noun ;  such  attraction  of  the  pronoun  is  the  rule  in  Latin. 


il 


,1    . 


Remarks. 

1.  Sul  is  regularly  employed  like  mei  and  tul  as  an  Objective 
Grenitive.  To  indicate  tlie  whole  of  which  a  part  is  taken  the  Latin 
may  use  ci titer  ex  sS,  ex  suls,  or  suOrum,  e.tj.  multOs  ex  sS  or 
multOs  suOrum  mIsSrunt,  they  sent  nHCiiy  of  their  oiru  number. 

2.  Observe  that  in  such  expressions  as  inter  sS  amant,  they 
love  each  other,  no  direct  object  is  expressed. 


VOCABULARY. 


barbarians,  barbarl,  5rum,  in. 
congratulate,     gratulor,     1  ; 

governs  the  dative, 
difficult,  difficiUs.  e. 
desire,  libld5,  inis,  L 
distribute,  dlstrlbu5,  ere,  ul. 

fltos. 
easy,  facilis,  e. 
either,  either   one   (of    two), 

utervb.  utravls.  utrtunvls. 


free,  llberS,  1. 

honor,  honSrd,  1. 

indul^'o,  indulges,  Bre,  dulsl, 

dultaruB. 
love,  am5,  1. 
mindful,  memor.  oris. 
safety,  aaliis,  fitis,  f. 
seek,  pet5,  ere,  Ivi  or  il,  Itua 
welcome,  grfttua,  a,  um. 


^Mk^^ 


Pronouns. 


73 


EXERCISE. 

1.  The  latter  plan  is  easy,  the  former  (is)  difficult. 
2.  Why  do  you  envy  each  other  ?  *  3.  This  is  the 
glory  which  we  have  long  sought.  4.  These  barba- 
rians were  congratulating  each  other.  5.  They  dis- 
tributed those  provinces  among  themselves.  G.  W'liv 
have  you  not  freed  yourselves  from  the  power-  of 
Ariovistus?  7.  They  indulged  themselves  and  all 
their  desires.  8.  The  Romans  lost  forty  of  their 
number'  in  this  battle.  9.  Have  you  been  mindful 
of  me  ?  No.  I  have  forgotten  you.  10.  Is  not  the 
safety  of  you  all  dearer  to  me  than  life?  11.  Who 
of  you  has  seen  these  deserters  ?  12.  Your  longing 
for    us    is   very   welcome    to    my   brother    and    me. 

13.  He   is   loved  and   honored   by  his  own  friends. 

14.  I  have  much  less  strength  than  either  one  of  you. 

15.  The   chiefs  of  these  tribes  gave  each  other  an 
oath. 

Suererestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  Compare  Example  10. 

2.  power:  use  Imperlum,  I,  u. 

3.  See  Remark  X. 


LESSON  XXIV. 


i  i: 


PRONOUNS  iaimtii»Md). 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

.    I.    Is.     217.  1-4;  A.  &  d.  297.  '/;  li.  nOH  imd  1,  2,  4. 

2.  idem.     2i8.  1,  2;  A.  &  G.  298.  b;  384.  5.  2^  H.  5»8. 

3.  Ipse.     21!».  1,  2;  A.  &  G.  aW.  c  and  N.  1,/;  H.  SB. 

4.  Qnis  (Indefinite).    252.  1 :  A.  &  G.  310 ;  H.  512  «Bd  1. 

5.  Aliquis.     252.  2 ;  A.  &  G.  311 ;  H.  512. 

6.  ^M«"»      252.  3  and  a ;  A.  &  G.  SIO ;  H.  512.  S. 


BEAMPLES. 

1.  in  eis  uriifibus  quae  ad  se '  de&«efans  jmMaidia  h 
he  puts  itarrinnH"  in  thuif  nties  mhin   kit>¥  tt'xerted  tn  hvm. 

2.  MetelloB.  ia  qui  Koltos  deftaaEaat.  M'teUus,  he  «»*<»  <*«- 
t fired  itKinij 

3.  moram  aoeranmt,  id  quod  aiiimiijufr  -wnt.  f Afj/  A<*j>^d  ^.^ 
4' lay.  «  t/ii»#gr  trkirh  Uu'if  itttnined. 

4.  nam  e«n  vidwil.  '/"w  I'i'hi't  »»«•  »*»r.  i<V?  y'»M  ? 

5.  nollae  aae  fi^miae  dSectairt;  naa  Plairt.i.  u'»  j)/ffj>«  d^ligim 
me  fjri'i''  fhn.ir  <•'"  I'h'ntmM^ 

•?-    exe^apla  (^aeiimas  «i  ea  ree«resa.  '"»  'JJ^  itf^ebtrng  jmmee- 
(irMfe*  'r/<rf  J*«/.  /Sw).  rfiffHt  iniiK. 

7.  n*B«*  Sbes»ie  quod  non  idem  ju«^«-  ii>ifci<f  w  J****^* 

8.  ego  sdec  acBiio  naed  -  td.  /  //.  Ht  "*»*  ammr  t»  y^m 

74 


Pr(moun». 


10.  &  muHis  ipsa  virtus  contemnitar,  hy  many  even  virtue, 
m  HCornml. 

11.  isHW  lieflnebant  coronae,  thi'  garUmiUfdl  ihncn  of  their 
own  Oi  ~  amd. 

12.  m  ^Me  continere  non  potest,  lie  ramwt  rontoiii  himself. 
lu.   si  quid  in  te  peccavi,  igndace.  if  I  h<ire  dime  yon  any 

injury,  J'^rqivf  me. 

14.  mKlier  qiuwdam.  n  certnin  fnniti,!. 

15.  tisBidiasate  qaadam.  with  a  sort  •>/  shrini-ing. 
10.    aliquid  di^miam.  snmithiinj  divine. 

17.   aliqni*  diosC,  ifimr  ona  icil'  say. 


Notes  on  the  Bxamplea. 


1)  SS  iUuMaanRttaf  intcaivct  retlextve. 

2)  The  EneiiA     aame  at-s '  is  rwruiarly  exiiressed   in  Latin  by 
Mmax  QUI,  .ttiK  ^eciaentiy  by  identac  (atque). 


VOCABULARY. 

defeat,  ■■■■ro.  1 .  hnpc   t(.r,   spSro,    1;   governs 

ileiiTer  iaflwsech),  habeo.  ere.  !       th*-  acciisjitivf. 

u.  itaft.  iiiTinortiility,      immortilitaB, 

(k-pfnd,    lAar.    i,    nSmaa    or        ttis,  f. 

i^Biu  ;  <«MVfrtii<  tilt-  tibial ive.  { lofty,  altus,  a.  um. 
ele«aESed,  vm  tirtaiiw-  a.  ttm.  rveAk.  dSbilis,  e. 

extk«wt.s,   r§a    ^wt ;ii! .    rfirum.   win-re  (n-liitivc),  ubi. 

geaoSawaa..  word,  verbum,  i,  n. 

insa.  inetuo.  ^».  m.  1 


EXERCISE. 

1.  W«^  «!aw  &<?  very  sjK)t  where  Caesar  defeated  and 
th«    Helvetii       2.  The   barbarians    have   in- 
ttos  briuge,  a  thiiiir  which  we  greatly  feared. 


Latin  Compotitton. 


i  i'f  f 


'I    • 


3.  Some  one  will  write  a  letter  concerning  the  same 
exploits  and  send  it  to  the  city.  4.  Certain  persons 
had  previously  been  informed  concerning  these  things. 
5.  We  set  out  from  the  borders  of  Gaul  with  one 
legion,  and  that  too  a  weak  (one).  G.  Do  you  praise 
your   own   selves  ?      7.  Why   do    you   envy    them  ? 

8.  Is  anything  more  praiseworthy  than  steadfastness  ? 

9.  Did  you  not  admire  their'  bravery  ?  10.  Virtue  has 
in  itself  something  lofty  and  elevated.  11.  (There) 
dwells  in  all  a  certain  longing  and  hope  for  immor- 
tality. 12.  The  Roman  soldiers  depended  merely 
upon  valor.'  13.  We  hoped  for  the  same  things  as 
you  (did).  14.  If  any  one  shall  see  you  here,  he  will 
admire  your  bravery.  15.  He  has  d.elivered  a  speech 
in  almost  the  same  words  as  I  used  myself.  16.  The 
town  itself  was  on  the  top  of  a  hill. 

The  Auxiliary  Troops. 

Besides  the  legionary  soldiers,  who  were  all  Roman 
citizens  and  were  heavily  anned,^  there  were  also  horse- 
men in  the  Roman  army.  The  allies  furnished  these. 
In  addition  there  were*  many  light-armed  soldiers,* 
among  these,  archers  and  slingers.  These  auxiliaries 
for  the  most  part  retained  their  own  weai)ons  an<l 
modes  of  fighting,  but  they  were  organized  *into  co- 
horts after  the  Roman  custom." 


Suffi^estions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  fAeir:  this  is  not  reflexive.    Use  Hie  pciiitivo  of  is. 

2.  merely  upon  valor:  translate;  iajwu  valor  itxplf. 


Pronount. 


77 


3.  heavily  amifd :  translate:  of  hrnvy  armament. 

4.  in  addition  there  were  :  translate :  (there)  were  added. 

5.  liffht-arnied  Koldiers :  tmiislate:  Holdif-ni  of  lir/ht  armament. 

6.  organitrd:  use  dlstribufl,  ere,   ul,  atus;   literally,  din- 
tribute. 

7.  (^fter  the  Roman  custom :  Ablative  of  Accordance. 


LESSON  XXV. 

PRONOUNS  {continued). 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

I.  Quisquam.     S.'rJ.  4;  A.  &  (J.  aii;  II.  oia. 

a.  Quisque.     'J-'r2.  5;  A.  &  (i.  M-i  iiiid  a;  II.  515. 

3.  NemS.    1*.')-'.  0;  A.  &  ().  ;J1I.  1,  2. 

4.  Alius,  Alter.  l'.>5.  1-4;  A.  &  li.  315  and  c;  H.  510 
uiul  1. 

5.  Ceteri.     2.*).3.  4;  A.  &  G.  ai5. 

6.  Reliqui.     2.'):J.  .">;  A.  &  G.  illo. 

7.  NesciS  quis.     2'):i.  «;  A.  &  (;.  57.").  rf;  H.  512.  7. 

8.  Uterque.     :5.j5.  L»;  A.  &(i.  ;n:{;  H.  510.  4. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  non  eguit  consilio  cujusquam,  he  did  not  need  the  advice 
of  any  one. 

2.  neque  quicquam  est  optatius,  nor  in  anything  more  de- 
giraili'. 

U.   si  quicquam  fieri  potest,  ifannthiiif/  ran  he  done. 

4.  pecnnia  semper  a  clarissimo  qu5que  contempta  est, 
mt'tr  y  /in  ^  ,ri  r  hi't'n  di'^pised  hy  ail  the  most  distinguished  men, 
lif.  //;/  itirh  )ii(isi  dis(iii(iiu'sh<'d  man. 

5.  tertio  quoque  verbo,  at  in-ry  other  word. 

6.  nem5  bonus,  110  ynod  man. 

7.  nerainem  probat,  he  approves  no  one. 

8.  tribunum  alii  gladiis  adohuntur,  alii  fnstibns,  some  at- 
tack the  trihn    p  irith  sirnrds,  others  irith  cluhs. 

0.  alter  absolutus  est.  alter  se  ipse  condemnavit,  the  one 
was  'acquitted,  the  other  condemnid  himself. 

78 


I*ronounii. 


79 


10.  alius  in  ali&  re  est  magit  fitilis,  »ne  permn  ia  more 
uni  fitl  ill  iiiif  thhiij,  aiiothir  in  diinlhrr. 

It.  ceteri  Siculi  ultdrem  auarum  injuriarum  invenerunt,  the 
rent  of  the  SiriliiiHH  found  nn  aa-nyer  of  thiir  leronya. 

12.  fecerunt  idem  reliqui,  tht!  rviU  did  tht  aainc 

13.  reliqua  attendite,  liHttu  to  th*-  nmninder. 

14.  nesci.)  quo  pactd,  Homflimr  i,r  nlh-r. 

15.  excogitavit  nescio  quid,  hf  Ihintyht  nut  aomethiny  or 
othi'r. 

H>.    apud  ^loetam  neacio  quem,  in  aomr  poet  or  other. 
17.   utraque  caatra  bene  munita  aunt,  both  campa  were  tall 
fortified. 

la.   uterque  horum,  mch  oftheae. 


Remarks. 

1.  Aliquis,  as  well  as  quisquam,  is  used  in  nef;ative  sentences, 
thuiigh  niiicli  li-ss  frfi|u<iitl,v,  aiul  willi  its  rej^ular  fon;e  of  some 
one.  Tlius  ndn  egret  cOnsiliO  alictljus  nie.-iiis:  he  does  tiot  need 
the  adi'icr  of  smn"  uii' .  i.i .  ^(lllu'  iiiilividuiil.  Tliis  sentence  is  tlie 
negatiun  of  egret  cOnslliS  alicvljus, /<«>  needs  the  odvire  of  some 
individiKif.  NOn  egret  c5nsilid  ctlju^^quam,  on  tlie  other  liand, 
constitutes  ii  inoie  jjenenil  ileniai, — lie  dues  nut  need  the  advice  of 
anybody  {ut  (dl). 

VOCABULARY. 


Kianie,  culpS.  1. 

both,       utercme,       utraque, 
ntnunque. 

cncli,      quisque.      quaeque. 
quicque ;   «'ach    (of    two),  | 
uterque,  utraque,  utrum- 1 
que.  i 

guard,  oflstSs,  5dis,  o.. 

juni])  down,  dSsiliS.  ire,  ul. 

knowlt'd<xt-,  scientia.  ae.  f. 

no  (with  udjectivis  u.si«l  sub-  I 


stantlvely),  nem5,  defec- 
tive- ;  dat.  nemlnl,  ace. 
nSminem. 

not  even,  n6  .  .  .  quidem, 
with  tlie  emphatic  word 
placed  between. 

oiiportiinity,  facultSa,  fttis,  f. 

n;iH8,  pa.sKe.s,  angustiae,  &rum,  f . 

rashness,  temeritSs,  Stis,  f. 

seamanship,  rSs  nauticae,  r6- 
rum  nauticftrum,  f . 


MICROCOPY   RESOIUTION   TEST  CHART 

(ANSI  and  ISO  TEST  CHART  No.  2) 


1.0 


1^ 

us 


M21 

■  4.0 


1 2.5 
2.2 

= 
1.8 


^    >1PPLIED  IIVMGE 


165 J   East  Main  Street 

Rochester,  New  Yark        1*609       USA 

(7 16)   482-0300-  Phone 

(716)  288-  5989  -Fox 


Inc 


80 


Latin  Composition. 


t    ' 


EXERCISE. 

1.  Both  these  passes  had  already  been  seized  by  the 
enemy  a  little  (while)  before.  2.  On  account  of  the 
rashness  of  the  enemy  Labienns  hoped  for  some 
opportunity  of  battle.  3.  We  asked  each  of  these 
(two)  captives  concerning  the  plans  of  the  enemy. 
4.  Both^  answered  briefly.^  5.  This  tribe  surpassed 
the  rest  of  the  Gauls  in  knowledge  of  seamanship. 
6.  The  remainder  of  the  booty  was  left  in  the  other 
camp.  7.  He  was  eager  for  auotlier^  opportunity. 
8  Not  even  at  that*  time  did  any  one  withdraw  from 
his  post.  9.  He  called  to  him  ^  the  chieftains  of  each 
tribe.  10.  Some  blamed  Caesar's  acts,  others  praised 
(them).  11.  He  will  place  a  guard  over  both  of  you. 
12.  The  soldiers  jumped  doAvn  into  the  water,  some 
from  one  vessel,  ethers  from  another.  13.  No  good 
man  will  ever  defend  you.  14.  In  one  place  he  saw 
our  men  surrounded  by  the  enemy,  in  another  already 
put  to  flight.  15.  Somehow  or  other  we  saw  no  one 
outside  the  fortifications. 


Sugrgestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  Both :  use  the  singular  of  uterque. 

2.  answered  hr'ipHy  :  translate:  aiisicrred  afeio  (things). 

3.  The  genitive  of  alius  is  alteriua. 

4.  that :  this  is  the  enipliatic  word ;  its  Latin  equivalent  should 
stand  hetween  n§  and  quldem. 

5.  him :  tlijs  is  reflexive. 


LESSON  XXVI. 


TENSES  OF  THE  INDICATIVE. 


if^ 


GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

1.  The  Present.    259.  1-4 ;  A.  &  G.  465,  466,  467,  469 ;  II. 
532  and  1,2,.);  5;W.  1;  530. 

2.  The  Imperfect.    260.  1-1;  A.  &  G.  470,  471.  a-c;  H. 
534  and  1,  2,  3;  535.  1;  .530. 

3.  The  Future.    261.  1,  2;  A.  &  (i.  472  and  h;  II.  536. 

4.  The  Perfect.     262.  A  and  ^ ;  A.  &  G.  473,  476 ;  II.  537. 

12  4 
J.,  ^,  1-. 

5.  The  Pluperfect.    263;  A.&G.  477;  H.  539. 

6.  The  Future  Perfect.    264  and  a ;  A.  &  G.  478 ;  H.  540 
and  2. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  dum  vitant  vitia,  in  contraria  currunt,  ichile  they  try  to 
avoid  (somi')  faults,  they  rush  into  opposite  ones. 

2.  te  jam  dudum  hortor,  /  have  lour/  been  unjiuff  you. 

.S.   Saturnalibus  munera  dividebat,  at  the  Satuj'nalia  he 
used  to  distribute  presents. 

4.  multitudd  terrebat  eum  clamore,   the  croiml    tried   to 
frighten  him  by  shouting. 

5.  jam  dudum  flebam,  I  had  already  long  been  weeping. 

6.  legates  interrogabat,  he  kept  asking  the  envoys. 

7.  Graeci  banc  urbem  turn  tenebant,  the  Greeks  were  at 
that  time  holding  thin  city. 

8.  multas  C.  Caesaris  virtutes  cognovi,  /  am  acquainted 
with  many  virtues  of  Gaius  Caesar. 

81 


82 


Latin  Composition. 


9.   quera  ad  modum  consueverunt,  as  they  are  accustomed. 
10.   scrlbam  epistulam,  cum  redieris,  /  will  xorile  the  letter 
vehen  you  have  returned. 


VOCABULARY. 

accustomed,    be     accustoined,  I  long  time,  diii. 


perfect  tenses  of  consuSsco, 

ere,  suSvi,  Bu6tus. 
consult    for,     consulo,     ere, 

sulul,  consuItUB  ;  with  tlie 

dative, 
hold,  teneS,  §re,  uL 
institution,  institutum,  i,  n. 
language,  lingua,  ae,  f. 
little,  paulum  (i),  n. 


look    down,     dSspiciS,    ere, 

spezi,  spectUB. 
low,  humiliB,  e. 
means,   resources,  plu,  of  fa- 

cuitas,  atis,  f. 

not  yet,  nondum. 
rule,  imperium.  i,  n. 
sea,  mare,  is,  n. 
unjust,  Injilstus,  a,  um. 


EXERCISE. 

1.  He  made  the  vessels  a  little  lower*  than  (those) 
which  we  are  accustomed  to  use  on  our  sea.  2.  This 
lieutenant  always  used  to  consult  for  the  safety  of  his 
troops.  3.  We  were  at  that  time  holding  the  top  of 
the  hill  and  looking  down  into  the  valley.  4.  We 
do  not  yet  know  the  customs,  institutions,  and  l;.n- 
guages  of  all  these  tribes.  o.  We  had  already  for 
a  long  time   been  reminding  you  of  these  dangers. 

6.  Why  did   you   not   keep   performing  your   duty? 

7.  He  will  be  writing  me  a  letter  when  you  come  to 
Rome.  8.  Twice  a  year  ^  these  tribes  assembled  at  a 
common  council."  9.  The  delenders  of  this  town 
tried  to  keop  our  men  away  from  the  wall  and  gate. 


pf"ipn 


Ten8e8  of  the  Indicative 


83 


10.  Among  the  I^elgians  the  regal  power  used  to  be 
seized  by  tliose  who  had  hirge  means,  11.  These 
men  have  already  for  a  long  me  been  complaining 
of  the  unjust  rule  of  the  Konian  people.  12.  The 
Romans  were  not  acquainted  with  the  harbors  of  those 
districts  where  they  were  about  to  wage  war. 


Suggestions  on  the  Bx&rcise. 

1.  n  little  lower:  i.e.  hirer  bi/  a  little. 

2.  twice  a  yrar:  see  Lesson  XXI,  Example  10. 

3.  at  a  common  council:  in  Latin,  to  a  common  council. 


pr 


LESSON  XXVII. 


HORTATORY,     JUSSIVE,    PROHIBITIVE,     DELIBERATIVE,     AXD 
CONCESSIVE    SUBJUNCTIVE. 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

1.  Hortatory  Subjunctive.     274;  A.  &  G.  439;  11.  5.o9.  1. 
a.  Jussive  Subjunctive.     275 ;  A.  &  G.  4.39 ;  II.  o.59.  2. 

3.  Prohibitions.     276  and  c;  A*  &  G.  450;  II.  501.  1,  2. 

4.  Deliberative  Subjunctive.    277  and  a;  A.  &  G.  444;  H. 
559.  4. 

5.  Concessive  Subjunctive.    278;  A.  &  G.  440;  H.  5^9.  3. 


II  i 


EXAMPLES. 

1.  fastidium  arrogantiamque  fugiamus,  let  us  avoid  pride 
and  arrogance. 

2.  ne  diflScilia  optemus,  let  us  not  tcish  for  what  is  difficult. 
•3.   suum  quisque  noacat  ingenium,  let  each  one  ham  his 

own  natural  ability. 

4.   ceteros  pudeat,  let  the  others  be  ashamed. 

6.   ne  attingant  rem  publicam,  let  them  not  touch  the  state  I 

6.  noli  haec  putare,  do  not  think  this  ' 

7.  nolite,  judices,  hunc  hominem  condemnare,  do  not  con- 
demn this  man,  judges. 

8.  quid  faciam,  ichat  am  I  to  do  f 

9.  quid  facerem,  whn"o  ifas  I  to  do! 

10.  C.  Cornelium  non  defenderem,  icas  I  not  to  defend  Gaius 
Cornelius? 

11.  me  autem  quid  jideat,  but  why  should  I  be  ashamed! 

84 


The  Subjunctive. 


85 


12.    sit  hoc  verum,  ffmtited  that  this  is  true. 
\'.i.   ne  ait  summum  malum  dolor,  malum  certe  eat,  granting 
that  pain  is  not  the  greatest  evil,  at  any  rate  it  is  an  evil. 

Remarks. 

1.  Observe  that  ng  witli  the  'lA  singular  present  or  perfect  sub- 
junctive is  an  unusual  form  of  expressing  a  prohibition  in  prose, 
and  one  not  to  be  imitated  in  the  writing  of  Latin.    See  27(),  a,  b. 

2.  Cave,  cavS  nS,  with  the  subjunctive  are  likewise  iufrequeut 
in  standard  prose.    Pac  ne  is  colloquial  only. 


VOCABULARY. 


avenge,  ulciscor,  i,  ultus. 
betray,  pr5do,  ere,  didi,  ditus. 
deed,  factum,  i,  n. 
deprive,  privo,  1. 
eagle,  aquila,  ae,  f. 
injuriou.s,  b  ■  injurious,  noceo, 

Sre,  ui,  ItiiruB. 
know   (be  aware),  scio,  ire, 

ivi,  itUB. 


neglect,   neglegS,   ere,  18x1, 

ISctuc. 
once,  at  once,  statim. 
right,  rSctus,  a,  um. 
think,  regard,  ezIstimS,  1. 
yiotory,  victoria,  ae,  f. 
while,  dum. 
win,  ear.i,  mered,  Sre,  ui,  Itus. 


EXERCISE. 

1.  Let  them  withdraw  from  this  place,  while  there 
is  opportunity,  and  betake  themselves  to  the  legion. 
2.  Let  ns  remember  the  brave  deeds  of  our  ancestc  ro, 
and  let  ns  avenge  these  wrongs.  3.  Were  we  not  to 
hold  this  hill  and  keep  the  enemj^  away  from  the 
camp?  4.  Do  not  deprive  the  soldiers  of  the  prizes 
which  they  have  won  by  thei^  recent  victories !  5.  Let 
him  not  think  us  unworthy  of  confidence!  6.  Why 
should  we  longer  indulge  this  hope  ?      7.  How  was  I 


86 


Latin  Composition. 


i  n; 


to  know  that?  8.  Why  should  I  honor  those  who 
neglect  what  is  right  and  honorable'?  9.  Do  not, 
0  soldiers,  do  those  things  which 'are  injurious  both 
to  yourselves  and  to  your  country.  10.  Let  each  one 
jump  down  from  the  vessel  into  the  water!  Let  no 
one'  betray  the  eagle  to  the  enemy!  11.  Let  them 
not  neglect  their  own  danger  for  the  sake  of  our 
safety!  12.  Let  us  withdraw  at  once  to  Vesontio 
and  place  the  legions  in  winter  quarters  there  I 


Ariovlstus  Appears  In  Oaul. 

Ariovistus  led  a  multitude  of  Germans  across  the 
Rhine  and  settled  them  on  the  lands  of  the  Sequani. 
\fterwards  other  Germans  came,  until  there  were  one 
hundred  and  twenty  thousand  (of  them)  in  Gaul.  The 
more*  Germans  came,  the  more*  lands  the  Gauls  were 
forced  to  relinquish.  Ariovistus  had  already  occu- 
pied a  third*  of  the  Sequanian  territory,  and  was 
ordering  the  Sequani  to  relinquish  a  second'  third, 
when  the  Gauls  in  a  common  council  sought  aid  from 
Caesar. 

Sug<irestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  what  is  right  and  honorable :  express  by  the  neuter  plural  of 
the  adjectives  used  substantively,  —  right  and  honorable  (thi^igs). 

2.  those  things  which :  ea  quae. 

3.  no  one:  in  the  Volitive  uses  of  the  subjunctive,  no  one  is 
expressed  by  n§  quis. 

4.  the  (more)  .  .  .  the  (more) :  express  by  quO  .  .  .  eO.  See 
Lesson  XVIII,  Example  11 

6.  third :  use  tertia  pars. 
6.  second ;  use  alter,  a,  um. 


I' 


LESSON  XXVIII. 

THE  OPTATIVE  AND  POTENTIAL  SUBjrNCTIVE.     THE 
IMPEUATIVE. 


GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

I.  The  Optative  Subjunctive.    '27d.  1,2;  A.  &  G.  441, 442 ; 
II.  558  and  1,  2. 

a.  The  Potential  Subjunct  1,  2,  3;  A.  &  G.  446, 

447.  1-3 ;  II.  552,   555. 

3.   The  Imperative.    281  a.  ...  &  ^   448,  449;  II.  560 

and  4.  , 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  quod  di  omen  avertant,  mmj  the  gods  avert  this  omen  ! 

2.  utinamres  publica  stetisset,  iconld  that  the.  republic  had 
stood  ! 

3.  utinam,  Quintes,  vir5rum  fortium  copiam  tantam 
haberetis,  would,  O  liomans,  that  you  had  so  great  an  abun- 
dance of  brave  men  ! 

4.  quaerat  quispiam,  some  one  may  ask. 
6.   dixerit  aliqois,  some  one  hunj  sny. 

6.  vix  veriaimile  videatur,  it  wotild  hardly  seem  likely. 

7.  Cicerdnem  cuicumque  Graecorum  fortiter  opposuerim, 
I  should  boldly  match  Cicero  icith  any  one  of  the  Greeks. 

8.  hoc  sine  uUa  dubitatidne  cdnfirmaverim,  this  I  should 
affirm  without  any  hesitation. 

9.  videres,  one  could  see,  yoii  could  have  seen. 
10.    in  exsilium  proficidcere,  >jo  forth  into  exile. 

II.  rem  vobis  prdponam :  vos  earn  pendivote,  I  will  lay  the 
..alter  before  you :  do  you  consider  it. 

87 


88 


Latin  Composition. 


II. 


12.  eSnialM  sammam  jus  habttnto,  Ut   the  consuls  have 
supreme  power. 

VOCABULARY. 


answer,  n.^ice  answer,  reapon- 

deS,  ere,  apondl,  apSnaua. 
bring     upon,    Inferfi,    ferre, 

intall,  illfttua  ;  takes  ace.  of 

direct    object,    and   dat.   of 

indirect, 
build,     atrufi,    ere,    atriixl, 

atrttotua. 
delay,  tnoror,  1. 
disembark,  6  nftvl  igredlor, 

I,  greaaua ;  literally,  step  out 

from  the  ship. 


easily,  faeUe. 

inherit,  receive,  aooiplS,  ere, 

cSpI,  ceptua. 
linger,  moror,  1. 
remain  vacant,  vao0,  1. 
return,  redltua,  fla,  ni. 
route,  iter,  itineria,  n. 
short,  brevia,  e. 
space,  apatium,  I,  n. 
storm,  tempeatSa,  Stia,  f. 
without,  aine,  prep,  with  abL 


EXERCISE. 

1.  The  districts  from  wliich  the  Helvetii  inarched 
out  shall  not  remain  vacant !  2.  Would  that  storms 
had  not  delayed  the  return  of  the  soldiers  !  3.  With- 
out great  hope  of  victory  Caesar  would  not  have  dis- 
embarked. 4.  Would  that  another  route  were  left  to 
us !  5.  May  they  not  bring  war  on  us  or  our  allies  ! 
6.  No  one  would  easily  build  so  large  a  camp  in  a 
shorter  space  of  time.  7.  May  we  long  enjoy  these 
blessings.  8.  No  honest  man  would  regard  these 
soldiers  (as)  worthy  of  praise  and  honor.  9.  May  he 
return  safe  and  sound  from  Geneva  to  Kome! 
10.  Make  answer  to  all  those  things'  which  I  shall 
ask  you  concerning  this  man.  11.  Would  that  we 
had  retained  the  excellent  customs  and  strict  discipline 


«p 


The   Optative  and  Potential  Subjunctive.     89 

which  we  inherited  fivom  our  amestors  1  12.  Would 
that  you  had  not  lingered  more  than  three  days'  in  the 
neighborhood  of  Geneva! 

Buffffestions  on  the  ExerclM. 

1.  to  thoite  thlnqn :  ad  ilia. 

2.  more  than  three  days :  see  Lessuu  XVI,  Examples  S  and  Q. 


I' 


.     LESSON    ^'XIX. 

PURPOSK  CI.ArSES. 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

I.  Purpose  Clauses  with  ut,  ni,  qu6.  2S2.  \.  n-e\  A.  &  G. 
tVil.  1  and  ri ;  II.  oHH  uixl  7. 

a.  Relative  Clauses  of  Purpose.  '2^±  2;  A.  &  G.  '^\\.  2; 
II.  51»0. 

3.  Relative  Clauses  with  dignus,  indignus,  id8n§u$.  282. 
3;  A.  &G.  5;}")./;  II.  5!>1.  7. 

4.  Sequence  of  Tenses.  207. 1-3 ;  268. 1,  3 ;  A.  &  G.  482. 
1,  2,  483,  485.  a,e;  H.  543-549. 


EXAMPLES. 

1.  LentuluB  in  ea  loca  misBUB  est,  nt  privatSs  agrSs  coeine- 
ret.  LentuhiK  icnx  aetit  to  those  places  to  purchase  private  lands. 

2.  pecuniam  dedit  ne  cond^mnaretur,  he  gave  money  that 
he  might  not  he  eondemiied. 

3.  portaa  clausit  ne  quam  oppidan!  injuriam  acciperent,  he 
closed  the  gates,  that  the  toicnspeople  might  not  receive  any 
injury. 

4.  Pompejus  portas  obstruit,  quo  facilius  impetum  tarda- 
ret,i  Pompey  hlorked  the  gates  that  he  might  the  more  easily 
impede  the  attack. 

5.  ut  non  ej  actus  ad  alienos  sed  invitatus  ad  tuos  videaris, 
that  yo..  may  seem,  not  driven  out  among  strangers  hut  invited 
to  your  o}r    frie)'-ix. 

6.  protugit,  ne  caperetur  neve  interficeretur,  he  fled  that  he 
might  not  be  captured  or  killed. 

90 


■^ 


J*utpo»e   Ctuuueii. 


91 


7.  creant  decern  praetdrea  qui  exeroitul  praeeMent,*  thttj 
iti>i>oiHt  ten  (jviiernh  In  ciitninninl  (lie  urinj. 

H.  digni  Bunt  qui  civitate  ddnentur,  they  art-  leoic.'j  to  he 
prvtu'titi'd  \rith  ritiznishi'p. 

U.   veni  ut  te  certiorem  facerem,-  /  h.ve  come  to  inform  y»H. 

* 

Notea  on  the  Examples. 

1)  Note  the  set'otnliiry  s  ••jui'iu'c  iifter  Uw  liistoriciil  present. 

2)  Note  the  secondary  sj-qiu'iii-e  Jiftt-r  Mic  iin-senl  iierfect. 


Remarks. 

1.  Note  that  the  Latin  uses  nS  quls,  inonter  that  un  one:  n8 
qtUd,  in  order  t/mt  tiothin;/;  nS  QUus,  nS  qui,  in  order  that  no; 
Bimilarly,  nS  Qsquam,  nS  quandS,  n6  unquam. 

2.  Observe  the  ocfiisionul  usj  of  purpose  t  luuses,  as  in  English 
to  denote  the  purpose  with  wliitrli  a  statement  is  nia<ie,  as,  nS 
timeas,  incolumla  est,  that  i/on  may  have  no /earn  (/  will  /<ay) 
he  is  aafe. 

VOCABULARY. 


appoint,  cSnstituS,   ere.  ul, 

dtUB. 

compli'te,  perficiS,  ere,  fScI, 

fectuB. 
conduct,    gerS,     ere.    gessl, 

gestus. 
fit,  idoneuB.  a,  um. 
giiard,  cflstdB,  5dis.  c. 
happen,  accidS,  ere,  I. 


imitat*',  imitor,  1. 

Itssen,  minu5,  ere,  ul,  fltuB. 

protect,  tueor,  6rJ. 

say,  dlc5.  ere.  d!zl,  dictUB. 

strong,  valiauB,  a,  um. 

understand,    intellegS,     ere, 

16x1.  IBctus. 
uprightly,  honeBt6. 


EXERCISE. 

1.  That  the  barbarians  mii,'ht  better  understand  our 
commands,  we  sent  envoys  to  them.       2.  The  bravery 


92 


Latin  Composition* 


of  these  soldiers  is  worthy  of  your  imitation.* 
3.  That  these  dangers  may  be  lessened,  we  are  sta- 
tioning strong  guards  about  the  camp.  4.  We  re- 
mained at  home  that  these  things  might  not  happen. 
5.  I  sent  a  letter  to  your  friend,  in  order  to  inform 
him  concerning  your  departure.  6.  I  have  always 
conducted  myself  uprightly,  that  you  might  not  judge 
me  unwortlvy  of  confidence  or  deprive  me  of  your 
friendship.  7.  The  commentaries  of  Caesar  are  suit- 
able for  reading  ^  by  you  all.  8.  Caesar  left  Crassus 
(as)  his  lieutenant  to  complete  these  things.  9.  I 
had  this  to  say  concerning  the  customs  and  institu- 
tions of  the  Gauls  and  Germans.  10.  That  the  citi- 
zens may  not  fear,  I  have  appointed  guards  to  protect 
their  lives  and  fortunes.  11.  Labienus  was  a  fit  man 
■  for  Caesar  to  place  in  charge  of  the  winter  quarters. 
12.  That  no  one 'might  be  absent,  I  sent  letters  to  all. 

Sugrgestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  worthy  of  your  imitation :  i.e.  worthy  for  you  to  imitate. 

2.  suitable  for  reading :  \.e.  suitable  to  be  read. 

3.  that  no  one :  see  Kemark  1. 


LESSON  XXX. 

CLAUSES  OF  CHARACTERISTIC.     CLAUSES  OF  RESULT. 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

z.  Simple  Clauses  of  Characteristic.  283.  1,  2;  A.  &  G. 
535  and  a,  b;  H.  591.  1,  5. 

a.  Clauses  of  Characteristic  denoting  Cause  (since)  or  Op- 
position {though).  283.  3 ;  A.  &  G.  535.  e ;  H.  592  and  1 ; 
593.  2. 

3.  Clauses  of  Characteristic  introduced  by  quln.  283.  4; 
A.  &  G.  559.  2 ;  H.  594. 11.  2,  end,  595.  4. 

4.  Idiomatic  Expressions.  283.  5;  A.  &  G.  535.  d;  H. 
591.  3. 

5.  Clauses  of  Result  introduced  by  jt  and  ui  non.  284. 1 ; 
A.  &  G.  537  and  1;  II.  570.  —  For  Sequence  of  Tenses  in 
Result  Clauses,  see  268.  G;  A.  &  G.  485.  c;  II.  550. 

6.  Relative  Clauses  of  Result.  284.  2 ;  A.  &  G.  537.  2 ; 
H.  591.  2. 

7.  Result  Clauses  introduced  by  quln.  284.  3;  A.  &  G. 
559.  1 ;  H.  594.  II. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  multi  invent!  sunt,  qui  summum  malum  dolorem  dice- 
rent,  many  have  heen  found  who  declared  paiti  the  greatest  ill. 

2.  quis  est  qui  somniis  pareat,  who  is  there  that  heeds 
dreams  f 

3.  aapientia  est  una  quae  maestitiam  pellat,  philosophy  ii 
the  only  thing  that  dispels  sorrow. 

93 


I 


94 


Latin  Coviposition. 


I 


4.  0  magna  vis  veritatia  quae  se  ipsa  defendat,  oh  the 
mighty  power  of  truth,  since  it  defends  itst-lf! 

5.  hie  qui  in  collegia  sacerddtum  esset,  tamen  est  condem- 
natus,  thi8  man,  though  he  wan  in  the  college  of  priests,  was 
nevertheless  condemned. 

6.  niilla  natura  est  quin  suam  vim  retineat,  there's  no 
nature  that  doesnH  retain  its  native  force. 

7.  Epiciirus  se  unus,  quod  sciam,  sapientem  professus  est, 
Epicurus  alone,  so  far  as  I  know,  set  %tp  for  a  philosopher. 

8.  multis  vulneribus  cdnfectus  est  ut  jam  se  sustinere  non 
posset,  he  was  exhausted  with  many  wounds,  so  that  he  could 
hold  out  no  longer. 

0.  adeo  plus  virtute  valuerunt  ut  decemplicem  hostium 
numerum  profligarint,  they  were  so  superior  in  prowess,  that 
they  routed  ten  times  their  number  of  the  enemy. 

10.  innocentia  est  afPectio  talis  animi  quae  nemini  noceat, 
innocence  is  such  a  quality  of  the  mind  as  to  harm  no  one. 

11.  nemd  est  tam  fortis  quin  rel  novitate  perturbetur,  mo 
one  is  so  steadfast  as  not  to  be  confused  by  a  strange  occurrence, 
lit.  by  the  strangeness  of  an  occurrence. 


VOCABULARY. 


advantage,  commodum,  I,  u. 
as  not  to,  after  so,  such,  etc., 

in  a  negative  clause,  quiu. 
can,  be  able,  possum,  posse, 

potui. 
consternation,      perturbStio, 

Snis,  f. 
hinder,  impedio.  Ire,  I^  or  li, 

itUB. 

niglit,  nox,  noctis,  f. 


not  know,  nesciS,  Ire,  ivT  or 

ii,  itus. 
only,   only   one,   only   person, 

Anus,  a,  um. 
so  great,  tantus,  a,  um. 
so  many,  tot. 
tliat,  .so  that,  ut ;  that  n.>t,  ut 

non. 
their,  their  own,  suus,  a,  um. 
wreck  (of  ves.sels),  frangS,  ere, 

frSgl,  n-ftctus. 


ii 


Clauses  of  Characteristie. 


95 


EXERCISE. 

1.  There  are  no  advantages  which  you  do  not  enjoy. 
2.  These  men  came  in  such  numbers^  that  we  could 
not  keep  them  away.  3.  There  was  no  one  who  did 
not  see  both  ^  of  you.  4.  You  were  the  only  (person) 
whom  we  judged  suitable  for  our  sons  to  imitate. 

5.  These  chiefs  had  so  great  wealth  that  they  got 
possession  of  the  regal  power  in  their  own  states. 

6.  Who  is  there  who  does  not  know  all  these  things  ? 

7.  There  was  no  one  of  us  who  did  not  know  (it). 

8.  We  were  hindered  by  so  many  things  that  we  did 
not  return  to  camp  before  night.  9.  You  are  the  only 
one  whom  I  judge  worthy  of  regal  power.  10.  Who 
is  so  unjust  as  not  to  defend  this  man  from  cruelty  ? 
11  There  was  no  state  so  small  that  it  did  not  send 
envoys  to  this  council.  12.  So  many  of  Caesar's 
vessels  were  wrecked  that  there  was  great  consterna- 
tion on  the  part  of  the  whole  army. 


Ariovistus's  Justification.  ' 

T  was  called  *  from  Germany  by  the  Gauls,  in  order 
that  I  might  lend  them  assistance  and  ward  off  from 
them  the  injuries  of  their  enemies.  Besides  Caesar 
there  is  no  one  who  blames  my  acts.  The  Sequani  do 
not  object  to^  my  authority,  but  regard  my  rule  (as)  so 
mild  and  just  that  they  willingly  pay  the  tribute  which 
they  promised.  Therefore  let  Caesar  come  to  me!  I 
,';hall  not  go  to  him.  For  I  have  no  army  to  which  to 
commit*  my  safety. 


96 


Latin  Composition. 


'  ff 


f  ,' 


I', ' 


-'  >» 


Suergestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  in  such  numbers :  use  tasa  frequSns. 

2.  both :  see  Lesson  XXV. 

3.  on  the  part  of:  express  by  the  genitive  case. 

4.  caWet?;  use  arcesaS,  ere,  IvI,  itus. 

6.  object  to :  use  recUsO,  1 ;  it  is  transitive. 
6.  to  lohich  to  commit:  use  Relative  Clause  of  Purpose.    For 
commit,  use  committG,  ere,  misi,  mlssvis. 


i  i 


Mm. 


LESSON  XXXI. 

CAUSAL  CLAUSES.     TEMPORAL  CLAtJSES. 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

1.  Causal  Clauses.    286.  1  and  b ;  28e.  2 ;  A.  &  G.  540. 
1,2;  549 ;  II.  588.  I,  H,  and  2 ;  598. 

2.  Temporal  Clauses  introduced  by  poatquam,  ut,  etc.,  de- 
noting a  single  act.     287.  1 ;  A.  &  G.  54:i ;  H.  602. 

3.  Clauses  introduced  by  ut,  ubi,  simul  ac,  denoting  a  re- 
peated act.    287.  2 ;  H.  602.  2. 

4.  Pluperfect  Indicative  with  postquam.    287. 3 ;  H.  602. 1. 


EXAMPLES. 

1.  Gallia  laudetur,  quod  se  non  tradidit,*  Jet  Gaul  be  praised 
because  it  did  not  stirrender. 

2.  laudator  provincia  quod  resistat^  Antonio,  the  province 
is  praised  because  it  r'^sists  Ai    my. 

3.  me  accusas  non  quod  tuis  rati5nibus  non  assentiar  sed 
quod  nuUis,  ?/o?t  arraign  me,  not  because  I  do  not  agree  with 
yeur  arguments,  but  because  {I  agree)  icith  none. 

4.  quae  cum  ita  sint,  since  these  things  are  so. 

5.  postquam  in  Hisraniam  venit  magnas  res  gossit,  ajter 
he  arrived  in  Spain  he  performed  great  exploits. 

0.  ut  Hostius  cecidit,  Rdmana  inclinatur  acies,  ^(;hen  Hos- 
tiusfell,  the  Roman  line  icnvered. 

7.  id  ubi  audivit,  cupiditate  incensus  est,  when  he  heard 
that,  he  was  kindled  icith  eagerness. 

97 


98 


Latin  Composition. 


8.  simul  ac  te  aspexi,  hoc  senai,  as  soon  as  1  set  eyes  on 
you  I  observed  this, 

9.  ut  quiaque  Verria  animam  oifenderat  in  lautumias  coni- 
ciebatur,  tchptiever  anybody  ha>'  offended  Veires's  feelings  he 
teas  put  in  the  stone-quarry. 

10.  poat  diem  tertiam  geata  rea  eut,  quam  hoc  dizerat,^  the 
deed  was  done  three  days  after  he  had  said  this. 

Notes  on  the  Examples. 

1)  The  speaker's  own  reason,  —  hence  the  indicative. 

2)  Not  the  reason  of  the  writer,  but  of  those  who  bestow  the 
praise.  — hence  the  subjunctive. 

3)  Note  tlie  pluperfect  indicative  after  a  phrase  denoting  a 
definite  interval  of  time  (post  diem  tertium). 


VOCABULARY. 


after,  postquam. 

angry,  be  angry  with,  Irascor, 
I ;  with  dat. 

as  soon  as,  simul  atque  (ac). 

away,  be  away,  absum,  esse, 
afui,  afuturus. 

because,  quod. 

drive  back,  repello,  ere,  rep- 
pull,  repulsus. 

eagerness,  cupiditSs,  Stis,  f. 


else,  alius,  a,  ud. 

furthest,  super!,  of  longC,  far. 

hasten,  mStiirS,  1. 

intiame,  incendo,  ere,  endi, 

Snsus. 
javelin,  jaculum,  I,  n. 
summon,  voco,  1. 
ward  off,  dSpello,  ere,  pull, 

pulsus, 
when,  as,  ut,  ubi. 


EXERCISE. 

1.  After  I  had  heard  the  words  of  these  messengers, 
I  hastened  at  once  to  return  to  the  army.  2.  The 
Belgians  were  the  bravest  because  they  were  furthest 
away  from  our  province.       3.  As  soon  as  they  drew 


;^ 


Causal  Clauses.     Temporal  Clauses. 


9i) 


near  to  the  wall  and  gates  of  the  town,  they  were 
driven  back  by  stones  and  javelins.  4.  Since  we 
saw  no  one  else  whom  we  knew,  we  summoned  you  to 
us,  5.  Caesar  blamed  Ariovistus  because  he  had  for- 
gotten all  the  favors  of  the  lioman  peoj'le.  C.  The 
Romans,  whenever  they  had  warded  off  their  o  vn 
dangers,  used  to  lend  help  to  their  allies  and  friends. 
7.  When  he  heard  this,  he  was  so  inflamed  with  eager- 
ness that  he  immediately  called  me  to  him.^  8.  He 
asked  me  my  opinion,  not  that  I  knew  anything,  but 
because  he  had  no  one  else  to  consult.^  9.  Eighteen 
days  after  ^  he  had  led  away  his  army  into  the  forests 
of  Germany,  Caesar  destroyed  the  bridge  and  returned 
into  Gaul.  10.  Are  you  angry  with  us  because  we 
went  away  ? 


Suggestions  on  ths  Exercise. 


1.  him :  use  the  reflexive. 

2.  to  consult :  use  relative  clause  of  purpose, — whom  he  should 
consult. 

3.  eighteen  days  after:  =  qfter  by  eighteen  days  than;  see 
Lesson  XVIII,  Example  8. 


warn.  <  >i 


LESSON  XXXII. 

TEMPORAL  CLAUSES  (continued). 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

X.  Ci//n-Clauses.  288.  1-3;  289;  A.  &  G.  u45  and  a,  54G 
and  a,  547,  548 ;  H.  GUO.  I  and  1,  II,  601  and  2. 

a.  Mntequam  and  priuaquam.  291. 1,  2 ;  292,  1,  2  ;  A.  &  G. 
551.  a-c;  H.  605.  I,  II. 

3.  Dum,  donee,  quoad.  293. 1-III ;  A.  &  G.  553,  554,  555, 
556 ;  H.  603, 1,  II,  1,  2. 

« 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  an  turn  eras  c5naul,  cum  in  Palatio  mea  domus  ardebat, 
or  were  you  then  consul,  ichen  nvj  house  burned  up  on  the  Pala- 
tine ? 

2.  cum  de  templo  elatua  esset,  animam  efflavit,  when  he 
^ail  been  carried  out  of  the  temple,  he  expired,  lit.  breathed  out 
,.is  life. 

3.  jam  Gain  fugere  apparabant,  cum  matres  familiae 
repente  procurrerunt,  the  Gouls  ircre  just  preparing  to  flee, 
when  the  matrons  suddenly  rushed  forth. 

4.  neque,  cum  aliquid  mandarat,  cdnfectum  putabat,  no)- 
tchen  he  had  allotted  any  task,  did  he  think  itflnished. 

5.  cum  venies,  cognoscea,  tchen  you  rome,  you  irill  learn. 

6.  anteqnam  ad  causam  redeo.  de  me  pauca  dicam,  hefnre  I 
come  back  to  the  case,  I  icill  say  a  few  thinrfs  concerning  myself. 

?■  non  prius  fugere  destiterunt  quam  ad  Rhenum  perve- 
nerant,  they  did  not  cease  to  flee  before  they  reached  the  Rhine. 

100 


Jb_ 


Temporal  ClauseB. 


101 


8.  antequam  veniat,  litteras  mittet,  before  he  cornea,  he 
will  send  a  letter,  i.e.  he  will  send  (^letter  in  anticipation  of  hit 
coming. 

9.  antequam  verbum  facerem,  abiit,  he  left  hejore  I  uttered 
a  tenrd. 

10.  dam  haec  geruntur,  ceteri  discesserunt,  while  these 
things  were  heing  done,  the  rest  withdrete. 

11.  Lacedaemonidrum  gens  fortu  fait,  dam  LycargI  leges 
vigebant,  the  race  of  the  Spartans  was  hardy  as  long  as  the 
laws  of  Lycurgus  tcere  in  force. 

12.  d5neo  rediit,  fuit  silentium,  there  was  silence  till  he 
came. 

13.  exspectavit  Caesar,  dam  naves  convenirent,  Caesar 
waited  for  the  ships  to  assemble. 


VOCABULARY. 


as  long  as,  dum. 

attack,  adorior,  Irl,  ortus. 

attempt,  conor,  1. 

before,  antequam,  p;iuBqnam. 

cease,  dSsisto.  ere,  dSstiti. 

depart,   d6c6d   .   ere,   cessi, 

cessQrus. 
faction,  factiS,  onls,  f. 
flight,  fuga,  ae,  f. 
go  forth,  ezeS,  Ire,  ezil,  itiirus. 


last,  continue,  dflrS,  1. 

once,  quondam. 

rear,  novissimum  agmen,  no- 
vissiml  agmlnlB,  n. ;  liter- 
ally, last  cohimn. 

sight,  cSnspectuB,  fls,  m. 

silent,  become  silent,  taceS, 
ere,  ui. 

until,  dum,  dfinec,  quoad. 


EXERCISE. 

1.  When  the  Helvetii  had  gone  forth  from  home 
many  years  before,  they  defeated  the  army  of  the 
consul  Cassius.^  2.  They  did  not  cease  to  follow  the 
enemy  until  (before)  they  came  to  this  river.       3.  Be- 


102 


Latin   Compoiition, 


fore  we  attempt  anything  else,  we  will  summon  Divl 
tiacus  and  his  brother  to  us.  4.  They  did  not  desist 
from  fliglit  before  they  came  in  sight*  of  our  camp. 
5.  There  was  once  a  time  when  the  Gauls  surpassed 
the  Germans  in  valor.  6.  At  the  time  when '  Caesar 
came  into  Gaul  there  were  two  factions.  7.  When 
he  saw  this,  he  quickly  became  silent.  8.  When  the 
envoys  had  said  this,  they  departed.  9.  W^henever 
they  came  to  a  river,  they  built  *  a  bridge.  10.  The 
troops  had  not  yet  crossed  this  river,  when  the  cavalry 
of  the  .  .lemy  attacked  their  rear.  11.  Scipio  will  be 
nraised  as  long  as  the  memory  of  the  Roman  state 
iasts.'  12.  While  the  enemy  were  Crossing  this  river, 
the  horsemen  attacked  their  rear  13.  Here  he  re- 
mained three  days,  until  the  rest  of  the  legions  should 
arrive. 

Suererestlons  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  the  consul  Cassias :  in  Latin :  CasiHus,  the  consul. 

2.  in  sight :  translate :  itito  sight. 

3.  at  the  time  when :  use  cum  alone  with  tlie  proper  mood  and 
tense. 

4.  built:  use  faciO,  ere,  fSci,  fuctuB. 

5.  ;a«^«.'  use  the  future  tense. 


LESSON  XXXITI. 

SUBSTANTIVE  CLAUSES. 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

I.  Substantive  Clauses  developed  from  the  Jussive.  295. 
1,  2,  4,  5,  6,  8;  c/  A.  &  G.  563,  and  c,  d,  e,  505;  II.  564. 1,  II 
and  1. 

a.  Substantive  Clauses  developed  from  the  Deliberative. 
2!»5.  7;  298;  cf.  A.  &  G.  5.18.  n;  li.  19.').  1,  .'591.  4. 

3.  Substantive  Clauses  after  verbs  of  hindering,  preventing^ 
etc.    296.  a  ;  A.  &  (1.  568.  h  ;  II.  695.  2,  690.  2. 


EXAMPLES. 

1.  vos  oro  ne  id  faciatis,  I  b^y  you  not  to  do  that. 

2.  populus  RomanuB  permittit  ut  civitate  d5nentur,  the 
lioman  ppople  allows  them  to  be  presented  with  citizennhip. 

•3.  senatua  decernit  nt  frumentum  ematur,  the  Senate 
decrees  ihat  grain  be  purchased. 

4.  laborabam  ne  testes  dicerent,  I  strove  that  the  witnesses 
should  not  speak. 

6.  reliquum  est  ut  h5c  doceam,  it  remains  for  me  to  show 
this. 

6.  licet  redeas,  ynn  may  return. 

7.  oportet  loquamur,  ice  ought  to  speak. 

8.  maneat  necesse  est,  it  is  necessary  for  him  to  remain. 

9.  n5n  fait  causa  cur  postularea,  there  was  no  reason  whf/ 
you  shotdd  ask. 

103 


104 


Latin  Compotiiion* 


10.  nihil  eauMe  m'.  qoln  iU  jftdicitis,  lA«r«*«  no  reaion  tehp 
you  ahouUbi't  decide.  thu». 

11.  n5n  dubitd  qain  h5o  vSrum  sit,  I  do  not  doubt  that  thi$ 
i$  true. 

12.  plara  ne  dicam  tuae  laorimae  m8  impedinnt,  your  tears 
prevent  me  from  mying  more. 

13.  pr  }hibait  qadminas  in  flnam  colrent,  he  prevented  them 
J  com  co->ning  together. 

14.  aeo  qnln  erumper«t  prohibirl  pot«rat,  /"r  could  he  he 
prevented  from  rushing  ft  irth. 

Bemarka. 

1.  Licet  and  oportet  take  either  the  infinitive,  or  the  subjunc- 
tive without  ut,  but  the  infinitive  is  the  commoner  construction, 
especially  with  licet ;  necesse  eat  admits  either  construction. 

2.  CfinatituO,  when  denoting  another  act  of  the  same  subject, 
more  commonly  takes  an  infinitive  than  an  ut-olauae. 

3.  Prohibefl  is  much  more  commonly  construed  with  an  infini- 
tive than  with  a  Substantive  Clause  introduced  by  n6,  quO  minus, 
or  Qiiln,  e.g.  si  qui  tS  introire  prohibuerlt,  {f  any  one  »hould 
prevent  your  entering.  In  Cicero  and  Caesar  protalbeO  never 
occurs  followed  by  a  quin-clause,  though  it  may  take  qu0  minus. 

4.  Impedi5  quin  does  not  occur  in  Cicero's  speeches  or  philo- 
sophical works,  though  impediO  quS  minus  is  frequent. 

5.  In  general,  after  negative  expressions  of  hindering,  QuS 
mintis  is  often  used  in  preference  to  qu!' 


VOCABULARY. 


avoid,  vltS,  ' , 

beg,  arS,  1. 

colony,  colSnia,  ae,  f. 

contrary  to,  against,  contrft, 

prep,  with  ace. 
doubt,  dubitS,  1. 


extend  (thanks),  ag5,  ererCgf, 

actus. 

go  away,  abeS,  Ire,  II,  ItQrus. 

necessary,  it  is  necesjary,  ne- 
cesse est. 


Subitantive  Clauses. 


106 


order,  mandltum,  I,  n. 
prevent,   prohlboA,   Ire,   ul, 

Itus. 
reaaou,  oauM,  ae,  f. 


8eiul  back,  remlttd,  are,  nlUL 

mlMUB. 

flfttler,  oolAnus,  I,  m. 
thnnks,  gritiae,  tram,  1 
why  . . .  not,  quln. 


EXERCISE. 

1.  I  demanded  *  that  yovi  should  send  these  messen- 

gers  back  to  me.      2.  There  is  no  reason  why  we 

should  not  go  away  innnediately.      3.  Who  doubts 

that  these  things  are  so  ?     4.  I  begged  you,  0  soldiers, 

not  to  forget'  my  ordt'rs.      6.  AVhat  reason  is  there 

why  these  two  brothers  should  not  lead  a  colony  into 

Hither  Gaul  ?    6.  We  advised  you  to  avoid'  suspicion 

of    treason.       7.  Caesar   demanded    that    Ariovistus 

should  not  injure  the  Haedui  or  their  allies.      8.  We 

decided    that  no  one*   should   remain   here   longer. 

9.  We  prevented  these  barbarians   from   marching* 

into  the  fertile  districts  near  the  province."      10.  It  is 

necessary  that  we  adjudge  these  men  enemies.    11.  By 

whom    were    you    prevented    from    waging    war  ? 

12.  Did  you  permit  the  soldiers '  to  occupy  the  lands 

of  these  settlers?      13.  Who  will  doubt  that  these 

things  were  done  contrary  to  law  ?     14.  You  ordained 

that  thanks  should  be  extended  to  our  allies.     15.  You 

decreed  that  no  one*  should  prevent  us  from  holding 

these  lands. 

Sugerestlons  on  the  Ex-  rclse. 

1.  cfemanrfeff:  nse  postulO. 

2.  not  to  forget :  translate,  that  you  should  not  forget;  that . , . 
not  must  be  rendered  by  nS. 


„  I 


V' 


106 


Latin  Composition. 


3.  to  avoid:  translate:  that  you  avoid. 

4.  that  no  one :  in  Latin  :  that  not  any  one,  n§  quis. 

5.  See  Remark  3. 

Ci.  near  the  province :  translate  near  by  finltimus,  which  takes 
the  dative. 

7.  the  soldiers :  use  the  dative  in  translating  this. 


LESSON  XXXIV. 

SUBSTANTIVE  CLAUSES  (continueO). 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

1.  Substantire  Clauses  developed  from  the  Optative.    296 
entire ;  cf.  A.  cSc  G.  563.  b,  564 ;  H.  565. 

2.  Substantive  Clauses  of  Result.     297. 1-3 ;  A.  &  G.  569. 
1,  2,  570,  571 ;  H.  571.  1-4. 

3.  Substantive  Clauses  introduced  by  quod.    299. 1,  2 ;  A. 
&  G.  572  and  « ;  II.  588.  3. 


,  EXAMPLES. 

1.  opto  ut  hoc  audiaiis,  T  desire  that  you  hear  this. 

2.  visne  hoc  prlmum  videamus,i  do  you  icish  that  we  con- 
sider  this  Jirst  ? 

3.  velim^  scribas,^  I  tcish  yon  tmuld  write. 

4.  vellem^  scriberes,i  I  ^vish  yon  were  writing. 

5.  vellem  scripsisses,!  I  wish  you  had  written. 

6.  verebar,  ne  animds  vestros  ofifenderem,  /  was  afraid 
that  I  should  offend  your  feelin(/s. 

7.  Veritas  est  ut  hoatium  impetum  sustinere  posset,  he 
feared  that  he  could  not  withstand  the  attack  of  the  enemy. 

8.  non  vereor  ne  non*  te  expleam,  /  am  not  afraid  that  1 
shall  not  satisfy  you. 

9.  gravitas  morbi  facit  ut  medicina  egeamus,  the  severity 
of  disease  makes  tis  need  medicine. 

10,  accidit  ut  venlret,  it  happened  that  he  came. 

11.  accedebat  ut  naves  deessent,  another  consideration  was 
the  lack  of  boats,  lit.  it  was  added  that  boats  icere  lacking. 

107 


■  f]  ■ 


108 


Latin  Composition. 


12.  est  h5c  commune  vitium  at  invidia  glSriae  comes  sit, 
this  is  a  common  evil,  that  Envy  is  the  attendant  of  i,lorij. 

13.  mirabile  videtur,  quod  rediit,  it  seems  wonderful,  that 
he  came  back. 

14.  bene  feciati  quod  mansisti,  you  did  loell,  that  you  staid. 


Notes  on  the  Examples. 

1)  Note  the  absence  of  ut,  as  regularly  after  visne,  velim, 
vellem. 

2)  Velim  is  potential  subjunctive;  the  present  implies  that  the 
wish  contained  in  the  object  clause  is  one  capable  of  realization. 

3)  Vellem  is  likewise  a  potential  subjunctive;  the  imperfect 
implies  regret  at  the  unreality  of  the  object  clause. 

4)  Note  the  use  of  nS  n6n  (instead  of  ut)  after  a  main  cla  se 
containing  a  negative. 

VOCABULARY. 


added,  it  is  added,  accSdit, 
ere,  cessit,  impersonal. 

afraid,  be  afraid,  timeO,  Sre, 
ul. 

Britons,  BritannI,  5rum,  m. 

chariot,  war-chariot,  essedum, 
I,  n. 

desert,  dSaerS,  ere,  ul,  sertus. 

desire,  opto,  1. 

fear,  vereor,  Sri,  itus. 


happen,  it  happens,  accidit, 

ere,  it,  impersonal, 
have,  habeo,  Sre,  ui,  itus. 
onset,  impetus,  fis,  m. 
so,  sic. 

suddenly,  subito. 
till,  ad,  prep,  with  ace. 
vengeance,  take  vengeance  on, 

ulciBcor,  I,  ultus. 
wish,  vol6,  velle,  volul. 


EXERCISE. 


1.  It  happened  that  we  suddenly  entered  upon  a 
new  plan.  2.  Another  fact  was^  that  the  horsemen, 
whom  he  was  awaitin*;,  had  not  yet  arrived.  .3.  I 
was  afraid  that  you,  0  soldiers,  would  not  be  able 


i'^lik 


Svhstantive  Clauses* 


109 


to  withstand  the  onset  of  the  enemy.  4.  It  was 
the  custom  of  the  Britc  iis  to  fight  with  chariots.' 
5.  They  feared  that  Caesar  would  take  vengeance 
upon  them.^  6.  AVe  desire  that  you  should  choose 
.nen  worthy  to  be  sent.*  7.  I  wish  my  father  had 
lived  till  this  day.  8.  In  time  of  war'  it  ofien 
happens  that  women  and  children  undergo  greater 
hardships  than  the  soldiers  themselves.  9.  I  wish 
you  would  ask  your  brother  not  to  desert'  us.  10.  It 
so  happened  that  the  general  had  already  sent  a  letter 
from  camp  to  the  Senate  at  Rome.'  11.  I  do  not 
fear  that  he  will  be  angry  with  me.  12.  I  wish  we 
had  more  friends. 


Panic  of  the  Romans  at  Vesontio. 

Caesar's  soldiers  were  in  great  panic  ^  at  Vesontio, 
since  they  had  heard  from  Gallic  traders  of  the  wild 
looks  of  the  Germans  and  the  size  of  (their)  frames. 
There  were  (some)  in  the  camp  who  were  so  much  afraid 
that  they  even  made  their  wills.  But  when  Caesar 
made  a  speech '"  before  "  the  soldiers,  and  urged  them 
to  lay  aside  their  fears  and  to  be  of  good  courage,  their 
spirits  ^^  were  altered  and  they  began  to  desire  ^^  battle. 


4  t* 


m 


Su8rerest)<^ns  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  Another  fact  was     translate  by  accedSbat;  literally,  it 
was  added. 

2.  icith  chariots :  Ablative  of  Means. 

3.  them :  use  the  reflexive. 

4.  See  Lesson  XXIX. 


110 


Latin  Composition. 


t'       r    i 


5.  in  war :  express  by  in  with  the  ablative. 

6.  not   to   desert:   Substantive  Clause  Developed   from    tho 
Volitive. 

7.  to  the  Senate  at  Rome :  see  lesson  VII,  Example  8. 

8.  panic:  use  pavor,  Sris,  m. 

9.  heard  of:  audiS  means  hear  of,  as  wefl  as  hear. 

10.  made  a  speech :  OrAtiSnem  habSre  {to  hold  a  discourse),  is 
the  Latin  idiom  for  'd(  liver  a  speech.' 

11.  be/ore:  ad. 

12.  spirits :  us    ui€ns,  mentis,  f. 

13.  desire:  use  cupiO,  ere,  ivi,  itus. 


ik  Ju&Ljii 


LESSON  XXXV. 

,  INDIRECT  QUESTIONS. 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

I.   Simple  Questions.     300.  1-3;  A.  &  G.  574,  575.  6,  576. 

a  ;  li.  649.  II. 

a.   Double  Questions.    300.  4;  cf.  A.  &  G.  334,  335.  d\  H. 

650.  1,  2. 

3.  Haud  scio  an,  nescid  an.     300.  5;  A.  &  G.  575.  d;  H. 

650.  4. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  qua  celeritate  haec  gesta  sint,  vldetis,  yon  see  icith  what 
rapidity  these  things  have  been  ai'ncved. 

2.  quaeret  a  me  ubi  sit  pecunia,  he  rcill  inquire  of  me  where 

the  money  is. 

li.   exquire  num  quid  scripserit,  ask  whether  he  has  written 

anything. 

4.  nescio  cur  hoc  putea,  I  do  now  why  you  think  this. 

5.  rogavi  pervenisaentne  At         ,lxixa,  I  a-ker '"hether  they 
had  come  to  Agrigentnm. 

6.  quaero  a  te  nonne  putes,  /  ask  of  you  whether  you  do  not 

think. 

7.  nescio  quo  me  vertam,  7  do  not  know  whither  to  tiirn 
(direct:  quo  vertam,  vhither  am  I  to  turn  ?). 

8.  hanc  paludem  si  nostri  transirent,  hostes  exapectabant, 
the  enemy  were  waiting  {to  see)  lohelher  our  men  woiihl  cross 

this  marsh. 

Ill 


112 


Latin  Composition. 


I  ask  whether  it  h 
true  or  false. 


0.  quaerS  utrnm  verum  an  falsum  sit, 

10.  quaero  verumne  an  falsum  sit, 

11.  quaero  verum  an  falsum  sit, 

12.  quaerd  verum  falsumne  sit, 

13.  di  utrum  sint  necne  quaeritur,  it  is  asked  whetljr  there 
are  gods  or  not. 

14.  haud  scio  an  malim,  I  am  inclined  to  think  I  prefer. 


Bemarks. 

1.  To  denote  future  time  in  indirect  questions,  periphrastic  forms 
are  used  where  ambiguity  wouid  otherwise  result ;  as,  n6n  quaerd 
quid  dictttrus  sis,  /  do  not  d/ik  what  you  tvill  say. 

2.  N6nne  ill  indirect  questions  is  used  only  after  quaerO ;  see 
the  6th  example  above. 

3.  In  indirect  double  questions  necne  is  commonly  used  to  ex- 
press or  not ;  atinCn  is  much  less  frequent. 


VOCABULARY. 


ask,  inquire  of,  quaero,  ere, 
qnaesivi,  itus. 

burn  (of  things),  combilro, 
ere,  usai,  ustus  ;  (of  per- 
sons), cremo,  1. 

deliberate,  dSlibero,  1. 

hand,  be  on  hand,  suppeto, 
ere,  ivi  or  ii,  itum. 

how  much,  quantum;  with 
Gen.  of  the  Whole. 

inclined  to  thinlc,  haud  scio  an. 


inquire,  quaerd,  ere,  quae- 
Bivi,  itUB. 

or  not  (whether)  ...  or  not, 
in  indirect  questions,  necne. 

whether,  num ;  -ne. 

whether  .  .  .  not,  nonne. 

whether  ...  or,  utrum  .  .  . 
an.  See  also  other  modes 
of  expression  given  in  the 
grammar, 

wonder,  miror,  1. 


EXERCISE. 

1.  I  asked  you  how  many  envoys  came  and  what 
each  said.       2.  "Who  will  inform  us  vvhether  this  town 


Mi 


Indirect  Questions. 


113 


lias  already  been  captured  ?  3.  I  do  not  know  whether 
I  approve  this  plan  or  not.  4.  lie  inquired  of  me 
how  long  I  had  reniained  at  home.  5.  They  deliber- 
ated in  common  council  whetjier  they  should  burn  the 
ships  or  defend  (them).  G.  He  does  not  know  of 
whom  to  ask''  assistance.  7.  Do  you  know  whether 
the  Germans  burned  I'rocillus  or  spared  him  ?  8.  I 
do  not  ask  what  reason  impelled  you.  9.  Why  does 
it  concern  us'  whether  a  colony  was  led*  to  that  place* 
or  not?  10.  I  was  waiting  (to  see)  if  you  would 
write  me  anything  concerning  your  brother.  11.  I 
will  now  ask  whether  you  did  not  linger  more  than 
three  days  at  Bibracte.  12.  I  am  inclined  to  think 
I  regard  this  plan  (as)  better.  13.  I  do  not  know 
how  much  grain  is  on  hand.  14.  I  wondef  how  you 
found  the  place. 

Suggestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  of:  a,  de,  or  e. 

2.  of  whom  to  auk :  translate:  of  ivhom  he  shall  ask, 

3.  concern  tis :  see  Lesson  XIV,  Examples  10, 18. 

4.  to  that  place :  express  by  the  adverb  ill5. 


LESSON  XXXVI. 

CONDITIONAL  SENTENCES. 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

X.  First  Type.  Nothing  Impliea.  302. 1-4 ;  A.  &  G.  515 
and  a;  518.  a,  b;  516.  a;  H.  574  and  2,  580.  1. 

3.  Second  Type.  Supposed  Case  Contingent  (should  .  .  . 
would).    ;J0;5;  A.  &G.  516.  ft;  H.  576. 

3.  Third  Type.  Contrary  to  Fact.  304  eutire;  A.  &  G. 
517  and  a,c,di  H.  579  and  1,  582,  583. 


EXAMPLES. 

1.  81  hoc  dicis,  erras,  if  you  xntj  this,  you  are  mistaken. 

2.  si  hoc  dicebas,  errabas,  (/  you  were  saying  this,  you  were 
mistaken. 

3.  si  hoc  dices,  errabis,  if  ymi  say  (i.e.  shall  say)  this,  you 
loiU  be  mistaken. 

4.  si  hoc  dixisti,  erravisti,  if  you  said  this,  you  tcere  mis- 
taken. 

5.  memoria  miuuitur,  nisi  earn  ezerceas,  memory  grows 
xceak  nnleis  you  exercise  it. 

6.  si  quis  equitum  deciderat,  pedites  circumsistebant,  if 
any  one  of  the  horsemen  feU,  the  foot-soldiers  gathered  around 
him. 

7.  si  viri  sumus,  hie  maneamus,  if  wc  are  men,  let  us 
remain  here  ! 

8.  si  hoc  dicas,  erres,  1  If  you  should  say  this,  you 

9.  si  h5c  dixeris.  erraveris,  j  would  be  mistaken. 

114 


Conditional  Sentences. 


115 


10.  si  hoc  diceres,  errarea,  if  you  were  aayituj  this,  you 
would  be  misUiken. 

11.  si  hoc  dixissea,  erraviaaes,  if  you  had  auid  thin,  you 
loould  hace  been  mistaken. 

12.  deleri  potuit  exerfeitua.  ai  quia  aggreaaua  eaaet.  the 
array  could  have  been  iniped  out,  if  ony  one  had  attucked  it,  lit. 
teas  able  to  be  tciped  out. 

13.  earn  patria  loco  colere  debebas,  ai  uUa  in  te  pietaa 
eaaet,  you  ouyht  to  revere  him  as  a  father,  if  yon  had  in  you 
any  sense  of  devotion. 

14.  81  Pompejua  occiaaa  eaaet,  fuiatiane  ad  arma  ituri,  if 
Pompey  had  been  slain,  ^''ould  yon  hcjc  proceeded  to  arms  ? 


VOCABULARY. 


despair  of,  de«perfi.  1 ;  gov- 
erns the  accusative, 
help,  juvfi,  are,  jttvl,  jfltus. 
how  great,  quantum,  a,  um. 
inhabitant,  incola,  ae,  m. 
learn,  discS,  ere,  didicl. 
listen,  listen   to,  audio.  Ire, 


IvI  or  II,  Itus ;  governs  the 

accusative, 
refuse,  respuS,  ere,  ul. 
terms,    conditions,     oondici- 

6n6s,  um,  f.,  plu.  of  con- 

dici5. 
visit,  adeo,  ire,  11,  itus. 


EXERCISE. 

1.  If  you  quickly  fortify  a  camp,  it  will  not  be 
necessary  that  we  leave  this  place  at  once.  2.  It 
will  be  of  great  advantage*  to  us,  if  we  visit  this 
island  and  learn  the  customs  of  the  inhabitants. 
3.  If  he  refuses  our  terms,  let  us  not  delay  longer,  but 
at  once  bring  war  upon  him.  4.  I  should  approve 
this  plan,  unless  I  saw  a  better  (one).  5.  If  he  for- 
gets what  he  has  promised  us,  I  shall  despair  of  safety. 
6.  I  should  not  have  sent  you  to  him,  if  I  had  under- 


'-  ff 


1  ' 


116 


Latin  Composition, 


stood  how  great  the  dangers  were.  7.  It  you  listen 
to  my  words,  you  will  understand  how  great  a  kind- 
ness you  received  from  me.  8.  If  he  should  beg  us 
to  help  him,  what  would  you  reply  ?  9.  They  could 
have  freed '  this  town  from  siege,  if  they  had  not  lost 
all  their  grain  and  supplies.  10.  Be  of  good  courage,'' 
if  you  hope  for  victory. 


Conference  of  Arlovistus  and  Caesar. 

After  Ariovistus  had  once  refused  a  conference,  he 
finally  granted  (one).  The  two  leaders  met  in  the 
midst  of  a  plain  near  a  hillock,  each  attended  *  by  a 
band*  of  horsemen.  At"  this  conference  Caesar  ear- 
nestly demanded  that  Ariovistus  should  send  back  all 
hostages  to  the  Gauls  and  lead  no  more'  Germans 
across  the  Rhine.  These  demands  Ariovistus  rejected. 
If  he  had  granted  them,  he  would  have  avoided  war. 


Suergestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  of  great  advantage :  magnd  flsui,  literally, /or  .^reat  sennce. 

2.  could  have  freed :  see  Example  12. 

3.  of  good  courage :  see  Lesson  XVIII,  Example  15. 

4.  attended:  the  perfect  participle  of  coir'tor  may  be  here 
used. 

5.  by  a  band :  the  simple  ablative  should  be  used  here. 

6.  At:  use  in. 

7.  no  more :  neu  plQrSs  ;  compare  Lesson  XXIX,  Example  6. 


■^'" 


LESSON   XXXVII. 

USE  OF  nisi,  si  non,  sin.    conditional  clauses  or 

COMPARISON. 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

1.  Mioi,  ar  non,  ain.  306  entire ;  cf.  A.  &  G.  525.  a.  1, 2,  rf ; 
H.  575.  2,  4,  5,  7. 

a.  Conditional  Clauses  of  Comparison.  307.  1,2;  A.  &  G. 
524  and  N.  2 ;  H.  584  and  1,  2. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  hSc  enim  non  facerem,  v.si  necesse  esaet,  for  I  ihould 
not  be  doing  this  unless  it  icere  necessary. 

2.  etiam  si  vir  bonus  n5n  esaet,  even  if  he  were  not  a  good 

man. 

.*?.  dolorem  si  non  potuero  frangere,  tamen  occultabo.  if  1 
cannot  subdue  my  grief,  yet  I  tciU  hide  it. 

4.  81  futurum  est,  flet ;  si  non  futurum  est,  non  fiet,  lY  it 
is  destined  to  be,  it  tnU  he  ;  'fit  is  p^t  destined,  it  icill  not  be. 

5.  hoc  si  assecutus  sum,^  gaude  ,  si  minus,  me  consolor, 
if  I  have  attained  this,  I  am  glad ;  if  not,  I  console  myself. 

6.  haec  si  dices,  tenebere ;  sin  alia  dices,  me  non  refu- 
tabis,  if  you  say  this,  you  will  be  caught;  btit  if  you  say  some- 
thing else,  you  icill  not  refute  my  statements. 

7.  nihil  quaesivit  niai  jiistitiam.  .V  sought  nothing  but 
justice. 

8.  nisi  vero  non  hostem  Antonium  judicavistis,  unless 
indeed  you  did  not  consider  Antony  an  enemy. 

117 


'-^ 


118 


Latin  Composition. 


0.   n5men  petii  qaaii  incertnm  sit,  you  uvk  for  the  name 
as  if  it  leere  umtrtnin. 

10.  hdc  loc5  sedebat,  quasi  reat  ipse  esset,  he.  sat  in  thin 
plare  an  if  he  teere  himself  under  arruiitiliun. 

11.  ita  loquor  quasi  ego  iilud  fecerim,  /  upeak  aa  though  1 
had  done  that. 

VOCABULARY. 


ancient,  pristine,  pristinus,  a, 

um. 
as  if,  as  thougli,  quasi. 
begin,  join   (of  baitlc),  oom- 

mittfi,  ere,  mid,  mlaaus. 
but  if,  sin. 

courageously,  fortlter. 
if  not,  al  mlnua,  when  the 

of  tlie  conditional  clause  to 

omitted. 


near,  prope,  prep,  with  ace. 
owe,  df  beA,  fire.  ul.  itus. 
pay,  solv5,  ere,  aolvl,  aolfl- 

tus. 
prepare  for,  parS,  1. 
proceed,  pergd,  ere,  perrixl, 

rectum, 
hery,  perfidia.  ae,  f. 
,s,  niai ;  unless  indeed,  niai 

ver5. 


EXERCISE. 

1.  Unless  you  withdraw  from  this  place,  I  shall 
regard  you  not  (as)  a  friend,  but  an  enemy.  2.  If 
you  make  peace  with  us,  we  will  return  home;  but 
if  you  proceed  to  bring  war  upon  us,  remember  oiu- 
ancient  valor!  3.  Do  not  begin*  battle,  unless  our 
forces  have  been  seen'  near  the  camp  of  the  enemy. 
4.  If  he  comes  with  cavalry,  we  shall  not  despair  of 
victory ;  if  he  does  not  come,  not  even  Fortune  herself 
can  save  us.  5.  If  he  pays  me  the  money  which  he 
owes,  I  will  come;  if  not,  I  will  remain  at  home. 
6.  In  the  city,  the  Romans  courageously  prepared  for 
war,  as  though  they  had  not  just^  lost  two  consuls  and 


.ak^. 


Conditional  Clauiet  of  Compariion.        119 

a  large  army.  7.  You  speak  as  thuugh  we  had  not 
all  undergone  *  the  greatest  hardships.  8.  We  sluul- 
der  at  the  cruelty  of  Ariovistus,  as  if  he  were  present. 
U.  You  are  unworthy  of  honor,  unless  indeed  treachery 
and  cowardice  deserve  to  be  praised.* 

Suffffestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  iJo  not  hpf/in  :  sue  I^cmhou  XXVII.  ExanipleH  (i  and  7. 

2.  hai't'  bpfH  Mfen  :  use  thf  future  iwrfeot. 
.').  Just :  paulO  ante,  or  modo. 

4.  had  not  Kinferf/mif :  note  the  proixr  tense.    See  Example  11. 
i'l.  deserve  to  be  praised :  use  tm  puasive  periphrastic  cunjuga- 
tiun. 


^% 


LESSON  XXXVIII. 


H 


SUBORDINATE  ADVERSATIVE  CLAUSES   INTRODUCED  BY 

quamvis,  quamquam,  etc.    puovisos. 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

1.  Subordinate  Adversative  Clauses.    309.  1-5;  A.  &  G. 
527  and  a-e ;  H.  585,  586.  I,  II. 

a.  Provisos.    310.  II;  A.  &  G.  528;  H.  587. 


Mi^i 


EXAMPLES. 

1.  quod  turpe  est,  id  quamvis  occaltetur,  non  honestum  fit, 
tchai  is  base  does  not  becnme  honorable,  even  though  it  be  hidden, 

2.  quamvis  amplum  sit,  parum  est,  hoicever  extensive  it  be, 
it  is  too  little. 

8.  Romani,  quamquam  itinere  fessi  erant,  tamen  proce- 
dunt,  though  the  liot.ians  were  iceary  with  marching,  yet  they 
advanced. 

4.  etsi  nunquam  dubium  fuit,  though  it  teas  never  doubtful. 

5.  Atticus  honorea  non  petiit,  cum  ei  paterent,  Atticus  did 
not  seek  honors,  though  they  icere  open  to  him. 

6.  quamquam  quid  loquor,  and  yet  ichy  do  I  talk  f 

7.  magnd  me  metu  liberabis  dum  mode  inter  me  atque  te 
murus  intersit,  you  will  relieve  me  of  a  great  fear,  provided  only 
there  be  a  wall  between  you  and  me. 

8.  id  faciat  saepe  dum  ne  lassus  fiat,  let  him  do  that  often, 
provided  he  docs  not  become  tired. 

9.  manent  ingenia  senibus,  modo  permaneat  industria,  old 
meyi's  faculties  continue,  provided  only  industry  remains. 

120 


II' 


Subordinate  Adversative  Clauses. 


121 


Remarks. 

1.  Btsl,  although,  is  carefully  to  be  distinguished  from  etsl,  even 
if;  tlie  latter  is  a  conditional  particle  and  takes  any  of  the  construc- 
tions admissible  for  si ;  see  Lesson  XXXVI. 


VOCABULARY. 


and  yet,  quamquam ;  etsi. 

eight  hundred,  octingentJ,  ae, 
a. 

fear,  metus,  us,  m. 

finally,  postrSmo. 

mainland,  continSnsf  entis,  f. 

may,  it  is  permitted,  licet, 
licSre,  licuit,  with  the  sub- 
junctive. 


nevertheless,  tamen. 
provided,  dum ;  provided  only, 

dum  modo. 
put,  place,  p5n5,  ere,  posul, 

positus. 
remain    in    charf^e,   praesum, 

esse,  fui ;  governs  the  dative, 
though,  quamquam,  quamvis. 
yet,  tamen. 


EXERCISE. 

1.  Although  these  tribes  had  sent  messengers  to  the 
mainland  and  had  sought  peace  of  us,  yet,  after  we 
arrived  in  Britain,  they  brought  war  upon  us.  2.  Al- 
though our  men  were  deserted  by  their  leader,  yet 
they  put  all  hope  of  safety  in  valor.  3.  Though  we 
should  learn  nothing  concerning  these  tribes,  neverthe- 
less let  us  visit  them  i  4.  Provided  only  he  does  not 
lead  his  soldiers  from  the  province  to  Rome,  he  may 
remain  in  charge  of  his  army.  5.  And  yet  I  am  not 
afraid  that  he  will  do  us  harm.  6.  Although  the 
Germans  had  not  more  than  eight  hundred  horsemen, 
they  routed  five  thousand  Roman  cavalry.  7,  Pro- 
vided you  come  soon  with  an  army,  you  will  relieve 


122 


Latin   Composition. 


this  city  of  fear '  of  siege.  8.  Although  he  hud  under- 
gone so  many  hardships,  ProciUus  finally  escaped 
unharmed. 

SufiTGrestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  of  fear :  express  by  tbe  ablative. 


IE' 


LESSON   XXXIX. 


INDIUECT   DISCOUKSE. 


GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

Moods. 

1.  Declaratory  Sentences.    314.  1,  3 .  ;  A.  &  G.  580 ; 
II.  642,  643.  3,  4. 

2.  Interrogative  Sentences.     31.').  1-3;    A.  ^  G.  586,  587 ; 
II.  642  and  2,  3. 

3.  Imperative  Sentences.  316  and  a ;  A.  &  G.  588  and  a  ; 
H.  642. 

Tknses. 

1.  Of  the  Infinitive.  317  and  o ;  A.  &  (j.  584  and  a ;  H.  644, 
617. 

2.  Of  the  Subjunctive.  318  and  a;  A.  &  G.  585  and  a; 
II.  644. 

EXAMPLES. 

1 .  Ariovistus  respondit  sese  non  esse  venturum,  Ariovistus 
rfpUed  that  he  icoitld  not  come.     (Direct :  non  veniam.) 

2.  Regulus  dixit  quam  diu  jure  jurando  hostium  teneretur 
non  esse  ae  senatorem,  Regulus  said  that  s  >  ^ong  as  he  teas 
held  hy  his  oath  to  the  enemy  he  was  not  a  senator.  (Direct : 
quam  diu  .  .  .  teneor,  non  sum  aenator. ) 

3.  referunt,  esse  silvam  infinita  maguitudine,  quae  Bacenia 
appellatur,  they  bring  hack  word  that  there  is  a  forest  of  limit- 
less extent^  which  is  called  Bacenis.  (Tin  direct  statement  here 
is  est  silva ;  the  clause  quae  appellatur  is  an  addition  of  the 

writer. ) 

123 


124 


Latin  Composition. 


4.  Caeaari  respondit  se  priua  in  Galliam  veniase  quam  popu- 
lum  Romanum.  Quid  &ibi  vellet?  Cur  in  suaa  poasessidneH 
veniret?  he.  answered  Caesar  that  he  had  come  into  Gaul  before 
the  Eoman  people.  What  did  /c  vcant  ?  Why  did  he  come  into 
his  domain  '/   (DiiP'^t :  ego  prius  veni.    Quid  vis  ?   Cur  ven?3?) 

5.  ai  veteris  contumeliae  oblivisci  vellet,  num  etiam  recen- 
tium  injuriarum  ir '  iioriam  ae  deponere  poase,  if  he  were  icill- 
ing  to  forget  i..c  former  indignity,  could  he  also  banish  the 
recollection  of  recent  iprongs  ?   (Direct :  si  velim,  num  possum?) 

6.  quid  metueret,  what  (said  he)  hxid  he  to  fear  ?  (Direct: 
quid  m'  cuam.) 

7.  dixit  illi  Trent  ad  cdpias,  let  them,  he  said,  go  to  their 
troops.     (Direct :  vos  ite.) 

/  know  you  were  doing  this.     (Direct : 

agebas.) 
/  knoio  you  did  this.     (Direct :  egiati.) 
/  knoio   you    had    done    this.    (Direct : 

egeraa. ) 
videor  oatendiaae  qualea  del  essent,  I  seem  to  have  shoicn 


8.    sci5  te  haec 
egisse, 


9. 


of  lohat  nature  the  gods  are.    (Direct :  ostenC) 


Remarks. 

1.  Note  that  a  dependent  perfect  infinitive  is  treated  as  an  his- 
torical tense  whenever,  if  resolved  into  an  equivalent  indicative,  it 
would  be  historical.    See  the  last  example  above. 

2.  Note  that  for  the  sake  of  vividness  a  present  tense  of  the 
direct  discourse  is  not  infrequently  retained  i".  the  indirect  after  an 
historical  tense.  This  is  called  repraesentS,ti5,  '  a  bringing  back 
to  the  present.'  ^ 


VOCABULARY. 


announce,  niintio,  1. 
appoint  (a  dictator),  dico,  ere, 
d!xl,  dictus. 


approach,  adventus,  ub,  m. 
bring  back  word,  report,  refero, 
ferre,  rettuli,  reiatus. 


J       j       JUiyigl,- 


Indirect  Discourse. 


125 


conspire,  conjiirS,  1. 

criuih,  opprimo,  ere,  pressl, 

pressus.  , 

dictator,  dictator,  5ris,  m. 
bide,  c615,  1. 


hostage,  obses,  idis,  in. 
number,  uumerua,  i,  m. 
plough,  ar6,  1. 
twenty,  vigintl. 


EXERCISE. 

1.  Crassus  knew  that  he  was  waging  war  in  those 
places  where  a  few  years  before  a  Roman  army  had 
been  routed  and  a  lieutenant  liad  been  slain.  2.  This 
deserter  said  that  Caesar  was  in  great  danger,  and 
that  the  Veneti  would  crush  his  army.  3.  We 
understand  that  these  tribes  have  surrendered  all  the 
arms  which  they  had  hidden,  and  are  now  seeking 
peace.  4.  Caesar  promised  the  Ubii  that  he  would 
come  and  help*  them.  5.  We  were  informed  that 
the  leaders  of  the  Belgians  were  conspiring  and  giving 
hostages  to  each  other.^  6.  We  read  that  Cinciunatus 
was  ploughing  when  it  was  announced  to  him  that 
he  had  been  appointed  dictator.  7.  He  said  to  the 
soldiers  that  the  place  was  suitable  for  a  battle;  let 
each  (man)  perform  his  duty,  and  not^  forget  the 
glory  of  the  Roman  name.  8.  These  scouts  brought 
back  word  that  when  the  Gauls*  hnd  been  informed 
of  Caesar's  approach  they  left  the  villages,  which  were 
twenty  in  number,  and  fled  into  the  woods. 


'  : 


tils* 


The  Battle  with  Ariovistus. 


The  two  armies  had  encamped'  near  the  Rhine 
in  the  territory  of  the  Sequani.      Ariovistus,  whose 


iii 


126 


Latin  Composition. 


forces  were  larger,  led  his  (men)  past  the  camp  of 
the  Koinans,  in  order  to  cut  them  off  from  supplies. 
When  Caesar  offered  battle  to  the  Germans,^  Ario- 
vistus  at  first  refused^  to  fight,  but  finally  attacked 
the  Roman  camp.  The  Romans  withstood  this  assault 
and  then  advanced  themselves  against  the  Germans, 
whom  they  soon  routed  and  pursued  to  the  Rhine. 
Only  a  very  few  escaped. 


Sugrerestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  help :  the  future  active  participle  of  juv6  is  juvatQnis. 

2.  to  each  other :  inter  sS. 

3.  See  Lesson  XXIX,  Example  6. 

4.  that  when  the  Gauls:  in  Latin:  that  the  Gauls,  when  they, 
etc. ;  B.  351,  2. 

5.  had  encamped :  translate:  had  pitched  camp. 

6.  offered  battle  to  the  Germa7is:  translate:  harassed  the  Ger- 
mans by  battle  (proeli5  lacessere). 

7.  re/used :  translate :  was  unwilling  (ndld). 


LESSON  XL. 

INDIRECT  DISCOURSE  (continued). 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

Conditional  Sentences  in  Indirect  Discourse.     319-322  en- 
tire;  A.  &  G.  589  entire;  II.  04(3,  047. 


EXAMPLES. 
Note.— The  direct  form  is  given  first  in  parenthesis. 

(si  hoc  credis,  erras,  if  you  believe  this,  yon  are  wrong.) 

1.  dico  te,  si  hoc  credas,  errare,  /  say  that,  if  you  believe 
this,  you  are  wrong. 

2.  dixi  te,  si  hoc  erSderes,  errare,  I  said  that,  if  you  believed 

this,  you  icere  wrong. 

(si  hoc  credej,  errabis,  if  you  believe  (i.e.  shall  believe)  this. 

you  will  be  wrong.) 

3.  dico  te,  si  h5c  credas.  erraturum  esse,  /  say  that  if  you 
believe  (i.e.  shall  hclieve)  .'/i's.  yon  inll  be  wrong. 

4.  dixi  te,  si  hoc  crederea.  erraturum  esse,  /  said  that  if 
you  should  belifve  this,  ijou  tcould  be  wrong. 

(si  hoc  credideris,  errabis,  ;/  you  shall  have  believed  this, 
you  will  be  wrong.) 

5.  dico  te.  si  hoc  credideris.  erraturum  esse,  I  say  that  if 
you  shall  have  h"Ucv<'d  this,  yna  will  h<-  wrong. 

a.   dixi  te,  si  hoc  credidisses,  erraturum  esse.  /  said  that,  if 
you  should  have  believed  this,  you  ivould  be  wrong. 

127 


128 


Latin  Composition, 


(si  hoc  credia,  errea,  if  you  should  believe  this,  you  would 
be  wrong.) 

7.  dlco  te,  81  hoc  credaa,  erraturnm  ease,  /  say  that  if  you 
should  believe  this,  you  xnouUl  be  icrony. 

8.  dixi  te,  ai  hoc  crederea,  erraturam  ease,  /  said  that,  if 
you  should  believe  this,  you  would  be  wrong. 

(ai  hoc  crederea,  errarea,  if  you  were  believing  this,  you 
would  be  in  error.) 

9.  dico  (dixi)  te,  si  hoc  crederea,  erraturam  esse,  /  say 
{said)  that,  if  you  iccre  believing  this,  you  would  be  wrong. 

(ai  hoc  credidiaaea,  erraviaaea,  if  you  had  believed  this,  you 
would  have  been  wrong.) 

10.  dico  (dixi)  te,  si  hoc  credidissea,  erraturnm  fuiaae,  / 
say  {saidj  that,  if  you  had  believed  this,  you  would  have  'been 
wrong. 

(ai  hoc  dixiaaea,  punitua  eases,  if  you  had  said  this,  you 
would  have  been  punished.) 

11.  dico  (dixi)  si  hoc  dixiaaea,  futurum  fuiase  ut  punireria, 
I  say  {said)  that,  if  you  had  mid  this,  you  would  have  been  pun- 
ished, lit.  it  would  have  happened  that  you  should  be  punished. 

12.  non  dubito  quin,  si  hoc  dixiaaea,  erratarua  fueris,  /  do 
not  doubt  that  if  you  had  said  this,  you  would  have  been  wrong. 

13.  quaerd,  num,  si  hoc  dixissea,  erraturua  fueris,  /  ask 
whether  you  would  have  made  a  mistake,  if  you  had  said  this. 

14.  tarn  acriter  pugnatum  eat  ut  ai  equites  adfuisaent  cas- 
tra  capi  potuerint,  the  fighting  was  so  fierce  that,  if  the  cavalry 
had  been  present,  the  camp  could  have  been  taken. 


VOCABULARY. 


advice,  c5nailium,  I,  n. 
believe,  crSdS,  ere,  crSdidi, 

crSditiis. 
declare,  dSclSrS,  1. 
emigrate,  Smigro,  1. 


labor,  labor,  Srls,  m. 
necessary,  necessarius,  a,  um. 
resources,  opes,  um,  f. 
secure,  procure,  par 5,  1. 


Indirect  Discourse, 


129 


EXERCISE. 

1.  These  envoys  declare  that  unless  we  lend  help  to 
the  Gauls  they  will  all  emigrate  from  home  and  seek 
new  abodes.       2.  I  believe  that  if  they  should  secure 
the  necessary  resources,  they  would   march  out  and 
bring  war  upon  us.      3.  He  says  that  if  the  enemy 
had  got  possession  of  this  bridge,  they  would  have  cut 
us  off  from  supplies.      4.  Do  you  think  that  we  should 
ever  have  undertaken  so  many  and  so  great  labors, 
unless  we  had  persuaded  ourselves  that  you  would 
lend  us  assistance?       5.  I   asked  him  whether  he 
would  have  come  if  I  had  sent  him  a  letter.       6.  I  do 
not  doubt  that  Caesar  would  have  made  peace  with 
the  Helvetii,  if  they  had  given  him  the  hostages  which 
he  demanded  of  them.      7.  I  say  that  you  will  be 
safe,  if  you  follow  my  advice.      8.  I  said  that  you 
would  be  safe,  if  you  should  foliow  my  advice. 


LESSON   XLI. 

THE   INFINITE 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

I.  lafinitive  without  Subject  Accusative,  used  as  Subject 
327.  1,  2  and  x ;  A.  &  (i.  452.  X.  2,  4.V).  n  ;  II.  (Jlo,  012.  .i. 

a.  Infinitive  without  Subject  Accusative,  used  as  Object. 
'328.  1,  2 ;  A.  &  G.  4.j(J;  H.  (J07  and  1,  2,  W»8.  4,  012  and  1. 


EXAMPLES. 

1.  dulce  et  decdrum  est  pro  patria  mori,  it  is  swppt  and 
nohle  to  die  fur  one\s  country. 

2.  senatui  placuit  legatoa  mittere,  the  Senate  derided  (lit. 
it  pleased  the  Senate)  to  send  envoys. 

3.  non  semper  licet  5ti5sum  esse,  one  cannot  be  aUcays  at 
leisure. 

4.  patricio  tribiino  plebis  fieri  non  licebat,    it  icas  not 
allowed  a  patrician  to  become  a  tribune  of  the  plehs. 

a.   litteras  mittere  non  audet.  he  docs  not  dare  send  the  letter. 
0.   nonne  me  audire  vultis,  do  you  not  tcish  to  hear  me  ? 

7.  huic  audaciae  resistere  debetis,  you  ouijht  to  resist  this 
audacity. 

8.  coloniam  deducere  conatua  est,  he  tried  to  lead  out  a 
colony. 

9.  evadere  non  potuit,  he  covld  not  escape. 

10.  paratns  abire,  rettdy  to  depart. 

11.  assuetus  videre,  accustomed  to  see. 

12.  beatus  esse  sine  virtiite  n^mo  potest,   un  one  can  be 
happy  without  virtue. 

130 


The  Infinitive. 


131 


Bemarka. 

1.  Note  that  where  the  Kn;:lish  sjiys  '  o.i^'ht  to  have  done* 
•  might  have  done,'  the  Latin  iis.  s  dSbuI.  oportult,  potul,  witli 
the  present  inHnitive,  as,  dSbult  venire,  hv.  ouyht  to  have  come; 
potult  venire,  he  mlyht  (amid)  huvc  come. 


VOCABULARY. 


accept,    accipi5,    ere,    c8pi,  ] 

ceptus. 
belu)Ul,   aBplciS,  ere.  epexi, 

•pectus. 
between,  inter,  prep,  with  ace. 
confer,  coUoquor,  I,  coUoca- 

tue. 
lind  (by  search),  reperifi.  Ire, 

repperl,  repertue. 
gather    (trans.),    cSgfi,    ere, 

coBgl,  coaotus. 
Itabit,  mda,  mfirla,  m. 


make  ready,  par6,  1. 
merit,  virtiis,  vltie.  f. 
measure     oui,     mStior,     Irl, 

m6nsuB. 
pain,  dolor.  6ri«,  m. 
permitted,  it  is  permitted, licet, 

ere,  licuit,  impersonal, 
recount,  BnumerS,  1 . 
retreat,   recipiS.    ere,    c8pl, 

ceptUB,  with  the  reflexive, 
treat,  treat  of,  ag5,  ere,  8gl, 

actuB. 


:1 


EXERCISE. 

1.  It  is  not  our  habit  to  accept  terms  of  peace  from 
an  enemy.  2.  It  is  necessary  to  hasten  at  once  into 
Gaul  and  crush  this  uprising.  3.  It  was  permitted 
to  withdraw.  4.  On  account  of  tlie  multitude  of  the 
enemy  we  decided  to  refrain  from  battle.  o.  At 
what  time  did  this  bridge  begin  to  be  built  ? »  G.  The 
Treveri  having  already  gathered  large  forces  were 
making  ready  to  attack  Labienus.  7.  On  tins  C  y  it 
was  necessary  to  measure  out  grain  to  the  soldiers. 
8.  Most  of  the  tribes  neglected  to  send  to  the  main- 


Mi 


182 


Latin  Composition. 


land  the  hostages  that  they  had  promised.  9.  I  wish 
to  confer  with  you  concerning  those  matters  whicii 
began  to  be  treated  of  between  us.  10.  Caesar 
decided  to  fight,  as  soon  us-  he  saw  that  the  eneniy 
wished  to  retreat.  11.  It  was  not  easy  to  prevent 
him  from  finding  us.  •  12.  I  began  to  recount  tli« 
merits  of  this  general  a  little  whiU)  ago.  13.  Could 
you  behold  all  this  without  the  greatest  pain  ?  14.  You 
ought  to  have  read  this  book.  15.  You  might  have 
reminded  ^  me  of  this  before. 

Sufferestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  be  built :  use  (10,  fieri,  factus. 

2.  The  order  in  Latin  should  be:  Caesar  as  soon  as  he,  etc.;  B. 
351,2. 

3.  might  have  reminded :  Bee  Bjomatii  I. 


LESSON   XLII. 

THE  INFINITIVE  (continued). 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

1.  Infinitive  with  Subject  Accusative,  used  as  Subject 
330;  A.  &G.  4.").  2  ;  II.  »J15. 

a.  Infinitive  with  Subject  Accusative,  used  as  Object.  331 
entire;  A.  &  (I.  459;  II.  013.  1-3. 

3.  Passive  Construction  of  Verbs  which  In  the  Active  are 
followed  by  the  Infinitive  with  Subject  Accusative.  332 
entire;  11.  611.  1,  2  and  Notes  1,  3. 


EXAMPLES. 

1.  legem  esse  brevem  oportet,  the  law  ought  to  be  brief. 

2.  turpe  est  me  mortem  timuisse,  it  is  disgraceful  for  me  to 
have  feared  death. 

3.  milites  remigesciue  reverti  juasit,  he  ordered  the  soldiers 
and  oarsmen  to  return. 

4.  cdnsul  ludoB  fieri  vetult,  the  consul  forbade  the  games  to 

be  held. 

5.  non  patiar  Istam  suspicionem  manere,  /  vrill  not  allow 

that  suspicion  to  remain. 

6.  sinlte  me  nostram  calamitatem  praeterire,  permit  me  to 
pass  over  our  misfortune. 

7.  cur  hunc  tanto  dolore  afl&ci  vis,  why  do  you  wish  this 
man  to  be  visited  teith  so  great  grief  ? 

8.  vos  enim  haec  audire  cupio,  for  I  icish  you  to  hear  this. 

9.  maiuit  ae  diligi  quam  metui,  he  preferred  to  be  loved 
rather  than  feared. 

133 


■'■i 


134 


Latin  Composition. 


'& 


10.  n5n  moleste  ferebant  se  libidinam  vinculls  laxatos 
ease,  they  did  not  regret  (lit.  hear  it  ill)  that  they  had  been 
freed  from  the  fetters  of  passion. 

11.  his  frumentum  dari  c5gebat,  he  compelled  grain  to  be 
given  to  these. 

12.  ire  in  exsilium  jassas  est,  he  was  ordered  to  go  into 
exile. 

13.  popnli  majestas  conservari  jubetur,  the  majesty  of  the 
people  is  ordered  to  he  preserved. 

14.  videbatnr  magnam  gl5riam  consecutus,'  he  seemed  to 
have  attained  great  glory. 

15.  dicitur  in  Italiam  veaisse,  he  is  said  to  have  come  into 
Italy. 

16.  Aristidea  justissimua  fuisse  traditur,  Ari.^tides  is  re- 
ported to  have  been  very  just. 

17.  traditum  est  Aristidem  justissimum  fuisse,  it  ia  re- 
ported that  Aristides  was  very  just. 


Notes  on  the  Examples. 

1)  Observe  that  the  participle  in  the  compound  tenses  of  the 
infinitive  agrees  with  the  subject  of  the  main  verb  in  constructions 
of  this  type.    The  auxiliary  esse  is  also  freely  omitted. 


Remarks. 

1.  Note  that  verbs  which  have  no  participial  stem  express  the 
future  iiitiiiitive  active  and  passive  by  fore  ut  or  futtirum  esse 
ut,  with  the  subjunctive,  as  spero  fore  ut  hostes  arceantur,  1 
hope  the  enemy  will  be  kept  off,  lit.  /  hope  it  will  happen  that  the 
enemy  will  be  kept  off. 

VOCABULARY. 


band,  manus,  As,  f. 
citizen,  civis,  is.  c. 
clear,  is  clear,  constat,  5re, 
.    atitit,  impersonal. 


disctiss,  dispute,  1. 
fair,  just,  aequus,  a,  am. 
forbid,  vets,  are,  ui,  itua. 
formerly,  61im. 


The  Infinitive. 
hold  regard,  habeS,  8re,  ul,  I  present,  praesgns,  entis 


135 


report,  announce,  nfUitid,  1. 
reputation,  fSma,  ae,  f. 
sacred,  sacer,  sacra,  sacrum. 
unwilling,  be  unwilling,  n616, 
n511e,  u51uL 


Itus. 
injure,  laedS,  ere,  laesl,  lae- 

sus. 
keep  apart,  distiue5,  fire,  ui, 

tentus. 
other  side  of,  ultra,  prep,  witb 

ace. 


EXERCISE. 

1.  It  is  not  fair  (for)  the  Germans  to  cross  the  Rhine 
and  come  into  Gaul.       2.  It  was  clear  that  Caesar 
would  wage  war  in  the  territory  of  the  Veneti.      3.  It 
is  of  great  importance »  that  the  bands  of  the  enemy 
be  kept  apart.      4.  They   reported  to   us   that   the 
ascent  of  this  mountain  was  not  difficult.       5.  It  is 
clear  that  this  town  could  not  be  defended.      6.  I  am 
unwilling  that  these  matters  be  discussed  in   your 
presence.'^      7.  He  ordered  Sabinus  to  lead  out  four 
cohorts.       8.  He  forbade  the  bridge  to  be  torn  down. 
9.  The  Sequani  will  suffer  the  Helvetii  to  go  through 
their  territory.      10.  The  Belgians  are  said  formerly 
to  have  dwelt  the  other  side  of  the  Khine.       11.  He 
did  not  wish  his  reputation  to  be  injured.       12.  This 
army  seems  to  have  been  entirely  wiped  out.       13.  Do 
we  not  wish  the  rights  of  Roman  citizens  to  be  held 
sacred  among  all  nations  ? 

Uprisingr  of  the  Belgae. 
Having  defeated  the  Helvetii  and  the  Germans, 
Caesar  returned  across*'  the  Alps  into  Hither  Gaul. 


Ml! 


136 


Latin  Composition. 


Here  he  passed  the  winter  and  held  court.*  At  the 
beginning  of  the  next  spring  he  enrolled  two  new 
legions  and  set  out  for  Gaul,  where  the  Belgae  were 
conspiring  and  exchanging  hostages.*  These  had  long 
seen  that  Caesar  was  gradually  drawing  near  them, 
and  believed  that  he  would  soon  lead  a  Roman  army 
against  them.  Accordingly,  remeinbei  t.ig  their  ancient 
valor,  they  decided  to  resist  the  Romans. 


Sufirsrestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  is  of  great  importance :  magrnopere  interest.  I 

•     2.  in  your  presence :  translate :  you  being  present. 

3.  across:  per. 

4.  held  court:  the  Latin  idiom  for  'held  court'  is  conventQs 
(ace.  plu.)  agere, 

6.  exchanging  hostages:   translate:   giving  hostages   between 
themselves. 


LESSON  XLIII. 

PARTICIPLES. 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

X.  Tenses  of  the  Participle.  336. 1-5;  A.  &  G.  489  and 
491 ;  H.  640  and  1. 

a.  Use  of  Participles.  337. 1-3,  5,  8,  a,  h.  1),  2)  ;  A.  "k  G. 
494;  496,  497  and  d;  500  and  1, 2, 4;  H.  638, 1-3,  639,  613.  5. 


EXAMPLES. 

1.  audio  te  1'    -     *em,  I  hear  you  as  you  speak. 

2.  audivi  te  loquentem,  /  heard  you  as  you  were  speaking. 

3.  audiam  te  loquentem,  I  shall  hear  you  as  you  speak,  i.e. 
as  you  shall  be  speaking. 

4.  loctitus  tacet,  he  has  spoken  and  is  silent,  lit  having 

spoken  he  is  silent. 

6.  locutus  tacuit,  he  had  spoken  and  tms  silent. 

6.  locutus  tacebit,  he  will  speak  and  then  keep  silent. 

7.  idoneum  tempua  ratus,  Athenas  se  contulit,  thinking 
the  time  favorable,  he  betook  himself  to  Athens. 

8.  Plato  scribena  est  mortuus,  Plato  died  while  writing. 

9.  perfidiam  veritus  ad  suos  recessit,  fearing  treachery,  he 
returned  to  his  own  troops. 

10.  Catonem  vidi  in  bibliotheca  sedentem,  /  saw  Cato  sitting 

in  hif-  library. 

11.  Polyphemum  Homerus  cum  ariete  colloquentem  faoit, 
Homer  represents  Polyphemus  talking  icith  the  ram. 

137 


138 


Latin  Composition. 


12.  post  reges  exactos,  after  the  expulsion  of  the  kings,  lit 
after  the  kings  expelled. 

13.  leges  observandae,  laws  deserving  of  observance. 

14.  veniendum  est,  it  is  necessary  to  come. 

15.  huic  mulieii  parcendam  est,  this  woman  must  he  spared. 

16.  obliviscendcic  eat  injuriarum,  one  must  forget  injuries. 

17.  legem  scribecdain  curavit,  he  saw  to  the  engrossing  of 
the  laic. 

18.  earn  jagulandum  v5bis  tradiderunt,  they  handed  him 
over  to  you  to  he  put  to  death. 

Remarks. 

1.  Note  that  tho  perfect  passive  participle  is  often  equivalent 
to  a  co-ordinate  clause  in  Eii^lisli,  as,  C.  Servilius  Ah9.1a  Sp, 
Maelium  occup&tum  lnter§mit,  Gaius  Servilius  Ahala  sur- 
prised and  slew  Spurius  Maelius,  lit.  slew  him  having  been 
surprised. 

2.  Observe  that  the  present  active  participle  is  used  niuch  less 
freely  in  Latin  than  in  English.  We  employ  it  somewhat  loosely  to 
denote  an  act  prior  to  that  of  the  verb  with  which  it  is  connected; 
as, '  Finding  no  means  of  escape,  he  surrendered.'  Here  the  fndiug 
is  anterior  to  the  surrender.  In  such  cases  the  Latin  would  employ 
some  other  form  of  expression ;  in  that  language  the  present 
participle  is  usually  strictly  limited  to  the  expression  of  acts  coJi- 
temporary  with  the  action  of  the  main  verb. 


VOCABULARY. 


advance,  prSgredior,  I,  grea- 

■UB. 

civil,  civilis,  e. 

found,     condo,     ere,     didi, 

dituB. 
hand  over.  trftdS.  ere.  dldl. 

ditua. 
offer,  do,  dare,  dedi,  datus. 


old,  vetus,  veteris. 
overthrow,  8vert5,  ere,  verti, 

verauB. 
provide,  provide  for,  c&r5,  1. 
pupil,  diBcipuluB,  !,  m. 
ravage,  poptilor,  1. 
rejoice,  gauded,  Sre,  giviauB. 


Participles. 


139 


repviblic,    r8«    pttbllca,    rel 

pflblicae,  f. 
seven   hundredth,  septingen- 

tSaimuB,  a,  urn. 


strong,  validus,  a,  nin. 
think,  arbitror,  1. 
thither,  efi. 
urge,  hortor,  1. 


EXERCISE. 

1.  Kejoicing  that  this  opportunity  was  offered  to 
him/  he  ordered  his  soldiers  to  advance.       2.  I  heard 
you  urging  your  pupils  to  read  Caesar's  commentaries  ' 
on  the  civil  war.      3.  In  the  seven  hundred  and  eighth 
year  after  the  founding  of  the  city  the  old  republic 
was  overthrown.      4.  We  must  withdraw  ^  from  these 
woods  to  our  camp.      5.  We  must  use"  these  vessels. 
6.  Having  ravaged  these  districts,  they  returned  to 
camp.      7.  Thinking  that  this  war  could  be  quickly 
finished,  Caesar  led  his  army  thitlier.      8.  The  legions 
were  held  almost  surrounded  by  the  enemy.       9.  Our 
men  attacked  the  rest  as  they  attempted  to  cross  this 
river.      10.  I  provided  for  defending  the  city  by  many 
strong  <  guards.      11.  I  handed  these  prisoners  over  to 
you  to  be  led  back  to  camp. 

Sugerestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  Use  the  reflexive. 

2.  toe  mu.s<  withdraw :  transliite:  it  must  be  withdraion  by  u«. 

3.  we  niKSt  vse :  translate:  tt  muxt  be  uned  by  us. 

4.  many  strung :  trauslate :  many  and  strong ;  B.  241,  3. 


LESSON  XLIV. 

THE  GERUND;   THE  GERUNDIVE  CONSTRUCTION;  THE 

SUPINE. 

GRAMMATICAL  REFERENCES. 

X.  The  Gerund.  338.  1-5;  A.  &  G.  502;  504  and  ft;  505 
and  a ;  506  and  N.  2 ;  507 ;  H.  624,  626,  627,  628  and  foot- 
note 2,  629. 

a.  The  Genindive  Construction.  339.  1-5 ;  A.  &  G.  503 ; 
504  and  b,  505,  506,  507 ;  H.  621,  623  and  1,  628. 

3.  The  Supine.  340  entire;  A.  &  G.  509,  510  and  N.  2; 
H.  632  and  1,  633,  635  and  1,  2,  4. 


1^ 
I 


EXAMPLES. 

1.  finem  sequendi  fecit,  he- made  an  end  of  follovoing. 

2.  cupidua  te  audiendi,  desirous  of  hearing  you. 

3.  gloriandi  causa,  for  the  sake  of  boasting. 

4.  spatium  sumamus  ad  cdgitandnm,  let  us  take  time  for 
reflection. 

6.   fratrem  tuum  laudandd,  by  praising  your  brother. 

6.  ex  discendo  capiunt  voluptatem,  they  derive  pleasure 
from  learning. 

7.  c5nailium  urbis  delendae  et  civium  tmcidandornm,  the 
plan  of  destroying  the  city  and  massacring  the  citizens. 

8.  sensuB  ad  res  percipiendas  idonei,  senses  adapted  to  per- 
ceiving  objects. 

9.  Brutus  in  liberanda  patria  interfectus  est,  Brutus  was 
slain  in  freeing  his  country. 

140 


The  Gerund. 


141 


10.  cupiditas  plura »  habendi,  desire  of  having  more. 

11.  ad  agrum  fruendum'^  nos  allectat  aenectua,  old  age 

invites  us  to  enjoy  the  farm. 

12.  Bui  conaervandiscauaa, /or  the  sake  of  sacing  them- 

13.'  vestri  conaervandi^  cauaa,  for  the  sake  of  saving  your- 

MP1V€S 

14."  pacem  petitum  oratorea  mittunt,  the:    ^end  envoys  to 

ask  for  peace. 

15.  TDxribile  Axidiiu,  wonderful  to  hear  I 

Notes  on  the  Examples. 

1)  The  Gerundive  Construction  could  not  be  used  here;  pltl- 
rium  habendOrum  could  be  masculine  as  well  as  neuter,  and 
would  thus  occasion  ambiguity. 

2)  Note  that  fruor,  like  the  other  deponents  governing  the  ab- 
lative,  admits  the  gerundive  construction. 

3)  COnservandi  agrees  merely  in  form  with  sul  and  vestn; 

in  sense  it  is  plural. 

Remarks. 

1  The  dative  of  the  gerund  and  of  the  gerundive  are  both  rare 
in  Ciceronian  Latin;  consequently  the  construction,  though  com- 
mon later,  is  hardly  to  be  imitated  by  the  beginner  in  Latin  writmg. 

VOCABULARY. 


accomplish,     conficiS,     ere, 

feci,  fectus. 
against,  in,  prep,  with  ace. 
ambush,  Insidiae,  Srum,  f. 
arm,  armS,  1. 
collect,     coUigS,     ere,    18gi, 

lectuB. 
draw  on,  lure  on,  trahS,  ere, 

trilsd,  trSctus. 


endure,   perfero,   ferre,  tull, 

latuB. 
for    (denoting    purpose),    ad, 

prep,  with  ace. 
gain  possession  of,  potior,  Irl, 

itUB. 

hurl,   coniciS,  ere,   conjBcI, 

jectuB. 
ready,  prSmptuB,  a,  um. 


.■I 


ir 


142 


Latin  Composition. 


renew,  renovS,  1. 
spend,  dSgS,  ere,  d6gl 
sufficient,  Mitls. 


temper,  animus,  I,  m. 
winter,     spend     the     winter, 
hlemS,  1. 


EXERCISE. 

1 .  These  tribes  formed'  the  plan  of  renewing  the  war 
and  crushing  the  Roman  legion.  2.  All  hope  of 
gaining  possession  of  this  town  at  once  departed. 
3.  We  stationed  our  troops  in  this  village  for  vne 
sake  of  wintering  (here).  4.  No  opportunity  was 
offered  for  hurling  javelins*  against  the  enemy. 
5.  I  believe  that  one  year  will  be  sufficient  for  accom- 
plishing these  things.  6.  The  temper  of  the  Gauls 
is  ready  for  undertaking  wars,  but  it  is  weak  for  en- 
during misfortunes.  7.  Wonderful  to  tell,  no  one 
was  in  charge  of  these  troops.  8.  Very  little  time 
was  given  the  Romans  for  arming  themselves.  9.  We 
spent  three  days  at  Geneva  in  writing  letters. 
10.  By  their  eagerness  for  pursuing  they  were  drawn 
on  to  the  place  of  ambush.  11.  They  gave  the 
enemy  no  opportunity  of  collecting  themselves. 


The  Pierht  with  the  Nervil. 

As  the  Romans  were  pitching  camp  on  the  summit 
of  a  hill  near  the  left  bank  of  the  Sabis  ^  river,  the 
Nervii  and  their  allies  suddenly  crossed  the  stream 
and  advanced  up  hill "  towards  the  Roman  camp.  So 
sudden  was  the  onset  that  time  was  not  given  the 
Romans  for  arming  themselves.     They  fought  where 


The   Gerund. 


143 


they  stood,*  without  line  of  battle,  without  leaders, 
without  plan.  But  such  was  their  courage  and  dis- 
cipline in  consequence  of  former  battles,  that  they 
finally  defeated  the  Nervii  cdid  reduced  their  tribe 
almost'  to  extinction." 

Sugerestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  for  hurling  javelinM :  use  the  Reiiitive  of  the  gerund. 

2.  Sabis :  Sabls,  is. 

3.  up  hill :  adverse  coUe  ;  literally,  the  hill  being  against 

(them). 

4.  stood:    use  the   pluperfect  of   consists,  -  cSnstiterant ; 

literally,  had  taken  their  stand. 

5.  Almost :  prope. 

6.  extinction :  interneciO,  Onis. 

7.  formed:  use  capiS. 


SbI 


SUPPLEMENTARY  EXERCISES 


in 


CONTINUED  DISCOURSE. 


15.» 

Oalba  at  Octodurus. 

Servius  Galba  was  a  brave  lieutenant,  who  had  been 
ordered  by  Caesar  to  conduct'  one  legion  and  eight 
hundred  horsemen  into  (the  territory  of)  the  Veragri. 
Galba  had  stationed  his  cohorts  in  a  village,  which  is 
called  Octodurus,  and  was  forti'^-ing  a  camp,  when 
suddenly  the  Gauls  made  an  attacK  upon  -  the  Romans. 
After  these  ^  had  resisted  bravely  (for)  many  hours, 
they  finally  made  a  sortie,*  and  put  the  Gauls  to 
flight.* 

Suggrestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  conduct :  didacd,  ere,  daxi,  ductus. 

2.  upon :  in,  with  ace. 

3.  after  these  had  resisted,  they  made;  translate:  tf>ese,  after 
they  resisted,  made,  etc. 

4.  sortie :  Sruptid,  Snis. 

5.  put  to  flight :  in  fugram  coniciS,  ere,  conjScl,  conjectus. 


*  Fourteen  passages  of  continuous  discourse  have  been  inter- 
spersed among  the  preceding  lessons. 

144 


Exerciaet  in  Continued  Discourse. 
16. 


145 


CrasBus's  Expedition  against  the  Maritime  Tribes. 

A  few  months  after '  the  lielgians  had  been  brought 
under  the  Roman  power,  Publius  Crassus  was  sent 
with  an  army  into  the  maritime '  states  lying'  between 
the  Loire*  and  the  Seine."  Here  dwelt  the  Veneti 
and  many  ot)ier  tribes,  all  (of)  which  were  especially 
skilled'  in  seamanship.  Crassus  persuaded  these  to 
submit'  to  the  Romans  and  to  give  him*  hostages. 
But  they  soon  repented '  of  this  act,  and  when  in  the 
following*"  winter  Roman  officers"  came  into  these 
districts  to  levy'''  grain,  they  were  arrested"  and 
held  "  by  the  Veneti. 

SuGrerestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  a  few  months  after :  translate :  by  a  few  months  after  (post- 
quam). 

2.  maritime :  maritimus,  a,  um. 

3.  lying:  use  positus,  a,  um ;  literally,  placed. 

4.  Loire :  Liger,  is ;  ace.  Ligeilm. 

5.  Seine :  Sequana,  ae. 

6.  especially  skilled  in:  use  superlative  of  peritus,  a,  um; 
governs  gen. 

7.  submit:  use  8§  dedere  (ded5,  ere,  dedidi,  ittis). 

8.  him :  redexive. 

9.  they  repented  of  this  act :  translate :  it  repented  them  of  thit 
act.    Compare  tesson  XIV,  Examples  11,  12. 

10.  fvUowing :  proximus,  a,  um. 

11.  officers :  use  praefectus,  i. 

12.  levy:  imperO,  1. 

13.  arrested:  use  comprehends,  ere,  endT,  Snsus. 

14.  held:  use  retineS,  ere,  ui,  tentxis. 


it 
I 


146 


Latin  Compo 


S'    hJll. 


17. 

War  Breaks  out  with  the  Veoetf. 

The  neiglil)orijig  tribes  quickly  followed  the  ex- 
ample'of  the  V'eiieti.  Thus*  a  new  war  broke  oul.' 
Caesar  liimself  had  set  out  for  Illyricuni,  when  ho 
was  informed  through  messengers  of  these  occur- 
reuces.*  Sinre  he  knew  that  the  Gauls  would  not 
wage  war  before  the  next  spring,  he  remained  in  his 
province  the  entire  winter.  Meanwhile,'  fearing* 
that  the  Belgae  miglit  lend  aid  to  the  maritime  Gauls, 
he  sent  Labienus  with  all  the  cavalry  to  the  Rhine. 

Susrffeations  on  the  Bxercise. 

1.  examplp :  ezemplum,  I. 

2.  thus:  ita. 

3.  break  out :  use  coorior,  irl.  ortus. 

4.  occurrences  :  use  rSs. 
6.  meanwhile :  IntereA. 

6.  fearing:   use  vereor.     For  the  tense,  see  Lesson  XLIII, 
Example  7. 


18. 

Caesar's  Preparations  for  the  Contest. 

Since  Caesar  understood  that  the  Veneti  would  fi<'ht 
with  ships,  he  ordered  a  lar^f  Roiiuii'  Heet  to  be  nuuh- 
ready  and  rowers  and  pilots  '  to  be  collected  from  the 
province.  Having  first  assembled-  his  land^  forces  ;r 
the  beginning  of  the  summer,  he  began  to  attack  th< 
towns  of  the  Veneti  and  captured  very  many.  But 
whenever*  a  town  was  captured,  the  enemy  escaped  by 


Exercheg  in   Co t\ turned  Dincoufite,         147 

means  of  their  sliips  and  V>et(  <Ai  themselve    to  ano  her 
plaio. 

SugffestiotiH  on  the  Bzerrise. 

1.  pilots:  use  guberiiAtor,  orip 

2.  tinaeinblrd :  use  c0«6,  ere.  coes^l,  co&ctus. 
'<i.  /and:  iis»'  pedeater,  tris.  e 

4.   whenever:  sef  'IHH.  3  ;  A.  &,  <i.  ."HSj  11.  mi.  4. 


19. 
Bnd  of  the  Strugrffle. 

Accord iiigly  Caesar  drt-ided  to  wait  i\iv^  the  Foman 
fleet  which  liitd  loni,' Deei!  detained  by  vi  ent'  lorms. 
When  this  arrive<l,  the  Uunuius  and  Veneti  ens^aged  iu 
a  naval  batthv'' which  lasted*  from  the  fourth*  hour 
until  sunset."  Althouj,'h  tlie  \  c'leti  wee  supcior'  ai 
numljer  of  vi-ss.  Is,  the  Koioans  finally  conquered." 
For  Hrutu.s,  who  was  iu  cliai  je  of  the  fleet,  liau 
equip{)ed''*  his  (men)  with  sharp'"  hook.s"  fastened'-  ♦^o 
long  poles,"  by  means  of  which  they  cut"  the  riggikg'- 
of  the  ships  of  the  enemy. 


#|. 


:l 


. 


Sugerestions  oc  the  Ei-errise. 

1.  ^ait-    ■.•  exspectS,  1  (transitive). 

2.  t<i''-ir  ,   translate:  r<  nj  qreut. 

.{.  r„fi     oil  in  ,1  htittle :    use  pugnam    committere  (cora- 
mittO.  art    misi,  missus). 

4.  whir,    lasted:   bej;in  a  new  geutenc.    md  trauslate:   it  »*. 
J  ni'iht  (impers.). 

5.  fourth  :  qu&rtus,  a,  um. 

6.  sunset:  occ&sua  sSlis  (occ&sus,  Qs). 


^"i 


148 


Latin  Composition. 


7.  were  superior:  use  BuperO,  1. 

8.  conquered:  use  vlncO,  ere,  vici,  victus. 

9.  equipped :  use  instruS,  ere,  strUzi,  stractus. 

10.  sharp :  scdtus,  a,  um. 

11.  hooks:  falx,  falcis,  f. 

12.  faxtened :  use  afflgrO,  ere,  flxi,  fIxuB. 

13.  louy  poles:  use  longrurlus,  I,  ni. 

14.  cut :  use  abscIdS,  ere,  cidl,  sclsus. 

15.  rigging :  rudentSs,  vim,  m. 


20. 
The  Germans  Invade  Gaul. 

Although  after  three  years  Caesar  had  subdued  *  all 
the  Gallic  tribes  which  resisted  Roman  authority,^  yet 
the  Germans  were  unwilling  to  remain  in  their  own 
territory,  and  often  crossed  the  Rhine  into  Gaul.  In 
the  consulship  of  Pompey  and  Crassus  a  large  multi- 
tude of  Usipetes '  and  Tencteri  *  had  emigrated  from 
home  and  come  into  the  territory  of  the  Belgae. 
Thinking  it  would  be  dangerous,*  if  he  should  allow  ® 
these  to  remain,  Caesar  decided  to  bring  war  upon 
them. 

Suggestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  subdued:  use  domS,  fire,  ui,  itus. 

2.  authority  :  auctOrltas.  atis,  f . 

3.  Usipetes :  Usipetes,  um. 

4.  Tencteii :  Tencteri,  Orum. 

6.  dangerous  :  periculSsus,  a,  um. 
6.  allov) :  Bind,  ere,  aivl,  situs. 


Exercises  in  Continued  Discourse.         149 


21. 

Massacre  of  the  Germans. 

The  ambassadors  of  the  Germans  had  asked  Caesar 
to  assign  *  them  lands  or  to  suffer  them,  with  the  sanc- 
tion* of  the  lloman  people,  to  hold  those  which  they 
had  already  seized  in  the  territory  of  the  Menapii. 
While  the  ambassadors  were  discussing^  theo  matters 
with  Caesar  af  a  conference,  they  were  suddenly 
arrested.  Caesar  then  marched  out  with  all  his  forces 
and  attacked  the  camp  of  th'e  Germans,  before  they 
knew  what  had  happened.  jMany  thousands  perished,' 
and  the  rest  returned  into  Germany. 

Suererestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  as.n«/n.' tribu5,  ere,  ui,  Otus. 

2.  sanction  :  volunt&s.  fttis. 

3.  icere  discussing  :  ag5.  ere,  egri,  &ctti8. 

4.  at:  translate  :  in. 

5.  perished:  pereO,  ire,  ii,  itQrus. 


Condemnation  of  Caesar's  Act. 

There  were  some  ^  at  Rome  who  blamed  this  act  of 
Caesar.  He  himself  says  in  his  Commentaries  that 
the  Germans  were  merely  *  seeking  a  delay,'  until  the 
cavalry  which  they  had  sent  across  the  Meuse  *  should 
return.  Whether  this  sus])icion  was  well-grounded* 
or  not,  we  do  not  know.     Most  (persons)  believe  that 


'I 


■  i- 


150 


Latin  Composition. 


Caesar  was  cruel  and  treacherous.  In  the  Roman 
Senate  Cato  even  moved  *  that  Caesar  be  given  up '  to 
the  Germans,  that  they  might  take  vengeance  on  him. 


Suggestions  on  the  Exercise. 


1.  some :  nOnnQlU,  ae,  a. 

2.  merely :  tantum. 

3.  delay :  mora,  ae. 

4.  Meuae :  Mosa,  ae. 

6.  well-grounded :  iHatxxB,  a,  vaa. 
6.  moved:  cSnse5,  Sre,  ul,  'iSnsus. 


7.  given  up  :  tr&dO,  ere,  didi  ditus. 


23. 


Caesar  Crosses  the  Rhine. 

The  Ubii,  who  had  been  made  tributaries^  by  the 
Suebi,  a  powerful  German  tribe,  had  already  long  be- 
fore,* through  their  envoys,  entreated  ^  Caesar  to  free 
them  from  the  domination*  of  the  Suebi.  Besides 
this  *  the  Usipetes  and  Tencteri  had  found  safety  and 
abodes  among  the  Sugambri,  another  German  tribe. 
For'  these  reasons  Caesar  decided  to  cross  the  Rhine, 
and  build  a  bridge  of  piles,'  by  which  to  lead*  his 
troops  across.  But  the  Sugambri,  as  soon  as  they 
heard  that  Caesar  was  drawing  near  them,  abandoned* 
their  villages  and  betook  themselves  into  the  forests. 


Suggestions  on  the  Exercise. 


1.  tributaries :  vectlgaiis,  ium. 

2.  long  before :  btfore  by  much. 


Exercises  in  Continued  Discourse. 


161 


3.  entreated :  obsecrO,  1. 

4.  domination :  domln&tiS,  5nis. 

5.  besides  this  the  Usipetes  had  found :  translate:  it  wan  added 
that  the  Usipetes  had  found.    See  Lesson  XXXIV,  Example  11. 

6.  for :  propter,  prep,  with  ace. 

7.  of  piles :  use  the  ablative ;  pile  in  Latin  is  sublica,  ae. 

8.  by  which  to  lead  across :  use  a  Relative  Clause  of  Purpose. 

9.  abandoned :  dSserO,  ere,  ul,  aertus. 


24. 

Caesar's  Second  Invasion  of  Britain. 

In  the  consulship  of  Pompey  and  Crassus  ^  Caesar 
first  landed*  an  army  in  Britain.  A  year  later''  he 
set  oat  a  second  time*  for  this  island  with  five  le<jions 
and  a  large  number  of  cavalry.  When  he  had  disem- 
barked'  his  army  and  chosen  a  place  suitable  for  a 
camp,  he  inquired  from  certain  captives'  where  the 
enemy  were,  and  was  informed  that,  terrified  by  the 
multitude  of  Roman  ships  which  they  had  seen,  they 
had  withdrawn  far  from  the  coast.^ 


; 


Sugrffestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  in  the  consulship  of  Pompey  and  Craaaiu :  express  by  the 
Vblative  Absolute. 

2.  landed :  exp5nS,  ere,  posu!,  posltus. 

3.  a  year  later :  translate :  afterwards  by  a  year. 

4.  o  second  time :  Iterum. 

6.  disembarked :  use  expSnO,  as  abOTe« 

6.  captives:  captivus,  I,  m. 

7.  coast :  lltxis,  oris. 


152  Latin  Composition, 

25. 

The  Britons. 

Caesar  tells  (us)  that  at  this  time  there  were  many 
large  and  very  powerful  tribes  in  Britain;  that  of 
these  the  most  civilized  ^  were  those  which  inhabited 
Kent,'  a  region  on  the  sea»;  that  as  money*  they  did 
not  use  gold  and  silver,'  but  copper  and  iron « ;  that 
timber'  of  almost  every  kind  grew*  there,  except' 
beech  ard  fir  ^";  that  the  Britons  had  hares,  geese,  and 
hens,"  but  thought  it  impious^  to  eat"  these. 

Sugerestloiis  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  civilized :  hamftnvis,  a,  iim. 

2.  Kent :  Cantlum,  I. 

3.  on  the  sea  :  maritimtis,  a,  um. 

4.  a»  money :  prO  nummO :  literally,  for  moneif. 
6.  gold,  silver:  aurum,  i;  argentum.I. 

6.  copper,  iron:  aes,  aeris;  ferrum,  L 

7.  timber :  materia,  ae. 

8.  grew :  nftscor,  I,  nBtus. 

9.  except:  praeter;  prep,  with  ace. 

10.  beech,  fir:  fftgus,!;  abiSs,  etis. 

11.  hares,  geese,  hens:   lepus,  oris,  m.;   ftnser,  eris,  m.; 
galUna,  ae,  f. 

12.  impious :  neffts,  indecl. 

13.  eat :  ed6,  ere,  Sdl,  Ssus. 


26. 
A  Battle  with  the  Britons. 

On  the  following »  day  our  cavalry  fought  with  the 
horsemen  and  charioteers*  of  the  enemy,  and  drove" 


Exercises  in  Continued  Discourse. 


158 


them  from  the  plain  across  a  small  stream  into  the 
woods ;  but  following  too  eagerly,  our  men  lost  more 
than  twenty*  of  their  own  number.'  They  then  re- 
turned across  the  stream  and  were  fortifying  a  camp, 
when  suddenly  the  Britons  rushed  forth*  from  the 
woods  and  made  an  attack  upon^  our  men  engaged* 
in  the  work. 

Suererestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  following :  use  poaterus,  a,  urn,  here. 

2.  charioteers :  essedarius,  i. 

3.  drove :  repellfi,  ere,  reppuli,  pulsus. 

4.  more  than  twenty  :  see  217.  3;  A.  &  G.  407.  c;  H.  471.  4. 

5.  of  their  own  number:  see  Lesson  XXIII,  Remark  1. 

6.  rushed  forth  :  sS  §lcl6  (§lcl5,  ere,  SjSci,  eJectUB). 

7.  upon:  In,  with  ace. 

8.  engaged :  versfttus,  a,  um. 


27. 

Caesar  Prepares  to  Return  to  Oaul. 

Finally  the  Britons  sent  envoys  to  Caesar  with 
reference  to^  submission.'  They  promised  th'/  would 
give  the  hostages  which  he  demanded,  and  furnish  him 
grain  and  all  things  which  he  should  need.'  Caesar, 
since  he  wished  to  pass  the  winter  on  the  continent,* 
in  order  to  see  to  it*  that  the  Gauls  made  no«  uprising,' 
received  the  hostages  and  led  his  army  back  to  the  sea. 
Here  he  found  the  ships,  which  had  bpen  shattered" 
by  a  storm,  already  repaired." 


154 


Latin  Composition. 
Suffflrestions  on  the  Exercise. 


1.  with  reference  to :  dS. 

2.  gubmiasion  :  dSdltlO,  Onia,  f. 

3.  which  he  should  need :  see  Lesson  XVI,  Example  11. 

4.  continent :  contlnSns,  entis,  f. ;  abl.  contlnentl. 
8.  tee  to  it :  vldeO,  Sre,  vidi,  visus. 

6.  that  the  Gauls  made  no :  translate:  that  the  G aula  should  not 
make  any, 

7.  uprising :  mOtus,  Qs,  m. 

8.  shattered:  afBigO,  ere,  fllxl,  fllctua. 

9.  repaired :  reflclO,  ere,  fScI,  fectua. 


88. 

Caesar's  Second  Expedition  into  Oermany. 

In  the  following'  year  Caesar  led  his  army  a  second 
time '  into  Germany,  because  the  Snebi  had  sent  help 
to  the  Treveri.  He  crossed  the  Rhine  by  a  bridge  a 
little  above  3  that  place  where  he  had  led  his  army 
across  two  years  l>efore.  Wlier  he  inquired  of  tlie 
Ubii  where  the  Suebi  were,  he  was  informed  that,  as 
soon  as  they  had  learned  of*  Caesar's  approach,  they 
had  betaken  themselves  into  the  midst  of  a  forest  of 
boundless '  extent,'  which  is  called  Bacenis. 


Suggestions  on  the  Exercise. 


1.  followinri :  posterus,  a,  una. 

2.  a  second  tinv  :  iterum. 

3.  above:  suprft,  pnp.  with  ace. 

4.  of:  d5. 

5.  boundlfsK  •  infinitus,  a,  um. 

6.  extent .  mafnitOdfi,  inis,  L 


Exercises  in  Continued  Discoune.         155 


29. 

Institutiona  of  the  Gauls  — The  Druids. 

Caesar  tells  (us)  that  in  all  Gaul  those  who  were 
of  any  account^  and  honor  were  either  Druids'  or 
Knights;  that  the  Druids  attended  to' the  sacrifices* 
both  public ''and  private  and  the  other  religious'  ob- 
servances; that  they  also  decided^  controversies,  and 
determined*  rewards®  and  punishments;  that  at  the 
head  ^°  of  all  the  Druids  was  one,  who  was  regarded  as 
the  chief;  that  at  a  fixed  time  of  year  they  all  assem- 
bled in  a  consecrated  place  in  the  territory  of  the 

Carnutes." 

Sugrerestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  account:   numerus,  I,  in.;   of  account:  express  by  the 
Ablative  of  Quality,    any:  use  aliqul. 

2.  Druids :  Druldea.  um. 

3.  attended  tn  :  prScflrS,  1  (transitive). 

4.  sarriiicrs :  sacriflcium,  i.  n. 

5.  public,  iirimtc  :  pQblicus,  a,  um  ;  privatus,  a,  um. 
C>.  reliijious  ohservnnccs :  usn  religid,  5nis,  f. 

7.  dcfWff/;  deceruS.  ere,  crevi,  cr§tu8.  * 

8.  determined:  constituS,  ere,  ui,  atus. 

9.  rewards,  punishments :  praemium,  i;  poena,  ae. 

10.  was  at  the  head:  praesum,  esse,  ful. 

11.  Cuntu^e*.-  Carnutes,  um. 

30. 

The  Druids  (continued). 

(Caesar  tells  us)  That  hither'  came  all  who  had 
controversies  and  submitted  to*  the  decisions  of  the 
Druids;  that  the  Druids  themselves  enjoyed  exemp- 


156 


Latin  Compontion. 


tion*  from  military  service*  and  all  other  burdens,' 
which  the  people  bore ;  that  the  system «  originated ' 
ill  Britain  and  was  transferred' from  there •  to  (Jaul ; 
and  that  those  who  wished  to  understand  it  better 
were  wont '"  to  go  thither  for  the  sake  of  learning  (it). 

Suffffestlons  on  the  Bzercise. 

1.  hither:  httc. 

2.  tubmitted  lo:  pftreO,  6re,  ul,  Itarus;  governs  the  dative. 

3.  exemption :  immQnitas,  fttie,  f , 

4.  from  military  service :  use  the  genitive  of  militia,  ae. 
6.  burden :  onus,  eris,  n. 

6.  aystem :  disciplina,  ae,  f . 

7.  originated :  orior,  Irl,  ortue. 

8.  was  transferred:  transfers,  ferre,  trill,  Ifttiis. 

9.  from  there :  lllinc. 

10.  were  wont :  80le6,  Sre,  solltus. 


31. 

The  Oauls  Plan  a-^  Uprisinsr. 

A  short  time  after  ^  Caesar  had  set  out  for  Italy, 
frequent'  rumors'  were  brought  to  the  Gauls  that 
great  dissensions  had  broken  out*  at  Rome  and  that 
Caesar,  detained  on  that  account,"  was  not  able  to 
return  to  his  army.  Induced"  by  this  opportunity,' 
they  began  to  adopt  plans  for  waging  war';  nor  did 
they  doubt  that  they  would  be  able  to  cut  Caesar  off 
from  the  army,  if  he  should  return  into  Gaul,  since 
the  legions  did  not  dare'  to  march  out  from  winter 
quarters  without  their  commander.^" 


Hxercises  in  Continued  Diseourae.         167 

Suggestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  S«e  p.  145,  Exercise  Hi,  Suggestion  1. 

2.  frequtnt :  crfiber,  bra,  bnun. 

3.  rumors:  rflmor,  Oris,  n.. 

4.  break  out:  coorlor,  Iri,  coortus. 
6.  on  that  account :  proptereft. 

6.  induced :  impellfl,  ere,  pull,  pulsus. 

7.  opportunity  :  liere  use  occftsi6,  Onis,  f. 

8.  for  waging  tear:  use  tlie  genitive  of  the  gerundive  con 
struction. 

».  dare :  audeS,  fire,  au»us. 
10.  commander ;  imperfttor,  Oris,  m. 


32. 

Vercingetorix. 

The  leader  of  this  upvisiiig^  was  Vercingetorix,  an 
Arvernian,*  a  young  man  of  the  greatest  ability  and 
daring,'  whose  father  for  many  years  had  held  the 
1  'dership*  of  all  Gaul  and  had  finally  been  killed  on 
t!  *  ground  that'  he  sought  regal  power.  When  his 
plans  became  knowii,^  the  chieftains  of  the  Arverui, 
who  did  not  believe  that  the  Roman  power  could  be 
crushed  at  this  time,  endeavored  to  restrain  him,^  but 
Vercingetorix,  having  collected  a  large  band,  urged 
his  (countrymen)  to  take  arms  for  the  sake  of  their 
common  freedom.* 


Sugfjestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  uprising :  mOtus,  Cls,  m. 

2.  Avveridan  :  Arvernus,  I. 

3.  ability,  daring .  vlrtas.  atls,  f . ;  audOcia,  ae,  f. 

4.  leadership  :  princip&tus,  as,  ra. 


158 


Latin  Composition. 


5.  on  the  ground  that :  QUOd  ;  280;  A.  &  O.  540.  2  ;  H.  588.  H. 
«.   when  hig  plant  became  knon-n  :  trniiHlatP:  hi»  plant  having 
become  known.     As  verb  use  cognOscO.  ere,  nOvl,  nltuB. 

7.  endeavored  to  retrain:  express  by  the  CouaUve  Imperfect  of 
oo«rceO,  fire,  ul,  Itus. 

8,  freedom :  Ubertfts,  Wis,  t. 


33. 
Oaesar  Returns  to  Oaul. 

Meanwhile  the  Roman  commander-in-chief  suddenly 
returned  to  Gaul  in  the  depth  of  winter.*  He  quickly 
made  ready  those  things  which  he  regarded  necessary 
for  defending  the  province,  and  sent  also  a  large  force  ^ 
across  the  Cevennes'  Mountain(s)  into  the  territory  of 
the  Arverni.  But  he  did  not  dare  to  remain  here, 
fearing  that  he  might  be  cut  off  from  his  army. 
Accordingly  he  came  first  to  Vienne,^  and  from  there," 
attended  only  by  a  few  horsemen,  he  returned  through 
the  Haedui  to  his  own  troops. 


Suqrerestions  on  tbe  Exercise. 

1.  depth  of  win*  fr:  translate:  middle  of  winter. 

2.  /orcc;  use  th' plural,  c5piae. 

3.  Cevenn  <:  Cevenna,  ae. 

4.  Viennc :  Vienna,  ae. 
6.  froTi  there :  inde. 

34. 

Verclngetorix  is  Accused  of  Treason. 

While   these*  (events)  were   in   progress,*  Vercin- 
getorix  was  accused  of  treason  by  his  (countrymen), 


Exercui'»  in  Continved  DUcourte.         159 

because  a  few  days  previously  lu*  hucl  move.l  his  ramp 
nearer  the  Ron.ans;  beeiiusc  \w  had  himself  departed 
with  the  larger  part  of  the  (iallie  horsemen;  because 
he  had  put  no  one  in  char^'c  of  the  infantry '  forces 
which  he  had  left  bi'hind.*  liis  enemies  said  that 
all  these  (thing's)  could  iu,t  have  happet.ed»  without 
desisu,'  and  that  he  seemed  to  be  seeking  the  regal 
power  through  Caesar's  favor.' 

Suggestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  tftesc  ;  use  the  neuter.  ,  -   *   . 

2.  irerc  in  prof/re's:  use  the  passive  of  agO,  ere.  §gl.  ftctus. 
Tor  the  mood  and  tonse.  see  21i:{.  1 ;  A.  &  G.  n.r,;  II.  <i04.  1. 

;j.  infantry :  use  pedester,  tria,  tre. 
4    had  If/t  behind :  relinquO,  ere,  liqul,  llctus. 
5.  could  not  hare  happened:  translate:  were  not  able  to  hap. 
pen;  Lesson  XLI,  R<'ni:iik  1. 
0.  desj^rt:  consilium,  1,  n. 
7.  favor:  lu  this  sense,  gratia,  ae,  t. 


35. 
Verclngetorlxs  Defence. 

"As  to  the  fact  that»  I  moved  the  camp,  I  did  this 
in  order  that  we  might  find  more  fodder  =  ;  as  to  my 
approaching'  nearer  the  Romans,  I  simply*  chose  a 
place,  which  we  could  defend  more  easily;  as  to  my 
withdrawing'  the  cavalry,  I  wished  to  use  it.  I  did 
not  hand  over  to  any  one  the  forces  which  I  left,  lest 
he  should  be  forced"  by  the  multitude  to  nghi,  a^^ainst 
my  will.'"      When  he   had   said   these  and  similar 


•i  , 


160 


Latin  Composition. 


(things),  the  whole  multitude  shouted'  that  they  no 
longer  '  doubted  concerning  his  loyalty.* 

BuffgeRtlons  on  the  Bzerols*. 

1.  aa  to  the /act  (hat:  Quod,  with  indicative. 

2.  fodder :  p&bulum,  I.    For  tlie  proper  rase  here,  see  Lesson 
XII,  Example  7. 

3.  aa  to  my  apprnnching :  translate:  aa  to  tha  fact  that  I 
approached.    Use  appropinquO,  1. 

4.  aimply:  tantum. 

5.  as  to  my  uith'inniing :  see  Sufrgcstion  3.    For  withdraw 
(transitive),  use  dSdOcO,  ere,  daxl.  ductus. 

6.  be  forced:  cOgfi,  ere,  coSetI.  coftctiia. 

7.  again/ft  my  will :  translate:  I  being  unwilling, 

8.  ahouted :  concl&mO,  1. 

9.  no  longer :  Jam  nSn. 
10.  loyalty :  fldSa,  el,  f . 


36. 

Final  Revolt  of  the  Oauls. 

Finally  all  the  Gauls  from  the  Pyrenees*  to  the 
Rhine,  except  the  Remi '  and  a  few  other  states,  re- 
volted,' hoping  that  they  could  drive  the  Romans  out 
of  Gaul  and  regain*  their  former  freedom.  The 
Haedui  demanded  that  a  leader  chosen  from  their 
state  should  be  placed  in  charge  of  the  war,  but  the 
rest  desired*  Vercingetorix,  who,  having  been  ap- 
pointed commander-in-chief,  betook  himself  to  Alesia, 
a  town  well  fortified'  and  stocked'  with  food  and 
other  supplies.' 


Exercises  in   Continwi  Discourse.         161 

Buffffettions  on  the  Exeroiss. 

1.  PyrenrpH :  PyrSnaei  monfcfis. 

2.  /?.(;)i;;  Rfiml.  Orum. 

3.  revolted:  dSflciO.  ere,  fficl.  fectum. 

4.  reijain:  recuperfi   I. 

5.  desired:  cuplfl,  ere,  cuplv!,  Itus. 

G.  toell  fiirtijii'd :  u»^  tin)  superlutlvL  of  manltus,  ft,  um. 

7.  Blocked:  refertus,  p   una. 

8.  supplies :  opSs,  um. 


37. 
The  Oauls  Make  Sortlea  from  Alesla. 

The  eighty  thousand  Gauls  shut  up'  with  Verr^in- 
getorix  in  Alesia  soon  lai-ked  food.'  They  deterinined 
therefore"  to  try*  whether*  they  could  break  throuv^h* 
the  ciroumvallation'  of  the  Romans.  Their  first 
assault  was  repulsed,"  but  on  the  following*  day  they 
filled  (up)  the  trenches  of  the  enemy  and  drove  the 
defenders  from  the  rainpnrt."  Then  Labienus,  sent 
thither  by  Caesar,  collected  the  nearest  cohorts  and 
with  four  legions  attacked  the  enemy. 


Suggestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  shut  up :  inciadO,  ere,  ciasi,  ciasus. 

2.  lacked  food:  translate:  food  was  lucking  to.    Use  dSsum, 
deetide,  defui. 

3.  therefore :  Igitur,  post-positive. 

4.  to  try :  cSnor,  1. 

6.  whether:  use  si;  300.  3;  A.  &  O.  57''..  «;  H.  049.  II.  3. 

6.  break  through :  perrump5,  ere,  rilpl,  ruptus. 

7.  drcumvallation :  vftllum,  X. 


162 


Latin  Composition. 


8.  repulsed:  repellO,  ere,  reppull,  pulstuk 

9.  following :  posterns,  a,  um. 
10.  rampart:  avirer,  erls,  m. 


Failure  of  its  Oalllc  Cause. 

Before  the  eyes  of  Caesar  himself,  who  came  into 
view  *  at  this  crisis,*  the  Gauls  were  driven  back,  and 
the  squadrons'  of  Roman  cavalry  that  had  coine  with 
Caesar,  attacking  their  rear  as  they  fled,*  cut  them  to 
pieces.  On  the  following  day  Vercingetorlx,  having 
called  a  council,  declared  that  they  must  yield'  to 
fortune  and  that  he  himself  was  prepared  •  to  give  him- 
self up^  to  the  Roman  commander-in-chief.  Mounted 
on  his  horse'  he  advanced  to  the  tribunal*  of  Caesar, 
surrendered  himself  and  his  weapons,  and  sat  down*" 
in  silence  "  on  the  steps  ^^  at "  Caesar's  feet. 


Suererestions  on  the  .Sxeroise. 

1.  view :  cSnspectus,  Us. 

2.  crisig :  discrimen,  inis,  n. 

3.  nquadrotis  :  turma,  ae. 

4.  their  rear  as  they  fled :  translate  :  the  rear  of  (them)  fleeing. 
G.  they  must  yield:  translate:  it  must  be  yielded;  impersonal 

use  of  the  passive  periphrastic  conjugation. 
0.  f-eparfd :  par&tus,  a,  um. 

7.  give  himself  up :  b§  dSdere. 

8.  mounted  on  his  horse:  equO  vectUB;  literallj,  bom»  by 
his  horse. 

9.  tribunal:  tribflnal,  aiis,  u. 

10.  sat  down:  c0nsiu5.  ere,  s§dl,  seasum. 


ExerciseB  in  Continued  Discourse,         163 

11.  in  silence :  tSkCitus. 

12.  steps:  arradua.ae. 

13.  at:  ad. 


89. 

Beerlnniner  of  strife  between  Pompey  and  Caesar. 

When  Caesar  had  brought  all  Gaul  under  the  power 
of  the  Romans,  he  placed  Titus  Labienus  in  charge  of 
these  districts  and  himself  set  out  for  Italy.  There 
he  was  informed  that  his  enemies  were  urging  that  he 
be  deprived  of  a  part  of  his  army.  Caesar  promised 
that  he  would  disband  *  a  part  of  his  troops,  if  l*ompey 
would  do  the  same,  and  released '  two  legions.  These 
he  supposed^  would,  according*  to  the  resolution  *  of 
the  Senate,  be  sent  to  the  Parthian"  war,  but  he  later 
found  out  that  they  had  been  handed  over  to  Pompey. 

Suggestions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  dhhnnd:  dimittS,  ere,  misi.  missus. 
2    re/easef/;  remittS,  ere,  misi,  missus. 

3.  suppos'fl:  credo,  ere,  crSdidi,  ituB. 

4.  according  to :  ex. 

5.  resolution  :  cOnsultum,  I,  n. 

6.  Parthian :  Parthicus,  a,  um. 


T  i  ■■ 


.* 
'■I 


40. 
The  Character  of  Caesar. 

Tt  is  difficult  to  form  a  Cuicect  judgment*  concern- 
ing Caesar's  character.'    It  is  admitted'  that  in  early 


. 


ill 


164 


Latin  Composition. 


life  *  he  was  dissolute,'  and  that  afterwards  he  showed 
no  regard*  for  justice  and  the  laws.  .Yet  he  was  (u 
man)  of  exceptional  ^  foresight,*  and  saw  not  only  from 
what  evils  the  state  was  suffering^  but  also  by  what 
means  *"  these  could  be  checked."  Yet  on  account  of 
his  premature"  death  we  cannot  say  how  success- 
fully" he  would  have  organized"  the  government," 
if  he  had  lived. 

SugrGrdstions  on  the  Exercise. 

1.  form  a  correct  judgment  •  rSctS  Jtldicftre. 

2.  character:  inerenlum. 

3.  it  is  admitted :  cOnstat. 

4.  in  early  life :  express  by  aduliscSns  in  agreement  with  the 
subject  of  the  dependent  infinitive. 

n.  dissolute :  libidindsus,  a.  um. 

fi.  showed  no  regard :  '  to  show  no  regard '  is  in  Latin  nOn 
ratiftnem  habSre,  construed  with  a  gen.  of  the  thing. 

7.  exceptional:  sineruiaris,  e. 

8.  foresight :  prddentia,  ae. 

1>.  was  sill'  ring  from:  labfirO,  1;  with  abl. 

10.  means:  ratifl,  Onis 

11.  be  checked :  contlneO,  Sre,  ul,  tentus. 

12.  premature  :  praemftttlrus,  a,  una. 

13.  successfully:  fSUciter. 

14.  would  have  organized :  c0nstitu5,  ere,  ui,  tltus;  for  the 
mood  and  tense,  see  .322.  '». 

15.  government:  rSs  pQblica. 


SPECIMENS    or     LATIN     COMPOSITION 
ENTRANCE    PAPERS    SET    BY   REP- 
RESENTATIVE   INSTITUTIONS. 

The  sea  was  so  full  of  pirates  that  no  Roman  sailed 
there  in  safety.  Traders  were  afraid  that  their  for- 
tunes would  not  be  safe.  Even  armies  crossed  in  the 
dead  of  winter  to  escape  the  pirates ;  for  they  knew 
that  a  fleet  which  had  a  consul  for  commander  had 
been  sunk  at  Ostia.  When  men  asked  who  was  de- 
fending the  provinces,  the  answer  was  that  no  one 
was  defending  them,  that  perhaps  t^ie  city  of  Rome 
itself  would  be  taken.  — Rased  on  Cickho:  Manilian 
Law,  31-33.  —Harvard,  1904  {Advanced). 

Since  you  have  now  captured  the  wicked  leaders 
of  this  dangerous  and  nefarious  conspiracy  you  may 
(debere)  consider  all  the  hopes,  all  the  sources  of 
Catiline  to  be  ruined  (conddere).  For  I  drove  him 
from  the  city  because  I  Jtnew  that  he  alone  was  to  be 
feared,  but  only  as  long  as  he  was  within  the  walls  of 
the  city.  He,  indeed,  knew  everything ;  he  selected 
apt  men  and  persuaded  them  to  perform  the  most 
shameful  deeds.  When  he  had  conceived  (capere)  a 
plan,  his  tongrt  and  his  hands  were  always  ready  to 
accomplish  it.  When,  therefcjre,  I  drove  him  from  the 
city  into  the  camp  T  relieved  you  from  the  greatest 
burden  and  anxiety,  so  that  you  might  live  in  peace. 

165 


■iS' 


-.fii 
■  m 


166 


Latin  Composition. 


For  if  Catiline  had  remained  in  the  city  we  should  al- 
ways have  to  fight  against  him.  liut  since  he  is  gone, 
there  is  no  reason  why  we  should  fear  either  Lentulus 
or  Cassius  or  Cethegus.  —  Yale,  1903. 


1.  "Was  it  not  because  the  Haedui  could  not.  defend 
themselves  that  they  sent  envoys  to  Caesar  to  ask  his 
aid? 

2.  When  everything  had  been  prepared  for  depart- 
ure, there  came  storms  which  kept  our  soldiers  in  camp. 

3.  I  think  no  one  can  deny  that  all  these  things 
which  we  see  are  ruled  by  the  power  of  the  gods. 

4.  "Who  doubts  that  our  soldiers  have  already  gained 
possession  of  the  smaller  camp?  —  .College  Entrance 
Board,  1903  (Elementary). 


If  Cicero  had  not  urged  the  Senate  to  declare  that 
the  conspirators  were  no  longer  citizens,  on  the  ground 
that  they  had  plotted  against  their  country,  he  him- 
self would  have  acted  more  justly  and  his  enemies 
would  have  been  unable  later  to  secure  his  banishment. 
Nevertheless  we  must  not  believe  that  Cicero  was  in- 
fluenced by  bad  motives.  No  one  ought  to  doubt  that 
he  was  very  fond  of  his  country  and  was  desirous  only 
of  protecting  his  fellow-citizens  from  destruction. 
"Without  doubt  he  had  persuaded  himself  that  the 
safety  of  the  country  demanded  the  death  of  the  con- 
spirators. But  he  ought  to  have  known  that  he  was 
putting  them  to  death  contrary  to  law.  —  College  En- 
trance Board,  1904  (Advanced), 


Sjteclmen  Entrance  Papers. 


167 


If  there  had  been  a  larger  supply  of  grain  in  this 
camp,  I  should  not  have  inforuied  you  that  our  sol- 
diers were  without  food.  Since  I  did  not  know  what 
else  we  could  do,  I  sent  to  you  these  messengers  that 
we  might  learn  whether  you  could  send  us  help.  No 
one  doubted  that  you  were  in  the  same  place  near  the 
territory  of  the  Allobroges.  —  College  Entrance  Board, 
1904  (Elementary). 

1.  On  receiving  the  letter,  the  general  '■'int  messen- 
gers to  say  that  the  Romans  desired  peace,  but  would 
figlit  all  who  attacked  them.  Meanwhile  he  iprtitied 
his  camp  and  got  together  as  large  a  supply  of  pro- 
visions as  possible.  Two  days  afterwards  the  enemy 
came  in  sight,  but  soon  withdrew.  Nevertheless  the 
Roman  general  asked  for  reenforcements,  since  it  was 
clear  that  the  enemy  would  return  next  year  in  still 
greater  force.  He  now  realized  that  he  must  show  the 
greatest  diligence,  that  the  soldiers  must  be  encouraged, 
and  tiiat  spies  must  be  sent  to  learn  the  movements  of 
the  enemy.     In  this  way  the  winter  passed. 

2.  I  am  sorry  tliat  I  said  that  I  would  not  go.  Now 
I  do  not  know  what  to  do.  What  d  •  >  you  advise  ?  Tell 
me  what  you  really  think,  for  I  trust  you  in  every 
thing.  —  Princeton,  1904. 

1.  Caesar  set  out  to  the  army  earlier  than  was  his 
wont.  Ujjon  his  arrival  he  learned  that  what  he  had 
suspected  would  be  done  had  actually  been  done:  that 
embassies  had  been  sent  by  several  states  to  the 
Germans,  and  that  the  latter  had  been  invited  to  leave 


K 


■i 


Ui 


168 


Latin  Composit 


the  Rhine  [with  the  promise]  thart  all  their  denaanda 
should  be  <jjraiited. 

2.  Therefore,  since  the  war  is  m  necessairy  timt  it 
cannot  be  neglected,  so  j^reat  that  it  must  be  carrieii  on 
with  the  utmost  care,  and  since  y<aa  aw  able  to  place 
in  command  of  it  a  geiM-rai  who  ha*^  full  knowiedi^  of 
the  art  of  war,  exceptional  valor,  splendid  rmiutjotion, 
wonderful  fortune,  do  you  still  ht^itate,  exnzrasB,  to 
emplov  [use  verb  co»/i"/Tr]  for  the  preservi^acm  and 
enlargement  of  the  stare  this  great  blessing,  -whicEti  the 
immortal  gods  have  otfered  you  ?  —  Wefkidey,  19121 

1.  The  next  day  they  moved  the  camf>  fem  'bxfc 
place.  Caesar  did  the  same  and  sent  fonrare  aE  i±tt; 
cavalry  to  the  number  of  four  thousand  r,o  see  in  ^mmt. 
direction  tiie  enemy  were  marching.  Wort  was  ijrararfrt, 
to  (;ii*-»^ar  that  taese,  fiilowing  too  eagerir  uwn  imb 
siemy^  rear.  hau.  engage-  in  battle  with  the -avais^  trf 
the  Helvetians  rad  had  t««ss  repulsed.  (Jae«Br.«-|n; 
bis  n^n  from  iglitimg,  uisril  ttr  forced  nffi^rhew  tkirf 
had  ciuue  to  a  place  ab*«s  six  »iles  distant  irom  ^:ae 
enemy '3  camp.  Then  ar  last  Il^eas  was  per.  adeu  im> 
tell  what  i»«  kTM»iv  of  the  pia,n«  of  the  HaeduL 

2.  Since  I  liasw*  si^oken  rf  tkf»  cliaracter  of  the  -wac, 
I  will  now  say  a  few  words  as  r«  its  magnttnur.  T-nr 
this  can  be  saMi,  thiit  tl***  ^ar  .^  m  ne*-eKsary  \hat  it 
mast  be  waged,  not  -o  grerit  tha    it  mnat  W  dreadec- 

:;.  Therefore,  fello\v-*nizens.  io  vou.  ib=  I  hav-  mm, 
dei«id  rmxT  houses  by  nigkt-vratt-iies-:  I  hx^e  sade 
prtjrissim  "rhar  tiie  citj'  sht»ul(i  lias-ce  siiflKn*«t  fffot 
aasj  disjtuxbaitce. —  We^detj^  1UU4. 


GENERAL  VOCABULARY. 


Not*.  —  Wordit  eneioMNi  in  parentheses  are  t*»>t  theinselvcs  defined,  but  are 
Uaanrted  to  aaMst  in  the  ilutinitioii  of  otlitv  wnnls.  I:t<;;ular  verbs  of  the  flrbt 
eoBiiugstion  ace  indicotetl  by  the  nanierkl  1  follitwing  the  present  indicative. 


able,  ae  able,  possum,  posK, 

TpmtoL 
aboite.  dmrntciliinit.  I,  n. 
aboitt.    coiwemiiu:.    de,    prep. 

tBfsla  aM. 
abiBTii.  amand.  sircnm,  mep. 
^mzt  ace. 
abs«m.  be  absenr.  atasuin,  esat. 

aeeefft.     Bcsxgao,     ere,     cepi. 


ceni,  cessurus ;  literally, 

appntnch ;  it  i.s  added,  ac- 

cedit,  ere,  accessit. 
adjuduc,  judic5,  1. 
admire,  admiror,  1. 
admonition,   give  admonition, 

admoned,  ere,  ui,  itus. 
adopt  (a  plan),  capi5,  ere,  cepi, 

captus. 
ad\  uK-e,  prdgredior,  i,  gressus 

sum. 
advantage,  commodum,  i,  n.  ; 

tisus.  us,  m. 


cefRus. 
AC-     uplLsli.   eS&cio.   ere.    Set, ;  advice,  cdnsllium,  i,  n. 
iectus  ;  coaficxo,  eie.  fed,    advise,  moned,  ere,  uI,  itus. 


k£tus. 
act-Tdaisiy,  i 
(ac  :  Hint),  on  aci'aant  of.  prcp- 

tasL  prep,  with  ae  . 
actmtie.  accaai.  1. 
accufiti'— fd.    am    acrtifffimiT'd, 

pfS^K't  6eiU»8  of  CQBBUeSCd. 

efe.  saesn.  snetus. 

8i^7iiaini«d.  be  acquainted 
witii.  |»^rff'rt,  tenws  of 
cogcisco.  ere.  nSvi.  nitus. 

across,  trans,  prsp.  with  aco. 

aci  factmn.  i.  n. 
ri.aaed) ,  l,i-  add   I.  actxdo,  ere, 


advocate,  promoter,  auctor, 
6ris,  m. 

afraid,  be  afraid,  timed,  ere, 
ui. 

Africa.  Africa,  ae,  f. 

after,  postquam,  conj. 

after,  post,  prep,  with  ace. 

afterwards,  postea. 

against,  in,  piep.  with  ace. 
again.st,  contrary  to,  contra, 
prep,  with  ace. 

(ai^e).  at  the  age  of,  natus,  con- 
strued with  the  ace.  of  the 
age. 


100 


170 


Latin  Composition, 


a£;n,  ante,  adv. 
aid,  subsidium,  I,  n. 
Alfsia,  Alesia,  ae,  f,  a  town, 
alive,  yivaa,  a.  um. 
all,  omnis,  e. 

all    the   best,    noblest,   etc., 
quiaqae.  witli  huihtI. 
allies,  socii,  drum,  ni. 
AUobroges.  AUobrogSs,  um,  in. 
allow,  sinS.  ere,  sivi,  situa. 
almost,  paene. 
Alps.  Alpes,  ium,  f. 
already,  jam. 
already  for  a  long  time,  jam 
diO. 
also,  etiam ;  quoque,  post-posi- 
tive, 
alter,  converts,  ere,  verti,  ver- 
sus. 
althougli,  tliough,  quamquam ; 

quamvis ;  cum. 
always,  semper. 
ambassador,  legatus,  i,  m. 
ambusii,  insidiae,  arum,  f. 
ainoiiff,  apud,  prep,  with  ace. 
among,  between,  in  the  midst 

of,  inter,  prep,  with  ace. 
auioii<:,  in,  in,  prep,  with  abl. 
ancestors,  majdres,  um,  ni. 
ancient,  pristinus,  a,  um  ;  anti- 

qaus,  a,  um. 
and.  et;  -que  (enelitii);  atque. 
and  not,  neve,  neu  ;  neque. 
and  yet.  quamquam. 
anjn'y,  be  angry,  irascor,  i,  con- 
strued with  dat. 
announce,  nuntid,  1- 
another,  alius,  a,  ud. 


answer,  respondeB,  Cre.  spondl, 

spSnsum. 
anybody,  any  one,   anythinsr, 

quisquam,quaequam,quic- 

quam;  quis,  quid. 
Apollo,  ApoUS,  inis,  m. 
ajipearanee,  speciSs,  ei,  f. 
appoint.  cdnstituO,  ere.ui,  utus. 
appoint,  elect,  creB,  1  ;   ap- 

l>oint   (a    dictator),    dic6, 

ere,  dixi,  dictus. 
approach,  adventus,  us,  in. 
appiiiach  somebody  or  some- 

thini;,    aded,    ire,   ii,  itus 

(trans.);  accedS,  ere,  cessi, 

cessurus,   followed  by  ad 

with  ace. 
approve.  prob5,  1. 
April,  of  .\pril,  Aprilis,  e. 
Aqnileia,  AquilSia,  ae,  f. 
Aquitania,  Aquftania,  ae,  f. 
Arar,  Arar,  aris,  m. 
archer.  Sagittarius,  i,  m. 
Ariovistus,  Ariovistus,  i,  in. 
arm,  armd,  1. 
armament,    armor,    arm&ttira, 

ae,  f. 
armed,  armatus,  a,  um. 
arms,  weapons,  arma,  drum,  n. 
army,  exercitus,  us,  m. 
army   (on   the   march),   ag- 

men,  inis,  n. 
arrest,  comprehends,  ere,  hendl, 

hensus. 
arrival,  adventus,  its,  m. 
arrive,  advenio,  ire,  veni,  ven- 

tum ;  perveniS,  ire,  vSni, 

ventum. 


General    Vocabulary. 


171 


arrogant,  Insolens,  entis. 
Arvjini,  Arverni,&rum,ni. 

flH,  ut. 

as,  when,  cum  ;  ut ;  ubi. 

a«,  correlative!  with  previims 

»o  or  a.<(,  quam. 
aM  =  80,  tam. 
pa  if,  a.s  tiiouKh,  quasi, 
as  lon^  ii><.  dum. 
as    not    to,   after   s«,   xwh, 
etc.,  in  a  negative  ehiuse, 
quin. 
as  soon  a.s,  simul  atque  (ac). 
ascent,  ascensus,  us,  m. 
a.shanied,  it  shames,  pudet,  ere, 

uit,  iuiiuT.sonal. 
ask  (a  question),  rog5 ;  inter- 
rogS,  1. 
a.ii<,  inquire  of,  quaero,  ere, 

quaesivi,  quaesitus. 
ask,  request.  rogO,  1. 
assassination,  caedes,  is.  f. 
assault,  oppugnati5,  onis,  t. 
assemble  (intrans.),  convenid, 

ire,  veni,  vcntum. 
a,s.senibly,  concilium,  I,  n. 
assistance,  auxilium,  i,  n. 
at,  ad,  prep,  witii  ace. ;  also  in, 
prep,  witli  a^>l. 
(at  hand),  be  at  liaiitl,  adsum, 

esse,  adfui,  adfuturus. 
at  once,  statim. 
attack  (noun),  impetus,  iis,  m. 
attack  (verb),  adorior,  iri,  ortus 
sum. 
attack,  assault  (a  town),  op- 

pugro,  1. 
attoovt,  c5nor,  1. 


attend,  accompany,  comitor.  1. 
authority,  auct&ritas,  atis,  f. 
auxiliaries,  auxilia,  6rum,  n. 
avail,  valeS,  6re,  ui,  iturus. 
avetige,  ulclscor,  i,  ultus. 
avenue,   avenue   of    approach, 

aditus,  lis,  m. 
avoid,  vito,  I. 
await,  exspectd,  1. 
away,  be  away,  be  distant,  ab- 

sum,  esse,  af ui,  afuturus. 


B. 

bad,  malus,  a,  um. 

bags^!:;«-'.  impedimenta,   5rum, 

n. 
band,  manus,  us,  f. 
baneful,  capitalis,  e. 
bank,  rlpa,  ac,  f. 
barbarians,  barbari,  5rum,  m. 
battle,  proelium,  i,  n.;  pugna, 

ae,  f . 
be,  sum,  esse,  fui,  futiirus. 
be  without,  cared,  ere,  ui,  itii- 
rus. 
bear,  ferS,  ferre,  tuli,  latus. 
bear  in  mind,  memini,  isse, 
with  gen.  of  the  person, 
because,  quod  ;  quia  ;  cum. 
become,  fio,  fieri,  factus  sum. 
befois',    in    the    presence     of, 
*  apud,  ad,  preps,  with  ace. 
bef'ire,  ante  ;  antea,  adv. 
before,  antequam,  priusquam, 

conj. 
beg,  oro,  1. 

begin,   coepi,  coepisse :    when 
governing  a  pas'!,   inf.  the 


I 

i 


172 


Latin   Compo»ition, 


perf.  ind.  is  regularly  coep- 

tus  est. 
begin  (a  thing),  institufi,  ere, 

a!,  iitus;    bt'gin   (buttle), 

proelium    committd,   ere, 

misi,  missus, 
beginning,  initium,  I,  n. 
behold,    aspiciS,    ere,    spezi, 

spectus. 
Belgians,  Belgae,  inim,  m, 
believe,     crSdd,    ere,     crSdidi, 

crSdltus. 
besides  (prep.),  praeter,  vrith 

ace. 
besides  (adv.),  praeterel. 
best,  siiperl.  ot  bonus, 
betake    oneself,    recipi5,    ere, 

cSpi,    ceptus,   ^vitll    a  re- 
flexive, 
betray,    prodS,    ere,    prSdidi, 

ditns. 
better,    adj.,     melior  ;     adv., 

melhu. 
between,  inter,  prep,  with  ace. 
Bibracte,  Bibracte,  is,  n. 
Bibidus,  Bibulus.  i,  m. 
blaniu  (noun),  culpa,  ae,  f. 
blame  (verb),  culpO,  1. 
bi(>saiiig,  commodum,  T,  n. 
bi.!ck,    oljstnict,   obstru5,  ere, 

striixl,  structus. 
bloodshed,  caedes,  is,  f. 
blue,  caeruleus,  a,  um. 
boast,  make  a  boast,  gl5rior,  1. 
boat,  nivigium,  I,  n. 
body,  corpus,  oris,  n. 
book,  iiber,  libri,  ni. 
booty,  praeda,  ae,  £. 


borders,  finSs,  ium,  m. 

born,  i)e  born,  niscor,  i,  nitua 

sum. 
born,  nitus,  a,  um. 
botli  •  .  .  and,  et  .  .  .  et. 
both,  each,  uterque,  utraque, 

utrumque. 
boy,  puer,  eri,  ni. 
brave,  fortis,  e. 
bravely,  fortiter. 
bravery,  fortit&dfi,  inis,  f. 
break  (of  camp),  moveO,  8re, 

mSvi,  mOtus. 
bridge,  pOns,  pontis,  m. 
bring,  afferS,  ferre,  attull,  al- 

latus. 
bring  back,  rediicd,  ere,  duzl, 

ductus, 
bring    back    word,    referS, 

fene,  rettuli,  relitus. 
bring  under,  redigO,  ere,  Sgi, 

actus, 
bring  on  or  upon,  inf  er5,  ferre, 

iatuli.  Hiatus ;    with  dat. 

of  indir.  obj. 
Brit:un,  Britannia,  ae,  f. 
Britons,  Britanni,  5rum,  m. 
brnad,  latus,  a,  um. 
brother,  f rater,  tris,  «i. 
brushwood,  virguita,  5rum,  n. 
build,  struo,  ere,  striixi,  8triic< 

tus  ;  (a  bridge)  faci5,  ere, 

feci,  factus. 
burn  (tr.),  of  things,  combtirO, 

ere,  ussi,   tistus ;    of  per< 

sons,  crem6,  1. 
but  (if  stioiigly  adversative)| 

sed. 


General   Vocabulary. 


178 


but  (denoting  trannition),  n- 

tem,  poHt-positivf. 
but  if,  sin. 
buy,  em5,  ere,  SmI,  Cmptus. 
by  (t)(  personal  agent),  i,  ab, 
prep,  with  abl. 
by  no  means,  minimS. 

C. 


Caesar,  Caesar,  is,  m. 
call,  name,  appellO,  1. 
call,  summon,  Y0c5,  1. 
call  together,  convocO,  1. 
camp,  castra,  6rum,  n. 
can,  be  able,  possum,  posse, 

potui. 
captive,  captivus,  i,  m. 
capture,  capiO,  ere,  c6pi,  captus. 
care,  cura,  ae,  f. 
carry,  portS,  1. 
carry    (in),     inferd,     ferre, 
intuli,  Hiatus. 
Carthage,  Karthagd,  inis,  f. 
Cassius,  Cassius,  i,  ni. 
Casticus,  Casticus,  i,  m. 
Catamantaloedes,    Catamanta- 

loedSs,  is,  m. 
Cato,  Cats,  6nis,  m. 
cau.se,  causa,  ae,  f. 
cavalry,     equitatus,     us,    m. ; 

equites,  um,  m.  pi. 
cease,  desistS,  ere,  destiti. 
centurion,  centurid,  6nis,  m. 
century  (military  division), cen- 

turia,  ae,  f. 
certain,   certain  one,   qufdam, 
quaedam,      quiddam      or 
quoddam. 


change  (of  affairK),  ris  Dorae, 

rirum  novirvm,  f. 
character,  nature,  Qit&ra,  ae,  I 
character,    aci|uiied   charac< 
ter,  mdrCs,  um,  m. 
L'haracteriHtic  of,   propriui,  a, 

um. 
charge,  be  in  charge,  praesum, 
esse,  fui,  construed  with 
dat. 
charge,  put  in  charge,  prae- 
ficiO,    ere.     feci,    fectus, 
construed  with  dat. 
chariot,  war  chariot,  essedum, 

i,  n. 
cherish,  col5,  ere,  colul.  cultus. 
chief,  princeps,  ipis,  m. 
chieftain,  princeps,  ipis,  m. 
children,  liberi.  Brum,  m. 
choose,  iiligb,  ere,  ligl.  l«ctus. 
Cincinn.itus,  Cincinnatus,  i,  m. 
citizen,     fellow-citizen,     civis, 

is,  m. 
city,  urbs,  urbis,  f. 
civil,  civilis,  e. 
clear,  be   clear,   cSnstat,  are, 

stitit,  impersonal, 
clearly  hear,  exaudid,  ire,  ivi, 

itus. 
climb,  ascendO,  ere,  endi,  en- 
sus. 
climb  over,  transcends,  ere, 
scendi. 
cohort,  cohors,  rtis,  f. 
collect,  colligS,  ere,  l€gi,  ISc- 

tus. 
colony,  colonia,  ae,  f. 
come,  venio,  ire,  veni,  yentum. 


MICROCOPY   RESOLUTION   TEST  CHART 

(ANSI  and  ISO  TEST  CHART  No.  2) 


1.0 


I.I 


US, 

lit 


2.8 

■  4.0 


2.5 
Z2 

2.0 
1.8 


^  /APPLIED  IN/MGE     I 

^K  1653  Eost  Moin  Street 

S^S  Rochester,   New  York        14609       USA 

■^S  (716)   482  -  0300  -  Phone 

^S  (716)   288-5989 -Fax 


nc 


174 


Latin  Composition. 


come  up,  arrive,  advenio,  ire, 

veni,  ventum. 
command,  mandatum,  i,  n. 
commander,   dux,   ducis,    m.  ; 

imperator,  oris,  m. 
commander-in-chief,  impera- 
tor, oris,  ni. 
commentary,  commentarius,  i, 

m. 
common,  communis,  e. 
complain,    queror,    i,   questus 

sum. 
complete,   perficio,    ere,    feci, 

fectus. 
complexion,  color,  oris.  m. 
comrade,  commUit5,  onis,  m. 
concern,  it  concerns,  interest, 

esse,  f uit ;  refert,  ferre,  re- 

tulit,  impersonal, 
concerning,    de,     prep,     witli 

abl. 
condemn,  condemno,  1. 
conduct,    manage,    gero,    ere, 

gessi,  gestus. 
confer    (witli),    colloquor,    I, 

locutus. 
conference,  colloquium,  i,  n. 
confidence,       trustworthiness, 

fides,  ei,  f. 
confident,  confidens,  entis. 
confusion,  tumultus,  us,  m. 
congratulate,     gratulor,     ari, 

atus  sum,  with  the  dat. 
consecrate,  consecrd,  1. 
consequence,    in    consequence 

of,  propter,  prep,  with  arc. 
consider,  regard,  puto,  1  ;  ex- 

istimO,  1- 


conspiracy,  conjuratiS,  5nis,  f. 
conspirators,  conjurati,  drum, 

m. 
conspire,  conjur5,  1. 
consternation,      perturbatio, 

5nis,  f. 
consul,  consul,  is,  m. 
consulship,  cdnsulatus,  iis,  m. 
consult,  c5nsulo,  ere,  ui,  sultus, 

with  the  ace. 
consult  for,  consulo,  ere,  ui, 

sultus,  with  the  dat. 
contempt,  contemptio,  onis,  f. 
contented,  contentus,  a,  um. 
contrary  to,  contra,  prep,  with 

ace. 
controversy,  controversia,  ae, 

f. 
convict,  condemns,  1. 
council,  concilium,  i,  n. 
country,  native  country,  patria, 

ae,  f. 
country  (as  opposed  to  the 

city),  riis,  ruris,  n. 
courage,  animus,  i,  m. 
courageously,  fortiter. 
cowardice,  ignavia,  ae,  f. 
Crassus,  Crassus,  i,  m. 
crime,  scelus,  eris,  n. 
cross,  transeo,  ire,  ii,  iturus. 
cruel,  crudelis,  e. 
cruelty,  criidelitas,  atis,  f. 
crush,    opprimd,    ere,    pressi, 

pressus. 
cry  (of  distress),  ploratus,  us, 
i  in. 

'  cultivate,  colo,  ere,  colui,  cul- 
1        tus. 


General   Vocabulary. 


175 


custom,  m53,  moris,  m. 

cut  oft,  intercludo,  ere,  clusi, 

clusus. 
cut  to  pieces,  occido,  ere,  cidi, 

cisus. 


danger,  periculum,  i,  n. 
dare,  audeo,  ere,  ausus. 
daughter,  filia,  ae,  f. 
day,  dies,  ei,  in. 
dead,  mortuus,  a,  um. 
deadly,  capitalis,  e. 
dear,  cams,  a,  um. 
death,  mors,  mortis,  f. 

to  death,  wilh  verbs  of  con- 
demning,   capite    (caput, 

itis,  n.)- 
decide,  constituo,  ere,  ul,  utus. 
decision,  jiidicium,  i,  n. 
declare,  declare,  I. 
decree,    decerno,    ere,    crevi, 

cretus. 
dedicate,  dedico,  1. 
deed,  factum,  i,  n. 
deep,  altus,  a,  um. 
defeat,  supero,  1. 
defence,  defensio,  onis,  f. 
defend,    defendo,    ere,    fendi, 

fensus. 
defender,  defensor,  5ris,  m. 
delay,  moror.  1. 
deliberate,  delibero,  I. 
deliver  (a  speech),  habeo,  ere, 
ui,  itus. 
deliver  from,  libero,  1- 
D.'l.w,  Delos.  i.  f. 
demand    (verb),    postulo,    1 ; 


flagito,  1 ;  posc5,  ere,  po- 
posci. 
demand    (noun),  postuULlum, 

i,  n. 
depart,  decedo,  ere,  cessi,  ces- 

surus. 
departure,  decessus,  us,  m. 
.depend,  nitor,  i,  nisus  or  nixus 

sum. 
deprive,  privo,  1. 
desert,  desero,  ere,  serui,  ser- 

tus. 
deserter,  perfuga,  ae,  ra. 
desire,  wish,  opt6,  1. 
desire,    eagerness,    cupiditis, 

atis,  f. ;  libid5,  inis,  f. 
desirous,  cupidus,  a,  um ;  avi- 

dus,  a,  um. 
desist,  desisto,  ere,  destiti. 
despair  of,  despero,  1,  with  the 

ace. 
despise,  contemnS,  ere,  tempsi, 

temptus. 

destroy,  wipe  out,  deleo,  ere, 

evi,  etus. 

destroy,    break    down,    re- 

scindo,  ere,  scidi,  scissus. 

detain,  retineo,    ere,  ui,  ten- 

tus. 
devote,    devote    one's    self   to 
something,  ded5,  ere,  de- 
didi,   deditus,  with  a  re- 
flexive pronoun. 
Diana,  Diana,  ae,  f. 
dictator,  dictator,  oris,  m. 
die,    morior,    mori,     mortuus 

sum. 
difficult,  difacilis,  e. 


f 

I: 


176 


Latin  Composition. 


dilBculty,  difflcultas,  atis,  f. 
dig  (a  trench),  duco,  ere,  duxi, 

ductus,  lit.  lead,  rxm. 
disagree,  dissentid,  ire,  sensl. 
disaster,  clades,  is,  f. 
discipline,  disciplina,  ae,  f. 
discuss,  disputo,  1. 
disembark,  e  navi  or  navibus 

egredior,  i,  gressus. 
dissension,  dissensid,  onis,  f. 
distant,  be  distant,  absum,  esse, 

afui,  afuturus. 
distribute,  distribuo,  ere,   ui, 

UtU3. 

district,  regiS,  onis,  f. 

ditch,  fossa,  ae,  f. 

Divico,  Divico,  dnis,  :n. 

Divitiacus,  Divitiacus,  i,  m. 

do,  faci5,  ere,  feci,  factus. 

doubt,  dubito,  1. 

draw    near,    appropinquo,    1, 

construed  with  dat. 
draw  on,  lure  on,  trah5,  ere, 

traxi,  tractus. 
draw  up,  instruo,  ere,  struxi, 

striictus. 
drive,  drive  away,  drive  out, 

drive  from,   expell5,  ere, 

puii,  pulsus, 
drive  back,  repelld,  ere,  rep- 

puli,  repulsus. 
Druids,  Druides,  uu,  m. 
Dumnorix,  Dumnorix,  igis,  m. 
duty,  officium,  i,  n. 
dwell,  incolS:  ere,  colui,  cultus  ; 

figuratively,  insum,  inesse, 

inf'    ,   construed    with    in 

anu  th<i  abl. 


E. 

each,  quisque,  quaeque,  quic* 

que. 
each  (of  two),  uterque,  utra- 

que,  utrumque. 
each  other,  for  the  first  and 

second    persons,   use    the 

plural  of  ego  and  tii;  for 

the  third  person,  use  sui. 
eager,  eai^er  for,  cupidus,  a,  um, 

with  the  geu. 
eagerly,  acriter. 
eagerness,  zeal,  studium,  i,  n. ; 

cupiditas,  atis,  f. 
eagle,  aquila,  ae,  f. 
earnestly,  vehementer. 
easily,  facile. 
easy,  facilis,  e. 
efforts,  opera,  ae.  f. 
eight,  octo,  indecl. 
eighteen,  duodeviginti,  indecl. 
eighth,  octavus,  a,  um. 
eight  hundred,  octingenti,  ae,  a. 
eiglity,  octSginta. 
either  ...  or,  aut .  .  .  aut,  if  the 

two    alternatives    exclude 

each  other;  otherwise  vel 

. .  .  vel. 
either,  either  one  (of  two), 

utervis,  utravis,  utrumvis. 
eldest,     maximus,     maximus 

natu. 
elect,  creo,  1. 

election,  comitia,  onim,  n. 
elevated,  excelsus,  a,  um. 
else,  alius,  a,  ud. 
embankment,  agger,  eris,  m. 


General   Vocabulary. 


177 


embezzlc-ient,   peculatus,  us, 

in. 
emigrate,  emigrd,  1. 
empty,  inanis,  e. 
<end),  at  the  end  of,  extremus, 
a,  um,  with  a  substantive, 
endure,    perfero,    ferre,    tuli, 

latus. 
enemy  (in  military  sense),  hos- 
tis,   is,  c.  ;    (collectively), 
hostes,  ium,  m. 
personal  enemy,  inimicus,  i, 
m. 
energy,  virtus,  utis,  f. 
enjoin,  enjoin  upon,  praecipio, 
ere,  cepi,  ceptus,  construed 
with  dat.  of  the  person, 
enjoy,  fruor,  i,  fruiturus. 
enough,  satis, 
enroll,  c6nscrib5,   ere,  scrips!, 

scriptus. 
enter  into,  enter  upon,  ine5, 

ire,  ii,  itus. 
entire,  totus,  a,  um. 
entirely,  omnino. 
envoy,  legatus,  i,  m. 
envy,  invideo,  ere,  vidi,  visum, 

with  dat. 
error,  error,  oris,  m. 
escape,    get    away    (intrans.), 
evado,  ere,  vasi,  vasum. 
escape    something,    effugio, 
ere,  fugi,  fugiturus. 
especially,  praecipue. 
even,  etiam. 
not  even,  ne  . . .  quiden 


ever,  at  any  time,  unquam. 

ever,  always,  semper. 
every,  omnis,  e. 
evil  (noun),  malum,  i,  "■ 
excellent,  egregius,  a,  um. 
except,  praeter,  prep,  with  ace. 
excuse,  excusatio,  onis,  f. 
exi mpt,  liber,  a,  um. 
exercise,  utor,  i,  usus. 
exhibit,    praesto,    are,    stiti, 

stitus. 
(expected,  supposed,— sooner, 
larger)   th?n  expected  or 
supposed,  opinione,  abl.  of 
opini5,  onis. 
experienced,  peritus,  a,  um. 
exploits,  res  gestae,  rerum  ges- 

tarum,  f. 
extend  (thanks),  ago,  ere,  egi, 

actus, 
eye,  oculus,  i,  m. 


ith 


the     emphatic    word     or 
phrase  between. 


F. 

faction,  factio,  onis,  f. 

fair,  just,  aequus,  a,  um. 

fall  upon,  incido,  ere,  incidi, 

with  the  dat. 
family,  stock,  genus,  eris,  n. 
famous,  claruE,  a,  um. 
far,  longe,  adv. 
farther,  ulterior,  us. 
fate,  fatum,  i,  n. 
father,  pater,  patris,  m. 
favor,  beneficium,  i,  n. 
fear  (noun),  metus,  lis,  m. 
fear   (verb),    metuo,   ere,  uij 

vereor,  eri,  itus. 
fertile,  ferax,  acis. 


178 


Latin  Composition. 


few,  paucT    ^e,  a. 

very  few,  perpauci,  ae,  a. 
field,  ager,  agn,  in. 
fifteen,  quindecitn. 
fifth,  quintus,  a,  urn. 
fight,  pugn5,  1. 
fill,  compleo,  ere,  eyi,  etus. 
filled,  completus,  a,  um. 
filled,  crowded  full  of,  refer- 

tus,  a,  um. 
finally,  postremo. 
find   (by   searching),  reperiS, 

ire,  repperi,  repertus. 
find,  come  upon,  invenio,  ire, 

veni,  ventus. 
find  out  something  (by  inves- 
tigation),   comperiS,    ire, 

peri,  pertus. 
find  (good,  bad,  etc.),  utor, 

i,  usus,  with  pred.  abl. 
find,   secure,    obtain,  pario, 

ere,  peperi,  partus;  nan- 

ciscor,  i,  nactus. 
finish,  perficid,  ere,  feci,  fectus ; 

cdnficiS,  ere,  feci,  foetus, 
first,  primus,  a,  um. 
first  (adv.),  primum ;  at  first, 

primo. 
fit,  iddneus,  a,  um. 
five,  quinque. 
fixed,  certus,  a,  um. 
flee,  fugio,  ere,  fugi,  fugitiirus. 
fleet,  classis,  is,  f. 
flight,  fuga,  ae,  f. 
flourishing,  flSrens.  entis. 
follow,  sequor,  i,  secutus. 
follower,  comes,  itis,  < 
folly,  stultitia,  ae,  f. 


food,  cibua,  i,  m. 

foot,  pes,  pedis,  in. 
foot  Iff,  lase  of,  imus,  a,  um. 

foot-soldier,  pedes,  itis,  m. 

for,  denoting  purpose,  ad,  prep, 
with  ace. ;  denoting ui  tion, 
in,  with  ace. 

for  (conj.),  nam ;  or  enim,  post- 
positive. 

forbid,  veto,  are,  ui,  itus. 

force,  compel,  c5g6,  ere,  coegi, 
coactus. 

forct,  vis,  vis,  f. 
foices,  copiae,  arum,  f. 

foresight,  prudentia,  ae,  f. 

forest,  silva,  ae,  f. 

forget,  obliv^scor,  i,  oblitussura. 

form,  make,  faci5,  ere,  feci,  fac- 
tus. 

former  .  .  .  (latter),  ille,  a,  ud. 

forn^er,  with  reference  to  the 
present,  superior,  us. 

formerly,  olim. 

fortification,  miinitio,  onis,  f. 

fortify,  miinio,  ire,  ivi.  itus. 

fortune,  fortuna,  ae,  f. 
xortune   (in  sense  of   prop- 
erty), fortiinae,  arum,  f. 

forty,  quadraginta. 

Forum,  Forum,  i,  n. 

found,  cond5,  ere,  didi,  ditus. 

four,  quattuor, 

frame,  corpus,  oris,  n. 

free  (adj.),  liber,  a,  um. 

free  (verb),  liberd,  1. 

freedom,  libertas,  atis.  f. 

friend,  amicus,  i,  m. ;  arnica, 
ae,  f. 


General   Vocahulary. 


179 


friendly,  amicus,  a,  um. 
friendsliip,  amicitia,  ae.  f. 
from,  a,  ab  ;  from,  out  of,  e,  ex ; 
down   froii),  de  j    preposi- 
tions witli  abl. 
from  the  vicinity  of,  a,  ab, 

with  abl. 
■from  (after  verbs  of  himJcr- 
iitfj,    etc.).    quo     minus, 
ne.  quin. 
fruit,  fructus,  iis,  ni. 
full,  plenus,  a,  um. 
furnish,  praebeo,  ere,  ui,  itus. 
furthest,  snperl.  of  longe. 

G. 


gain  possession  of,  potior,  iri, 

itus. 
Gaius,  Gaius,  i,  m.  ;  abbreviated 

C. 
Galba,  Gdlba,  ae,  m. 
Gallic,  Gallicus,  a,  um. 
garrison,  praesidium,  i,  n. 
gate,  porta,  ae,  f. 
gather  (intrans.),  convenio,  ire, 

veni,  ventum. 
gather  (trans.),  c6g5,  ere,  coegi, 

coactus. 
Gaul,  a  Gaul,  Gallus,  i,  m. 
Gaul,    the    country,    Gallia, 
ae,  f. 
general,  dux,  ducis,  ni. 
Geneva,  Genava,  ae.  f. 
Gergovia,  Gergovia,  ae,  f. 
German,  Germanus,  a.  um  ;  as 

noun,  Germani.  orum,  m. 
Germany,  Germlnia,  ae,  f. 
get  possession,  potior,  iri,  ilas. 


get  ready  (trans.),  comparS,  1. 
gift,  dSnum,  i,  n. 
give,  do,  dare,  dedi,  datus. 
glory,  gloria,  ae,  f. 
Gnaeus,  Gnaeus,  i,  m. ;  abbre- 
viated Cn. 
go,  eo,  ire,  ivi,  itum. 
go  around,  circumed,  ire,  ii, 

itus. 
go  away,  abeS,  ire,  ii,  itiirus. 
go  forth,  exeo,  ire,  ii,  itum. 
good,  bonus,  a,  um. 
gradually,  paulatim. 
grain,  frumentum,  i,  n. 
gran',  do,  dare,  dedi,  datus; 
concedo,    ere,    cessi,    «^es- 
siirus. 
great,  magnus,  a,  um. 
greatest  (of  qualities),  sum- 
mus,  a,  um. 
greatly,  magnopere. 
grieve,  grieve  over,  doleS,  ere, 

ui,  itiirus. 
guard,  protection,  praesidium, 
i,  n. 
guard,     a     guard,      ciistSs, 
odis,  c. 
guardian,  ciistos,  odis,  c 


II. 

habit,  mos,  mSris,  m. 

Haeduan  (adj.),  Haeduus,  a, 
um ;  as  noun,  Haeduus,  i, 
ni. ;  Haedui,  Haedui,  orum. 

hr  id,  manus,  iis,  f. 

(hand),  on  (left)  hand, 
(right)  hand,  etc,  parte 
(abl.  of  pars,  partw,  f.)* 


'if 

i 

k 


180 


Latin  Composition. 


h'and,  be  at  hand,  adsum,  esse, 

adfui,  adfuturus. 
hand,    be   on   hand,    suppetd, 

ere,  ivi  or  ii,  itum. 
handover,  trad&,  ere,  didi,  ditus. 
happen,  be  done,  fi6,  fieri,  fac- 

tus. 
happen,  accidS,  ere,  i ;  acci- 

dit,    ere,    accidit,    imper* 

sonal. 
harbor,  portus,  us,  ni. 
hardship,  labor,  dris,  m. 
harm,  do  harm,  noced.  ere,  ui, 

iturus,  with  dat.  of  indi- 
rect obj. 
b'lten  (to  do  something),  ma- 

tiirS,  1  ;  hasten,  press  on, 

contends,  ere,  endi,  e.'^tum. 
hate,  5di,  ddisse. 
hateful,  odi5sus,  a,  urn. 
hatred,  odium,  i,  n. 
haughty,  superbus,  a,  um. 
have,  habeo,  ere,  ui,  itus. 
he  who,  is  qui. 
hear,  audio,  ire,  ivi,  itus. 
hear   clearly,   ezaudid,    ire, 

ivi,  itus. 
heavy,  gravis,  e. 
height,  altitiidS,  inis,  f. 
help  (noun),  auxilium,  i,  n. 
help  (verb),  juvo,   are,  jiivi, 

jutus. 
Helvetii,  Helvetians,  Helvetii, 

5rum,  m. 
her,  suus,  a,  um,  reflexive, 
here,  hie. 
here,  be  here,  adsum,  esse, 

inu  fnturus. 


hide,  cel6,  1. 
high,  altus,  a,  um. 
high  (of  price),  magnus,  a, 

um. 
higlicr,    at    a    higher   price 

(with    verbs    of    valuimj, 

buying,  and  selling),  plu- 

ri'. 
highest  (of  qualities),  sum- 

mus,  a,  um. 
hill,  coUis,  is,  m. 
hillock,  tumulus,  i,  m. 
himself,  herself,  etc.,  reflexive, 

sui,  sibi,  se. 
hinder,  impede,  impedid,  ire, 

ivi,  itus. 
hindrance,  impedimentum,  i,  n. 
his,  suus,  a,  um,  reflexive, 
hither,  citerior,  us. 
hitlierto.  antea. 
hold,  teneo,  ere,  m. 
hold,  regard,  habeS,  ere,  uf, 

itus. 
(home),  at  home,  domi. 
from  home,  domo. 
to  one's  home,  domum. 
hone.st,  upriu'ht,  probus,  a,  um. 
honor  (noim),  honor,  oris,  m. 
honor  (verb),  hondrd,  1. 
honorable,  honestus,  a,  um. 
hope,  spes.  ei,  f. 
hope,  hope  for,  sper5,  1,  with 

the  ace. 
horse,  equns,  T,  in. 
horseman,  eques,  itis,  ra. 
hnstngp,  obses,  idis,  o. 
hostile,  inimicus,  a,  um. 
hour,  h5ra,  ae,  f. 


General   Vocabulary. 


181 


how,  if  used  to  intro(lu<e  the 
sentence  as  a  who,. ,  qui 
or  qu6  mod6  in  direct  (jiies- 


iniperator,  imperator,  5ri»,  m. 
in,  in,  prep,  with  abl. 
inch,  digitus,  i,  ni. 


lions,  qu5  mod5  or  ut  in    inclined  to  think,    baud    sciS 


indirect ;  quam,  if  used  to 
modify  an  adjective  or  ad- 
verb in  tlie  .eutence." 
how  great,  quantus,  a,  um. 
how  many,  quot,  indecl. 
how    mucli,    quantum,    fol- 
lowed   by    gen.    of     the 
whole, 
however  (nmch),  quamvis. 
huge,  ingens,  entis. 
humanity,  humanitas,  atis,  f. 
hundred,  centum, 
hunger,  fames,  is,  f. ;  abl.  sing. 

fame. 
hurl,  conicio,  ere,  conjeci,  con- 

jectus. 
hurry,    contends,    ere,   tendi, 
tentus. 


I,  ego,  mel. 

Ides,  Idus,  uum,  f. 

if,  si,  conj. 

if  not,  si  minus,  when  the  verb 

is  omitted, 
ignorant,  ignarus,  a,  um. 
illustrious,  illustris,  e. 
imbue,  imbuo,  ere,  ui,  iitus. 
imitate,  imitor,  1. 
immediately,  statim. 


an. 
indulge,  inaulgeS,    Sre,  dulsi, 

dultiirus. 
infantry,  peditcs,  um,  m. 
inflame,  incendo,    ere,   cendi, 

census. 
inflict  on,  infero,  ferre,  intuli, 
1         il'atus;  with  dat. 

?,  auctSritas,  atis,  f. 
..   certiorem   faciS,  ere, 
:,  iactus. 
..J  infor    id,  certior  fi6,  fieri, 
factus. 
inhalfit,    incol5,   ere,   ui,   cul- 

tus. 
inhabitant,  incola,  ae,  m. 
inherit,   receive,    accipid,    ere, 

cepi,  ceptus. 
injure,  noceo,  ere,  ui,  itiirus, 
with  the  dat.,  used  of  per- 
sons ;  laedS,  ere,  laesi,  lae- 
sus,  used  of  both  persons 
and  things, 
injuriiius,  be  injurious,   noceo, 

ere,  ui,  itiirus. 
injury,  injiiria,  ae,  f. 
inquire,  quaero,  ere,  quaesivi, 

itus. 
nistitution,  institutum,  i,  n. 
interval,  intenrallum,  i,  n. 


imrocrUlity,immortalitas,atis,  \  into,  in,  prep,  with  ace. 

f  j  island,  ins  -la,  ae,  f. 

impel,  impello,  ere,  impuli,  im- ,  Italy.  Italia,  ae,  f. 

pulsus.  1  its,  ejus;  suus,  a,  um. 


i4 
if 

,1 


182 


Latin  Composition. 


javelin,  jaculum,  I,  n. 
journey,  l.er,  itineris,  n. 
judge,  judicS,  1. 
judgment,  opinion,   sententia, 

ae,  f. 
Julius  Caeflar,   Julius  Caesar, 

Jul!  Caesaris,  m. 
jump  down,  disiliS,  Ire,  ui. 
just,  Justus,  a,  um. 
justice,  jiistitia,  ae,  f. 
justly,  jiire. 

K. 

Kalends,  Kalendae,  irum,  f. 
keep,   keep  in,  contine,  tened, 
ere,  ui. 
keep  apart,  distined,  ere,  ui, 

tentus. 
keep  away,  ward  off,  arceS, 

ere,  ui. 
keep  from,  keep  away  from 
(tr.),    prohibe5,    ere,    ui, 
itus. 
kill,  occidd,  ere,  cidi,  cisus. 
kind,  genus,  eris,  n. ;  modus, 

i,  m. 
kindness,  beneficium,  i,  n. 
king,  rex,  regis,  m. 
knight,  eques,  itis,  m. 
know,  understand,  scio,  ire,  ivi. 
itus. 
know,  be  familiar  with,  per- 
fect tenses  of  nosco,  ere, 
n5yi,  notus. 
not  know,  nesci*'    '.,,  ii. 
knowledge,  scientia,  ae,  f. 


Labienus,  Labi^nus,  I,  m. 
labor,  labor,  5ris,  ni. 
lack  (noun),  inopia,  ae,  f. 
lack  (verb),  cared,  ire,  ui,  itii 

rus. 
land,  ager,  agri,  m. 
land,  iis  opposed  to  the  water, 
terra,  ae,  f. 
language,  lingua,  ae,  f. 
large,  magnus,  a,  um. 
in  large  part,  magnam  par- 
tem ;  bonam  partem. 
so  large,  tantus,  a,  um. 
last,  Unal,  ultimus,  a,  um. 
last,  previous,  proximus,  a, 
um. 
last,  continue,  dur5,  1. 
later,  post,  postea. 
latter,  the  latter  of  two  already 
mentioned,  hie,  haec,  hoc. 
law,  the  law,  jus,  juris,  n. 

law,  statute,  lex.  legis,  f. 
law-court,  basilica,  ae,  f. 
lay  aside,  depdno,  ere,  posui, 

itus. 
lay  waste,  vastd,  1. 
lead,  duc5,  ere,  «'uxi.  ductus, 
lead    across,    traducS,    ere, 

diixi,  ductus, 
lead  back,  reducS,  ere,  duxi, 

ductus, 
lead,   lead   out,   lead  away. 
deduc5,  ere,  duxi,  ductus. 
Irailer,  dux,  duels,  c 
learn   (by   study),  disco,  ere, 
didici. 


T 


General   Vocabulary. 


183 


learn,    And    out,    comperiO, 
ire,  p«ri,  pertus. 
leave,  relinquO,  ere,  liqui,  lic- 

tus. 
left,  sinister,  tra,  trum. 
legioi ,  legid,  Snis,  f. 
legionary,  legiSnaiius,  a,  um. 
lend  (help),  fer6,  ferre,  tuli, 

litus. 
less,  minus. 

lessen,  minuS,  ere,  ui,  Qtus. 
lest,  ne. 
letter,   litterae,  ai  im,  f.  ;  or 

epistula,  ae,  f. 
liberal,  generous,  largus,  a,  um. 
Mberty,  libertis,  atis,  f. 
lieutenant,  legatus,  i,  m. 
life,  vita,  ae,  f. 
light,  levis,  e. 

light,  fair,  albus,  a,  um. 
light-armed,  expeditus,  a,  um. 
lii<e,  similis,  e. 
likewise,  expressed  by  idem,  in 

agreement  with  subject. 
line  of  battle,  acies,  ei,  f . 
linger,  mpror,  1. 
Liscus,  Liscus,  i,  m. 
list,  tabula,  ae,  f. 
listen,  listen  to,  audio,  ire,  ivi, 

itus,  with  ace. 
little,  a  little,  paulum. 
very  little,  paullulum,  with 

gen. 
little   while   before   or  ago, 
paulo  ante, 
live,  vivo,  ere.  vixi.  victum. 

live,  dwell,  habit5,  1. 
lofty,  altus,  a,  um ;  sublimis.  e. 


long,  longus,  a,  um. 

long,    long    time,    di&,    adv.  ; 

already  for  a  long  time, 

jam  di&. 
longing,  disiderium,  i,  n. 
look  down.  dSspiciS,  ere,  spezi, 

spectus. 
looks,  vultus,  uum,  m.  pi. 
lose,  imittd,  ere,  misi,  missus, 

the  general  word  ;  perdfi, 

ere,  -  -^rdidi,  itus,  where  the 

resp.     ibility  of  the  subj. 

is  impne'l. 
loss,  damnum,  i,  n. 
lot,  sors,  sortis,  i. 
love,  amor,  8ris,  ra. 
lovfc,  am6, 1. 

low  (of  position),  hum'Tls,  e. 
loyal,  ildelis,  e. 
luckless,  infelix,  icis. 

M. 

magistrate,  magistratus,  iis,  m. 

mainland,  continens,  entis,  f. 

make,  facio,  ere,  feci,  factus. 
make  answer,  responded,  ere, 

spondi,  spSnsus. 
make  ready,  par6,  1. 
make   (somebody  or   some- 
thing   safe,    bold,    clear, 
etc.),  redd5,  ere,  reddidi, 
redditus. 

man,  hom5,  inis,  m.,  the  gen- 
eral term  ;  man  as  opposed 
to  woman,  or  as  a  corapli- 
lupntary  designation,  vir, 
viri,  m. 

maniple,  manipulus,  i,  m. 


184 


Latin  Composition. 


many,  multl,  ae,  a. 


I  military  niattors,  rts  militiris, 


I,.. 


inaicli  (noun),  iter,  itineris,  n 
march  (verb),  iter  faclJ,  ere, 

Ucl,  factus. 
(March),  of  March,  Mirtius,  a, 

um. 
march  out,  {gredior,  I,  gressus 

sum. 
Marcus,  Mircui,  i,  m. ;  abbre- 
viated M. 
maritnu' .  maritimus,  a,  um. 
Mars,  Mirs,  tis,  m. 
matter,  thing,  tis,  rei,  f. 
(May),  of  May,  Blajus,  a,  um. 
may,  licet,  ire,  licuit,  with  tlie 

subjunctive, 
mean,  vol5,  velle,  volul,  with 

dat.  of  the  reflexive, 
means,   resources,   facultates, 

r.m,  f. 
meanwhile,  interea. 
measure  out,  metior,  iri,  men- 

8US. 

meet  (trans,  or  intrans.),  con- 

yeni5,  ire,  veni,  ventus. 
memory,  memoria,  ae,  f. 
mention,  commemorS,  1. 
merchant,  mercator,  oris,  m. 
mercy,  dementia,  ae,  f. 
merit,  virtus,  utis,  f. 
messenger,  nuntius,  i,  m. 
mif'^'e,  middle  of,  medius,  a, 

UIP. 

midst,   iiidst  i>f,  medius,  a,  um. 

mild,  lenis,  e. 

mile,  mille  passiis,  lit.  thou- 
sand paces;  pi.  milia  pas- 
suum. 


rel  militiris,  f. 
indfiil,  memor,  oris. 
miHfortiuu-,  calamitis,  itis,  f. 
mislakf,     make     a     mihtake, 

pecc&,  1. 
mode,  modus,  !,  m. 
money,  pecunia,  ae,  f. 
month,  mSnsis,  in,  m. 
more,  amplius,  magis,  adv. 
moro,  pias,  pluris,  n.,  sub- 
stantive. 
m()>t,  plgriquc,  aeque,  aque. 
for  the  nio8t  part,  mazimam 
partem. 
mother,  mater,  matris,  f. 
mountain,  mdns,  montis,  m. 
move,  moved,  6re,  mSvi,  mStus. 
much,  multus,  a,  um    >.dverbi- 

ally,  mult-;m. 
multitude,  multitudS,  inis,  f. 
my,  meus,  a,  um. 

N. 

name,  nSmen,  inis,  n. 
Xarbo,  Narbd,  onis,  m. 
narrow,  angustus,  a,  um. 
nation,  gens,  gentis,  f. ;  nati5, 

5nis,  f. 
naval,  navalis,  e. 
near,   neighboring,    finitimus, 

a,  um. 
near,  with  town  names,  ad, 

prep. with  ace;  with  otlier 

words,  prope,   prep,  with 

ace 
near      ^ropius,  adv.  and  prep. 

with  ace. 


&if 


■^ 


General   Vocabulary. 


185 


nearent,  proximus,  a,  am. 

nearly,  prope. 

tieci'Hrtary,  neceosirius,  a,  um. 
it  ifl  neccHsury,  necesse  est. 

need,  there  i.s  need,  opus  est. 
need,  feel  need,  In-  in  need, 
eged,  ire,  ui ;  indiged,  Sre, 
ui. 

neglect,  neglegS,  ere,  ISxi,  ISc- 
tus. 

neighborhood,  in,  or  to  the 
neighborhood  of,  ad,  prep, 
with  ace. 

neighboring,  finitimus,  a,  um. 

neither  .  .  .  nor,  n^que  .  .  . 
neque ;  nee  .  .     nee. 

Nervii,  Nervil,  6rum,  m. 

never,  numquam. 

neverthekvss,  tamen. 

new,  novus,  a,  um. 

news,  as  gen.  of  the  whole, 
ncvi. 

next,  proximus,  a,  um. 

niglit,  nox,  noctis,  f. 

no,  nullus,  a,  um. 

no,  with  adject! '  fs  used  sub- 
stantively,   nem5    (defec- 
tive), 
no  one,  nem5  (defective). 

noble,  ndbilis,  e. 

noise,  strepitus,  us,  m. 

Nones,  N5na»   =\rum,  f. 

nor,  neque  m-  nee. 

not,  ndn,  ne. 
if  .  .  .  not,  nisi, 
(not),  is  not?  does  not  ?  etc., 

ndnne. 
not   even,   ne  .  .  .  quidem, 


with    the    en;,!  Ulc  word 
between, 
not  know,  neseiO,  ire,  iv!,  or 

ii. 
not  only  .  .  .  but  also,   n&n 

sSlum  .  .  .  sed  etiam. 
not  that,  n5n  qu5. 
not  yet,  n&ndum. 
noihiiii;,  nihil, 
now,  already,  jam. 
now,  at  the  pressnt  time,  nunc. 
number,  numerus,  i,  m. 
numbers,  multitudS,  inis,  f. 
(numbers),  in  great  numbers, 
frequSns,  entis. 

O. 

O,  0,  interjection. 

oath,  jus  jiirandum,  j&ris  jQ- 

randi,  n. 
obey,  pared,  ere,  ui,  iturus. 
obstinacy,  pertinaeia,  ae,  f. 
occupy,  oceupd,  1. 
Octoduriis,  Octodurus,  i,  ra. 
of,  from,  a,  ab,  prep,  witli  abl, 
of,  f'oncerning,  de,  prep,  with 

abl. 
of  (partitive),  e,  ex. 
offer,  dd,  dare,  dedi,  datus. 
offer  battle,  proeli5  lacesso, 
ere,  laeessivi,  lacessitus ; 
lit.  xcorry  by  battle. 
often,  saepe. 
old,  yetus,  eris. 

old  man,  senex,  senis,  m. 
on,  in,  prep,  with  abl. 
on,  conce'*ning,  de,  prep,  with 
abl. 


186 


Latin  Composition, 


on  all  sides,  from  all  sides, 
undique. 
once,  once  upon  a  time,  quon- 
dam; olim. 
once,  one  time,  semel. 
at  once,  statim. 
one,  iinus,  a,  um. 
one  .  .  .  another,  alius  .  .  . 

alius, 
the  one  ...  the  other,  alter 
. . .  alter, 
only,  tantum. 

only  one,  iinus,  a,  um. 
onset,  impetus,  us,  m. 
opinion,  deliberate  judgment, 

sententia,  ae,  f. 
opportunity,  facultas,  atis,  f. ; 

occasiS,  5Dis,  f. 
oppression,  obsidio,  onis,  f. 
or,  aut ;  vel. 
or,  in  second  member  of  a 
double  question,  an  or  -ne. 
or  not,  in  questions,  ann5n, 
necne. 
ordain,    decernS,    ere,    crevi, 

cretus. 
order  (verb),  jubeS,  ere,  jussi, 

jussus. 
order  (noun),  mandatum,  i,  n. 

order,  at  the  order,  jussii. 
Orgetorix,  Orgetorix,  rigis,  m. 
other,  another,  alius,  a,  ud. 
other,  the  other,  alter,  a,  um. 
others,  all  the  others,  ceteri, 

ae,  a. 
other  side   of,  ultra,  prep, 
with  ace. 
our,  our  own,  noster,  tra,  trum. 


outside,  extra,  prep,  with  ace. 
overthrow,  erertS,  ere,  verti, 

versus, 
owe,  debeS,  ere,  ui,  itus. 

P. 

pain,  dolor,  5ris,  m. 
panic,  payor,  6ris,  m. 
part,  pars,  partis,  f. 
party,  partes,  ium,  f. 
pass,  passes,  angustiae,  arum,  f. 
pass,  spend,  deg5,  ere,  degi. 
pass  over,  omittS,  ere,  misi, 

missus. 
pass  the  winter,  hiemS,  1. 
pass  through,  transe5,  ire,  ii, 
iturus. 
passage,  iter,  itineris,  n. 
past,  by,  praeter,  prep,  with 

ace. 
pay  (noun),  stipendium,  i,  n. 
pay  (verb) ,  pendS,  ere,  pependi, 
pensus  ;  solvS,  ere,  solvi, 
soltitus. 
peace,  pax,  pacis,  f. 
people,  populus,  i,  m. 
perceive,  sentiS,  ire,  sensi,  s8n- 

sus. 
perform,  f ungor,  i,  fiinctus  sum. 
period  of  life,  aetas,  atis,  f. 
permission,  sanction,  voluntas, 

atis,  f. 
permit,  permittS,  ere,  misi,  mis- 
sus ;  sino,  ere,  sivi,  situs  ; 
be  permitted,  it  is  per- 
mitted, licet,  6re,  uit. 
persuade,  persuaded,  ere,  suasi, 
suasum. 


General  Vocabulary. 


187 


Piso,  PisS,  5nis,  m. 
pitch,  p5ii5,  ere,  posui,  itus. 
pity,  it  excites  pity,  miseret, 
miserere,  miseruit,  imper- 
sonal ;  also  misereor,  eri, 
itus. 
place,  locus,  T,  m. 
place,  colloc5,  1. 
place  in  charge,  place  in  com- 
mand   over,    place    over, 
praeficiS,  ere,  feci,  fectus, 
with  the  dat.  of  indirect 
obj. 
plain,  planities,  ei,  f. 
plan,  consilium,  i,  n. 
pleasure,  voluptas,  atis,  f. 
plough,  ar5,  1. 
Pompey,  Pompejus,  ei,  m. 
poor,  pauper,  eris. 
possess,  possideo,  ere,  sedi,  ses- 

sus. 
post,  place,  locus,  i,  m. 
power,  potestas,  atis,  f . ;  poten- 

tia,  ae,  f. 
powerful,  potens,  entis,  m. 
praise  (noun),  laus,  laudis,  f. 
praise  (verb),  laudS,  1. 
praiseworthy,  laudabilis,  e. 
prepare,  prepare  for,  par5,  1, 

with  ace. 
present,  praesens,  entis. 
present,  be  present,  adsum, 
esse,  fui,  futiirus. 
present,  dSnd,  1. 
prevent,  prohibed,  ere,  ui,  itus. 
previously,  before,  ante,  adv. 
prisoner,  captive,  captivus,  !, 
m. 


privilege,  commodum,  f ,  n. 
prize  (verb),  magni  aestimS,  1. 
prize  (noun),  praemium,  i,  n. 
proceed,  pergS,   ere,   perrexi, 

rectum. 
Procillus,  Procillus,  i,  m. 
production,  opus,  eris,  n. 
project,  cSnsilium,  i,  n. 
promise  (verb),  pr5mitt5,  ere, 
misi,    missus ;    poUiceor, 
eri,  itus. 
promise    (noun),    pollicitatiS, 

5nis,  f. 
protect,  tueor,  eri. 
provide,  provide  for,  cur5,  1. 
provided,  provided  that,  dum ; 
provided  only,  dum  modo. 
province,  provincia,  ae,  f. 
provincials,  socii,  drum,  m. 
punishment,  supplicium,  i,  n. 
pupil,  discipulus,  i,  m. 
pursue,  sequor,  i,  seciitus. 
pursuit,  studium,  i,  n. 
put,  place,  p6no,  ere,   posui, 
positus. 
put  in  charge,  praeficiS,  ere, 
feci,  fectus;  governs  ace. 
and  dat. 
put  to  confusion,  perturbS,  1. 
put  to  flight,  fug5,  1.    . 

Q. 

quaestor,  quaestor,  Oris,  m, 
quickly,  celeriter. 


I 

I 


I 


i 


I 


R. 

raise  (a  mound,  etc.),  ezstruo, 
ere,  struxi,  structus. 


188 


Latin  Composition. 


rashness,  temeritas,  atis,  f. 

ravage,  popular,  1. 

read,  legS,  ere,  legi,  Icctus. 

read  (aloud),  recitd,  1. 
ready,  prdmptus,  a,  um. 
rear,  novissimxun  agmen  (ag- 

minis),  u. 
reason,  causa,  ae,  f. 
receive,  accipid,  ere,  cepi,  cep- 

tus. 
recent,  recens,  entis. 
recollection,  memoria,  ae,  f. 
recount,  enumer5,  1. 
redoubt,  castellum,  i,  n. 
reduce,  redigo,  ere,  egi,  actus, 
refrain,  abstined,  ere,  ui,  ten- 
turn. 
refuse,  denegS,  1. 
regal  power,  regnum,  I,  n. 
regard,    habeo,   ere,  ul,  itus ; 

ezistim5,  1. 
regret,  it  causes  regret,  paeni- 

tet,  ere,  uit,  impersonal, 
reject,  respuS,  ere,  ui. 
rejoice,  gaudeS,  ere,  gayisns. 
relieve,  free  from,  ilbero,  1. 
relinquish,  relinquo,  ere,  liqui, 

lictus. 
relying,  fretus,  a,  um. 
remain,    maned,    ere,    mansi, 

manstirus. 
remain  in  charge,  praesum, 

esse,  fui. 
remain  vacant,  vac5,  1. 
remaining,  remainder  of,  reli- 

quus,  a,  um. 
reinember,  bear  in  mind,  me- 

inini,  isse ;  reminxscor,  i, 


supplies  the  present  parti- 
ciple of  memini. 
remind,  admoneo,  ere,  ui,  itus. 
renew,  renovS,  1. 
repent,    it    repents,    paenitet, 

ere,  uit,  impersonal, 
reply,  responded,  ere,  respondi, 

responsus. 
report,  announce,  nuntiS,  1. 
report,  nuntius,  i,  m. 
republic,  res  publica,  rei  piibli- 

cae,  f. 
reputation,  fama,  ae,  f. 
resist,  resists,  ere,  restiti,  with 

dat. 
resources,  opes,  um,  f. 
rest,  the  rest,  ceteri,  ae,  a. 
rest  on,  positus  est  in,  with 

abl. 

restore,  replace,  restituo,  ere, 

ui,  utus ;  restore,  return, 

reddd,   ere,   reddidi,    red- 

ditus. 

retain,  retineo,  ere,  ui,  tentus. 

retreat,  recipiS,  ere,  cepi,  cep- 

tus,  with  the  reflexive, 
return,  reditus,  us,  m. 
return,  go  back^  reded,  ire,  ii, 

itum ;  revertor,  i. 
reward  (noun),  munus,  eris,  n. 
reward  (verb),  remuneror,  1. 
Rhea  Silvia,  Rhea  Silvia,  ae,  f. 
Rhine,  Rhenus,  i,  m. 
rich,  dives,  itis. 
right,  jiis,  juris,  n. 
right,  rectus,  a,  um. 
river,  flumes,  inis,  n. 
road,  via,  ae,  L 


General  Vocabulary. 


189 


Roman,  RSmanus,  a,  um ;  as 

noun,  Roinanus,  i,  m. 
Rome,  Roma,  ae,  f. 
Romulus,  Romulus,  i,  ra. 
rout,  fug5,  1. 
route,  iter,  itineris,  n. 
rower,  remez,  igis,  ra. 
rule,  imperium,  i,  n. 

S. 


Sabinus,  Sabinus,  i,  m. 
sacred,  sacer,  era,  crum. 
safe,  tutus,  a,  um;  salvus,  a, 
um. 
safe  and  sound,  sospes,  itis. 
safety,  salus,  utis,  f. 
sake,  for  the  sake,  causa  (abl.) 
with  gen. ;  the  gen.  always 
precedes, 
sal  V,  make  a  sally,  erumpo, 

ere,  riipi,  ruptus. 
salute,  saluto,  1. 
same,  idem,  eadem,  idem. 
save,  servo,  1. 
say,  dic5,  ere,  dixi,  dictus. 
Scipio,  Scipio,  onis,  m. 
scout,  explSrator,  5ris,  m. 
sea,  mare,  is,  n. 
seamanship,  res  nauticae,  re- 
rum  nauticarum,  f . 
second,  secundus,  a,  um. 
secure,  procure,  par5, 1. 
see,  vide5,  ere,  vidi,  visus. 
seek,  peto,  ere,  ivi  (ii),  itus. 
seem,  videor,  eri,  visus. 
seize,  occup5,  \. 
seldom,  rarS. 
select,  deligS,  ere,  legi,  lectus. 


self,  oneself,  sui,  sibi,  si. 
self,  i.e.  I  myself,  you  your- 
self, etc.,  ipse  in  apposition 
with  a  noun  or  pronoun, 
sell,  vendo,  ere,  vendidi,  vendi- 

tus. 
Senate,  senatus,  iis,  ra. 
send,  mitt5,  ere,  misi,  missus.^ 
send  back,  remitt5,  ere,  misi, 
missus. 
Senones,  Senones,  um,  m. 
Sequani,  Sequani,  5rum,  m. 
Sequanian,  Sequanus,  a,  um. 
sesterce,  sestertius,  i,  m.,  Ro- 
man coin  worth  about  five 
cents ;  gen.  plur.  sesterti- 
um. 
set  on  fire,  incendd,  ere,  cendi, 

census. 
set  out,  proficiscor,  i, f ectus sum. 
settle,  place,  coUoco,  1. 
settler,  colSnus,  i,  m. 
seven,  septem. 
seven    hundredth,    septlngen- 

tesimus,  a,  um. 
share,  pars,  partis,  f. 
shelter,  tectum,  i,  n. 
shield,  scutum,  i,  n. 
ship,  navis,  is,  f . 
shore,  litus,  oris,  n. 
short,  brevis,  e. 
show  (oneself),  praestS,   are, 

praestiti,  praestitus. 
shower,  imber,  imbris,  m. 
shudder,    shudder  at,    horred, 

ere,  ui. 
siege,  obsidio,  onis,  f. 
sight,  cSnspectus,  iis,  m. 


•Si 

I 
IS! 


190 


Latin  Cor  position. 


silent,  be  silent,  become  silent, 

taced,  ere,    i,  itus. 
similar,  similis,  e. 
since  (caiisal),  cum. 
situated,  is  situalod,  situs  est 

(sinS,  ere,  sivi,  situs), 
six,  sex. 

six  hundred,  sexcenti,  ae,  a. 
sixteen,  sedecim. 
sixty,  sexaginta. 
size,  magnitiidS,  inis,  f. 
slay,  occidd,  ere,  cldi,  cisus. 
slinger,  funditor,  5ris,  m. 
small,  parvus,  a,  urn. 

of  small  account,  parvi. 
snatch,  snatch  away,  eripiS,  ere, 

ripui,  reptus. 
so  (of  degree),  tarn,  ade6. 

so,  thus  (of  manner),  sic. 
ita. 

so  great,  tantus,  a,  urn. 

so  many,  tot,  indeclinable. 

so  much,  so  greatly,  tanto- 
peie.         • 
soldier,  miles,  itis,  m. 
soldurii,  soldurii,  orum,  m. 
some,  something,  aliquis,  ali- 
qua,  aliquid  or  aliquod. 

some  one,  aliquis. 
some  ....  others,  alii  .  .  .  alii, 
some  (persons),  nOnniilli,  drum, 
somehow  or  other,  nescio  qu5 

pacts, 
son,  filius,  i,  m. 
soon,  quickly,  mox ;  cito. 

sooner,  citius. 
sorrow,  maeror,  5ris,  m. 
space,  spatium,  ^  n. 


spare,  ^tac9,  ere,  peperd,  par 

siirus. 
speak,  loquor,  i,  lociitus. 
speech,  Sratid,  5nis,  f. 
speed,  celeritas,  atis,  f, 
spend,  deg5,  ere,  degL 
spot,  place,  locus,  i,  m. 
spring,  ver,  veris,  n. 
state,  civitas,  atis,  £. 
station,  colloc5, 1. 
statue,  statua,  ae,  f . 
steadfastness,  cdnstantia,  ae,  1 
steep,  arduus,  a,  um. 
still  (temporal),  adhiic. 
stone,  lapis,  idis,  m. 
storm,  tempestas,  atis,  f. 
(story),  the  story  goes,  tradi- 

tur,  tradi,  traditum  est,  lit. 

it  is  handed  down. 
stream,  flumen,  inis,  n. 
strength,  vires,  ium,  f.;  pi.  of 

vis. 
strict,  severus,  a,  um. 
strip,  niido,  1 ;  exu5,  ere,  ui, 

iitus. 
strong,  validus,  a,  um. 
such,  talis,  e. 
sudden,  subitus,  a,  um. 
suddenly,  subitd. 
■,ue  for,  pets,  ere,  ivi  or  ii,  itus. 
Suebi,  Suebi,  Srum,  m. 
suffer,  patior,  i,  passus  sum. 

suffer  from,  labSrS,  1. 
sufficient,  satis, 
suitable,  idSneus,  a,  um. 
summer,  aestas,  atis,  f. 
summit    of,    summus,  a,  um, 

limiting  a  substantive. 


General  Vocabulary. 


191 


summon,  vocS,  1 ;  arcessO,  ere, 

ivi,  itus. 
supplies,  commeatus,  us,  m. 
surpass,  superS,  1. 
surrender,  tradS,  ere,  tradidi, 

traditus. 
surround,     circumyeni5,     ire, 

veni,    ventus ;    circumdS, 

dare,  dedi,  datus. 
suspicion,  suspiciS,  Snis,  f. 
sword,  gladius, !,  m. 

T. 

take,  capiS,  ere,  cepi,  captus. 

take  away,  take  from,  adimS, 

ere,  emi,  emptus. 
take  possession,  possidS,  ere, 
sedi,  sessus. 
talent,  talentum,  i,  n. 
teacti,  doceS,  ere,  ui,  doctus. 

taught,  edoctus. 
teacher,  praeceptor,  oris,  m. ; 

praeceptrix,  icis,  f. 
tear  down,  rescinds,  ere,  scidi, 
scissus;    diruo,   ere,   rui, 
rutus. 
tell,  say,  dic5,  ere,  dixi,  dictup. 
temper,  animus,  i,  ni. 
temple,  aedes,  is,  f. ;  templum, 
i,  n.    When  used  with  pre- 
cision aedes  refers  to  the 
building  only,  while  tem- 
plum includes  the  conse- 
crated area  as  we!', 
ten,  decern. 
tenth,  decimus,  a,  um. 
terms,  conditions,  condicidnes, 
um,  f. 


terrify,  terreS,  5re,  uI,  teiritua 
territory,  finSs,  ium,  m. 
than,  quam,  conj. 
thanks,  gratiae,  arum,  f. 
that,  ille,  ilia,  illud ;  is,  ea,  id  ; 
that  of  yours,   iste,  ista, 
istud. 
that  (rel.  pron.),  qui,  quae, 

quod, 
that,  in  order  that,  ut ;  qui, 
quae,  quod  with  the  sub- 
jur:;tive;    with   compara- 
tives, qu3. 
that,  lest,  with  verbs  ot  fear- 
ing, ne. 
that  not.  in  order  that  not, 

ne. 
that  not,  with  verbs  of  fear- 
ing, ut. 
that  (of  result),  ut ;  that  not, 

ut  non. 
that.,  the  fact  that,  quod,  ronj. 
that,  on    the   ground   that, 

quod, 
that,  after  verbs  of  doubting, 
etc.,  quin,  lit.  why  not  f 
the  .  .  .  the    (with    compara- 
tives), qu6  .  .  .  e9. 
theft,  furtum,  i,  n. 
their,  their  own,  suus,  a,  um. 
then,  afterwards,  deinde. 
then,  accordingly,  igitur. 
then,  at  that  time,  turn, 
there,  ibi. 

therefore,  itaque ;  or  igitur  fol- 
lowing one  or  more  words 
of     e  sentence, 
thick,  crassus,  a,  um. 


192 


Latin  Composition. 


thing,  rSs,  rei,  f. 
thing,    a    thing    which,     id 
quod,  or  simply  quod, 
thinlt,  puts,  1 ;  arbitror,  1. 

think,  regard,  existimS,  1. 
third,  tertius,  a,  urn. 

third,  third  part,  tertia  pars. 
thirty,  triginta. 
tliis,  hie,  haec,  h5c. 
thither,  e5. 

those  (as  antecedent  of  rela- 
tive), ei,  eae,  ea. 
thou,  tii,  tui. 
though,  quamquam,  quamvis, 

etsi,  cum. 
thousand,  mille,  pi.  milia,  ium, 

n. 
threaten,  minor,  1. 
threats,  minae,  arum,  f. 
throe,  tres,  tria. 
three  days,  triduum,  i,  n. 
three  years,  triennium,  i,  n. 
througli,  through   the    instru- 
mentality   of,    per,    prep, 
with  ace. 
thus,  ita ;  sic. 
thwart,  transtrum,  I,  n. 
till,  dum,  d5nec,  quoad,  conj. 
till,  up  to,  ad,  prep,  with  ace. 
time,  tempus,  oris,  n. 
to,  ad,  prep,  with  ace. 

to  which,  whither,  qu5,  adv. 
toil,  labor,  oris,  m. 
(too),  and  that  too,  et  is,  ea, 

id. 
top  of,  summus,  a,  um. 
touch,  moves,  ere,  m5vi,  m5tus, 
Toulouse,  Tolosa,  ae,  L 


towards  (of  feeling),  in,  ergS, 
with  ace;  of  motion,  ad, 
with  ace. 
town,  oppidum,  i,  n. 
townspeople,  oppidani,  Snimj 

m. 
trader,  mercator,  5ris,  m. 
train,  exerceS,  ere,  ui,  itus. 
traitor,  prdditor,  5ris,  m. 
transport,  transports,  1. 
treacherous,  perfidus,  a,  um. 
treachery,  perfidia,  ae,  f. 
treason,  proditiS,  onis,  f. 
treat,  behave  towards,  iitor,  i, 
usus. 

treat  of,  ago,  ere,  egi,  actus, 
trench,  fossa,  ae.  f. 
Treveri,  Treveri,  Sn-m,  m. 
tribe,  gens,  gentis,  f. 
tribune,  tribunus,  i,  m. 
tribute,  stipendiuqi,  i,  n. 
troops,  copiae,  arum,  f. 
trust,  cSnfido,  ere,  fisus,  semi- 

dep. 
twelfth,  duodecimus,  a,  um. 
twelve,  duodecim. 
twenty,  viginti. 
twice,  bis. 
two,  duo,  duae,  duo. 

two  days,  biduum,  i,  n. 

two  hundred,  ducenti,  ae,  a. 

two  years,  biennium,  i,  n. 

U. 

Ubii,  Ubii,  6rum,  m. 
undergo,  subeo,  ire,  ii,  iturus. 
understand,  intellego,  ere,  lexi, 
lectus. 


General   Vocabulary. 


193 


undertake,  8uscipi5,  ere,  cepi, 

reptns. 
unharmed,  incoldmis,  e. 
uninterruptedly,  continenter. 
unjurit,  injustus,  a,  urn. 
unless,  nisi, 
unless  indeed,  nisi  vero,  nisi 

forte. 
unlike,  dissimilis,  e. 
unmindful,  immemor,  oris, 
until,  dum,  donee,  quoad;  as 

prep.,  ad  with  ace. 
unwilling,  invitus,  a,  um. 
be    unwilling,    n616,    nolle, 
nSlui. 
unworthy,  indignus,  a,  um. 
uprightly,  honei^te. 
uprightness,  probitas,  atis,  f. 
uprising,    tumultus,    Us,    m.  ; 

motus,  iis,  ni. 
urge,  hortor,  1. 
us,  nos,  nostrum,  nostri,  pi-  of 

ego. 
use,  iitor,  i,  usus. 
usually,  fere. 

V. 


very,  with  superlatives,  yel. 
very  many,  compliirSs,  ia. 
very  aiuch,  plurimum. 
Vesontio.  VesontiS,  Snis,  m. 
vessel,  navis,  is,  f. 
vice,  vitium,  i,  n. 

vicinity,  in  the  vicinity  of,  for 
the  vicinity  of,  ad,  v 'ih 
ace. 

victory,  victoria,  ae,  f. 

village,  vicus,  i,  m. 

virtue,  virtiis,  utis,  f. 

visit,  ade6,  ire,  ii,  itus. 


valley,  vallis,  is,  f. 
valor,  virtus,  iitis,  f. 
Veneti,  Venet',  orum,  m. 
(vengeance),    take    vengeance 

on,  ulciscor,  i,  ultus. 
Veragri,  Veragri,  6rum,  m.  ^ 
Vercingetorix,     Vercingetorix, 

rigis,  m. 
vergobretus,  vergobretus,  i,  nu 
very,  valde. 
with  substantives,  ipse,  a,  um.  1 


W. 

wage,  gero,  ere,  gcssi,  gestus. 
wait,  exspecto,  1. 
wall,  miirus,  i,  ni. 
war,  bellum,  I,  n. 
ward  off,  depello,  ere,  puli,  pul- 
sus, 
warlike,  bellicosus,  a,  um. 
(warning),  give  a  warning,  ad- 

moneo,  ere,  ui,  itus. 
watch,  vigilia,  ae,  f. 
watchfulness,  vigilantia,  ae,  f. 
water,  aqua,  ae,  f. 
way,  manner,  modus,  i,  m. 

way,  route,  iter,  itineris,  n. 
weak,  debilis,  e  ;  mollis,  e. 
wealth,  divitiae,  arum,  f. 
weapons,  arma,  orum,  n. 
welcome,  gratus,  a,  um. 
well-to-do,  beatus,  a,  um. 
what  (interrog.),  quid,  subst. 
whatever,  quisquis,  quicquid. 
when?  quando. 
when  (relative),  cum,  ut,  ubi 


194 


Latin  Composition. 


HHii 


whenever,  nt,  cnm. 
where?  ubi. 

where  (relative),  abL 
whether,  num,  -ne. 
whether ...  or,  utmm ...  an ; 
whether  .  .  .  not,  n9nne. 
which,  qu!,  quae,  quod, 
while,  dum,  dSnec,  conj. 
who?  qais. 
who,  which  (rel.  pron.),  qui, 

quae,  quod, 
who  (does)  not,  who  (is)  not, 
quin. 
whole,  tOtus,  a,  um. 
why  ?  cur,  quid,  quam  ob  rem. 
why  not,  after  n&Ua  causa 
est,  etc.,  quIn. 
wicked,  malus,  a,  um ;  sceleri- 

tus,  a,  um. 
wife,  uxor,  5ri3,  f. 
wild,  truz,  trucis. 
will,  testamentum,  i,  n. 
willingly,  readily,  libenter. 
win,  earn,  mereS,  ere,  ui,  itus. 

win  over,  conciliS,  1. 
winter,  b'''^ms,  emis,  f. 
winter     quarters,     hiberna, 
5rum,  n. 
winter,  spend  the  winter,  hie- 

mS,  1. 
wipe  out,  destroy,  dSleS,  Sre, 

evi,  etus. 
wisdom,  sapientia,  ae,  f. 
wish,  vols,  velle,  volui. 
with,  cum,  prep,  with  abl. 
with  (not  involving  partici- 


pation), apud,  prep.  witK 

ace. 
withdraw,  dScSdS,  ere,  cessi, 

cessiirus. 
within,  intri,  prep,  with  ace. 
without,  sine,  prep,  with  abl. 
be  without,  careO,  ire,  ui,  itii< 

rus. 
withstand,   sustineS,   Sre,    ui, 

tentus. 
woman,  mulier,  eris,  f. 
wonder,  miror,  1. 
wonderful,  mirabilis,  e. 
wonted,  solitus,  a,  um. 
woods,  silva,  ae,  f. 
word,  yerbum,  i,  n. 
worlc  (a  work),  opus,  eria,  n. 
worthy,  dignus,  a,  um. 
wounded,  saucius,  a,  um. 
wreck  (of  vessels),  frangS,  ere, 

fregi,  fractus. 
write,  scribO,  ere,  scripsi,  scrip- 

tus. 
wrong,  injtiria,  ae,  f. 

Y. 

year,  annus,  I,  m. 

yesterday,  heri. 

yet,  nevertheless,  tamen. 

not  yet,  ndndum. 
yield,  cedS,  ere,  cessi,  cessurus. 
you,  tu,  tui;  v6s,  vestrum  or 

vestri. 
young  man,  juvenis,  is,  m. 
your,  your  own,  tuus,  a,  um  ; 

Tester,  tra,  trum. 


LATIN 


First  Year  Latin:    Preparatory  to  Caesar 

By  Professor  CHARLES  E.  BeNNEIT,  of  Cornell  University.    iMmo, 
cloth.  388  pages.     Price,  5i-oo. 

THE  object  of  First  Year  Latin  is  to  prepare  more  directly  for 
the  second  year  work  than  is  ordinarily  done  with  the  usual 
beginning  Latin  book. 

As  :he  work  of  the  second  year  is  generally  the  reading  of 
Cxsar  with  the  aid  of  the  grammar,  it  is  manifestly  of  advantage 
to  become  familiar  with  these  two  books  as  far  as  is  possible  in 
the  first  year.  The  following  features  of  First  Year  Latin  will 
show  that  a  determined  effort  has  been  made  to  do  this : 
I.  The  Vocabulary  contains  only  words  used  often  in  Caesar, 
n.  The  treatr  nt  of  forms  and  syntax  is  in  the  regular  order  of  the 
Latin  grammars. 

in.  '  ercises  in  connected  reading,  which  begin  as  soon  as  the 
verb  is  tawen  up,  cover  the  First  Book  of  Caesar  in  simplified  and  abbre- 
viated form.  These  exercises  occur  in  every  other  Ifsson.  At  the  end 
of  the  book,  instead  of  the  ordinary  reading  of  fables  and  stories,  there 
a  presented  the  Second  Book  of  Coesar  simplified  in  part. 

First  Year  Latin  leaves  no  gap  between  the  beginning  book 
and  Casar.  When  the  pupil  has  finished  it  he  will  have  become 
familiar  with  the  rirst  Book  of  Caesar  in  outline  and  the  Second 
Book  practically  as  it  stands.  He  will  have  tk  vocabulary  of  all 
the  usual  Caesar  words  and  will  have  learned  his  forms  and  syn- 
tax in  such  an  order  that  the  arrangement  of  the  grammar  will 
be  familiar  to  him. 

The  reading  material  from  Czesar  will  be  found  as  attractive  to 
young  pupils  as  that  ordinarily  provided  in  a  first  year  Latin  book. 
The  beginner  is  most  interested  in  what  he  can  read  with  most 
facility,  and  the  arrangement  of  vocabulary  and  syntax  in  this 
book  is  such  that  he  will  find  the  selections  well  within  the  scope 
of  his  abilities. 

No  effort  has  been  spared  to  make  the  book  as  attractive  as 
possible.  There  are  numerous  pictures  illustrating  the  reading 
passages,  and  a  double-page  colored  map. 

19 


LATIN 


Caesar's  Gallic  War 

Books  I-IV.  Indicated  quantities,  Introduction.  Notes,  Vocabulary. 
Illustrations,  and  colore-l  Maps  und  Plans.  Edited  by  Professor 
Cii  ARi.»:s  E.  BENNKTT.  of  Cornell  University,  lamo.  cloth.  355  pages. 
Price.  $i.co. 

THE  special  feature  of  Bennett's  Caesar  is  tiie  notes,  wliicli 
are  fuller  than  in  other  editions,  and  which  make  it  their 
province  not  only  to  clear  up  difficulties  but  to  give  a  running 
commentary  on  the  narrative,  and  thus  to  keep  the  setting  of  the 
campaigns  constantly  before  the  pupil.  The  occurrence  of  each 
proper  name  is  made  the  text  for  interesting  comment ;  at  mter- 
vals  the  situation  is  summarized  for  the  pupil ;  every  effort  is 
made  that  the  narrative  shall  seem  vivid  and  attractive.^  The 
drill  on  syntax  by  means  of  grammatical  references  is  very 
thorough. 

Professor  Bennett  is  pardcularl)  happy  in  choosing  for  com- 
ment exactly  those  passages  which  are  stumbling  blocks  to  young 

pupils. 

The  introduction  has  a  sketch  of  Caesar's  life  and  an  illustrated 

description  of  the  art  of  war  in  his  time. 

The  text  is  broken  by  brief  headings  in  English  which  show 
the  trend  of  the  narrative. 

Long  vowels  are  marked  throughout. 

There  are  ten  colored  maps  and  plans,  illustrating  every  cam- 
paign. 

In  the  vocabulary  the  basal  meaning  of  the  word  is  given  first. 

The  price  is  more  reasonable  than  that  of  most  editions  o. 
Caesar. 

Classroom  Texts 

PAMPHLETS,  containing  the  text  only,  have  oeen  prepared 
to  accompany  the  following  books :  Bennett's  C^sar,  Cicero, 
Virgil;  Kelscy'sCjesar,Cicero.Ovid:Comstock"s Virgil:  Rolfe's 
Virf  Roms,  Nepos,  and  Junior  Latin'  Book.  They  will  be  fur- 
nished free  when  ordered  in  connection  with  these  books. 

24 


LATIN 


Cicero's  Orationi 

Indicated  quantities,  full  Irttroductiori,  Notes,  Vocabiilai7,IIIu«trafiom, 
and  two  colotcd  Maps.  Edited  by  Professor  Charles  E.  BenneIT, 
of  Cornell  Univei^ity.    xa'mo,  cloth,  379  pages,    "rice,  |x.oo. 

THIS  edition  contains  seven  orations  — the  four  against  Cati- 
line, the  Manilian  Law,  Archias,  and  Marcellus. 

Aa  .'n  the  Csesar,  the  notes  are  the  special  feature  of  the  book. 
They  give  I'ully  the  setting  of  e'  zh  oration  and  contain  a  com- 
mentary on  all  allusions  to  the  history  of  the  times.  This  '>.as 
been  found  much  more  practical  than  referring  constantly  iO  a 
historical  outline  in  the  Introduction.  The  notes  also  keep  the 
pupil  in  touch  with  the  logic  of  the  argument  and  give  an  ade- 
quate explanation  of  all  points  of  Roman  law  and  custom.  Aided 
by  them,  students  cannot  fail  to  see  the  speeches  as  masterpieces 
of  the  art  of  oratorj . 

The  Introduction  has  an  outline  of  Cicero's  life,  and  sections 
on  Cicero  as  a  Man  of  Letters,  Cicero's  Character,  Roman  Public 
Antiquities,  and  the  Roman  Forum. 

There  are  eighteen  illustrations,  including  portraits  of  the 
prominent  men  of  the  time.  There  is  also  a  plan  and  a  repro- 
duction of  the  Forum  as  it  appeared  in  Cicero's  time  (found  only 
in  this  edition),  and  pictures  of  the  Forum  of  to-day. 

There  are  colored  maps  of  Italy  and  Asia  Minor. 

The  long  vowels  are  marked  throughout  the  text. 

The  text  is  broken  by  brief  headings  in  English,  showing  the 
progress  of  the  argument. 

The  price  is  very  low,  when  the  general  exce-ence  of  the  edi- 
don  is  considered. 

One  Hundred  and  Twenty  Epigrams  of  Martial 

Edited  by  Professor  jOHN  H.  Westcott,  of  Princeton  University. 
i6mo,  paper,  81  pages.    Price,  30  cents. 

THIS  selection  is  intended  for  rapid  reading,  or  even  for  sight- 
reading  with  students  of  sufficient  ability.     The  notes  have 
been  placed  on  the  pages  with  the  text. 

25 


